advertisement
▼
Scroll to page 2
of 324
QC SOLUTIONS FOR COATINGS AND PLASTICS 2016 1 BYK-mac i see page 109 Harmony of Consumer Electronics Design knows no limits. This is also reflected in the world of consumer electronics such as notebooks, tablets, smartphones, cameras, TVs or home appliances in general. Smartphones have become our permanent companions; their look including design and color is most important and follows current fashion trends! Depending on the preferences of specific target groups manufacturers offer a variety of colors with glossy or matte surface finishes which need to be controlled. Color measurement of solid colors Neutral colors only tolerate very small color deviations and require very tight tolerances. A high chromatic color will accept larger tolerances dependent on its hue. Vacuum cleaners for example are produced in high chromatic solid colors with a high gloss finish. The spectro-guide is the ideal solution as it measures color and gloss simultaneously. Thus, the cause of a mismatch can be clearly identified. dL´ 3 Tol+ 2,2 15 1,4 25 0,6 45 -0,2 75 -1 Sample 1 110 Sample 2 Color measurement of effect colors In contrast to solid colors, products with effect finishes change their appearance with viewing angle and lighting conditions. This is a special challenge on parts with very tight fits. For example on notebooks, the track pad and the surrounding housing should have the same color and appearance even though both parts are made of completely different materials. In the following example lightness as well as sparkle considerably vary between the reference and the two samples. For small parts the BYK-mac i with a 12 mm aperture can be used together with a specially designed sample holder. Gloss measurement The control of gloss is as important as the color matching. If one component has a different gloss level than the rest, the consumer will immediately recognize it. Gloss of plastic parts is highly dependent on the mold condition and variation of process parameters such as mold temperature, injection rate or material variations. Depending on the product specifications the accepted gloss variations can be as small as +/- 0.5 gloss units. Objective measurement results that are repeatable and temperature independent are most important in harsh mass production processes. The micro-gloss has been the unsurpassed industry standard guaranteeing accurate and reliable readings under any circumstances. Temperature stability 16 + dS_I 15° dS 8 16 + dS_I 45° dS 4 12 8 6 4 - dS_a -12 -8 -4 0 + ds_a 0 4 8 12 16 2 -8 2 -16 - dS_I -16 -12 -8 -4 0 + ds_a 0 4 8 12 16 95.0 10 °C 20 °C 30 °C 40 °C 30 °C 20 °C 10 °C -4 1 -12 0 dS 95.5 4 - dS_a -4 2 96.0 8 3 4 -16 96.5 12 -8 -12 0 dS -16 - dS_I The micro-gloss gives the same measurement results between 10 °C – 40 °C. No calibration or time for adjustment needed. Contents Introduction BYK-Gardner State-of-the-Art BYK-Gardner Website Global Customer Support Continuing Education Repair and Certification Service Appearance Introduction Gloss Haze Orange Peel/DOI Mottling Transparency spectro-guide see page 83 Color Introduction Solid Color In-Store Color Matching Metallic Color Liquid Color Light Booths 4-5 6 7 8 9 11 - 14 15 - 29 31 - 34 35 - 53 55 - 63 67 - 75 77 - 78 79 - 97 98 - 101 103 - 129 131 - 139 140 - 144 Physical Properties Abrasion 147 - 154 Adhesion 155 - 163 Application 165 - 190 Balances 191 - 195 Conductivity196 Density 197 - 198 Dispersion 199 - 200 Drying Time 201 Film Thickness 203 - 216 Hardness 217 - 222 Impact/Flexibility 223 - 237 Microscopes 239 - 242 Surface Tension 243 Temperature 245 - 258 Viscosity 259 - 289 micro-gloss see page 17 Certification Services Technical Service Certification Service for Standards Certification Service for Instruments Preventive Maintenance for Instrument Extended Warranty Product Index A-Z Index Standards Standard Conditions of Sale 291 - 292 293 - 294 295 - 296 297 - 300 301 - 302 303 - 310 311 - 315 317 - 319 3 BYK-Gardner The Objective Eye Since 1924, BYK-Gardner has been the leader in the field of quality control for color, appearance and testing physical material properties. Today, BYK-Gardner is part of the Altana Group and a direct subsidiary of BYK-Chemie, the worldwide leader of additives for coatings and plastics. Together we offer complete and unique solutions for the paint, coatings and plastic industries: Additives to improve the performance of coatings and plastics Color and appearance instruments to control consistency and harmony of multi-component products Physical testing instruments to set-up standardized sample preparation methods and to control material properties from wet to dry stage. 4 Quality is our Business Innovative, reliable and customer-oriented products to objectively control and improve our customers’ products and services State-of-the-art Technologies The combination of innovative instrument technologies such as LED light sources or high-tech camera detectors with manufacturing excellence make BYK-Gardner products not only outstanding but unique in their performance. We fully respect and live the Total Quality Management (TQM) principle: our instruments are manufactured and controlled according to international standards DIN EN ISO 9001, ISO/IEC 17025, ISO 50001, ISO 14001 guidelines and procedures. Quality must be measurable Our commitment to innovation, quality of our products and excellent global service enable our customers to set-up standardized and efficient QC management systems for their complete supply chain. Close customer cooperation in early development stages guarantee testing instruments and software solutions which are customer oriented meeting today’s and tomorrow’s needs. You can’t manage what you don’t measure! 5 BYK-Gardner Always reachable www.byk.com/instruments – Your information source for color, appearance and physical testing needs Videos to experience BYK-Gardner products live In our new videos you can meet our instruments in action, learn how to operate the different functions and get a quick overview of the measurement technology. Essential theory and practical hints You have direct access to comprehensive information and technical articles about the theoretical background on color, appearance and physical testing methods. You find practical hints on measurement procedures and trouble-shooting examples for any product. Online shop In our online shop you can easy search for pricing and place orders for each of the BYK-Gardner instruments and software. After sales support If you need repair service or recertification of your instrument you find a listing of all local repair service locations and the type of services offered. You also can download manuals of all BYK-Gardner products. BYK-Gardner events You can meet us at trade shows, seminars, trainings and webinars all year round. You’re always up to date on our website. 6 We care The basis for our worldwide business is first-class customer service before, during and after sale. How can we help you? BYK-Gardner is a truly international company with customer care centers at own subsidiaries and exclusive agents to guarantee local support in every country’s native language. Whether you... need help to select the right product want to know prices or availability want to place an order or track your shipment need professional technical support › › › › …you can easily find the right contact for your country on our web page www.byk.com or just call one of our BYK-Gardner offices. We are looking forward to answering your questions or to assist you to find the right contact. BYK-Gardner GmbH Lausitzer Straße 8 82538 Geretsried Germany Tel.0-800-gardner (0-800-4273637) +49-8171-3493-0 Fax.+49-8171-3493-140 BYK-Gardner USA 9104 Guilford Road Columbia, Maryland 21046 USA Phone+1-800-343-7721 +1-301-483-6500 Fax +1-800-394-8215 +1-301-483-6555 BYK-Gardner GmbH Shanghai Representative Office 6A Building A, Yuehong Plaza, No. 88 Hongcao Road Shanghai, 200233 P.R. China Phone+86-21-3367-6331 Fax +86-21-3367-6332 7 BYK-Gardner Your Source for Continuing Education Expand your foundations of knowledge and stay up-to-date on new developments Global technical support guaranteed Our technical application specialists are always available to help you with your questions and problems – either over the phone or in person at your facility. › Send your samples to our test labs for free testing and recommendation of the best solution for your specific application On-site visit to discuss specific application or seminar to review existing or new measurement needs › > BYK-Gardner Color & Appearance Seminars Color and Gloss Measurement in Practice In a one day seminar you will learn the basic theory of color and gloss measurement combined with practical hands-on workshops. Bring your own samples to the seminar and discuss your specific application with our trained experts. Ideal for beginners and as refresher course. For more information and seminar calendar please refer to www.byk.com/press-events > BYK-Gardner “60 Minutes” – FREE Webinars If you have limited time Webinars are an ideal tool to learn color and appearance theory step-by-step. Every two months different topics will be covered for easy digestion. Learning made easy and convenient from your office! For more information and seminar calendar please refer to www.byk.com/press-events 8 Repair and Certification Service One essential component of excellent service is worldwide repair and certification service of standards and instruments. Our local qualified service stations guarantee a quick turnaround time or loaner availability. Preventive Maintenance Service In order to keep your instrument in excellent operating condition and enhance your instrument’s lifetime, yearly preventive maintenance is recommended including the following services: › Cleaning of optics › Test of instrument functionality › Firmware and Software update › Control of measuring instrument with standard set › Control of calibration and checking standards › Traceable Certificate › Calibration sticker on the instrument At the same time you are ready for ISO/IEC 17025 or similar audits. For more information please refer to www.byk.com/support/instruments/repair-service Recertification Service for Standards: Today’s Quality Systems all require regular calibration of measurement standards. BYK-Gardner offers checking standards and traceable recertification and calibration services, ensuring accurate measurement worldwide including the following services: › As received test data (where appropriate) › Comprehensive cleaning of standard › Final measurement data using master standards and master instrument › Traceable Certificate Warranty We believe in the high quality and reliability of BYK-Gardner products. For this reason we offer two years full warranty on all products from the date of purchase. 9 Small port for small parts 60° gloss meters with small spot 2x4 mm – let the small things fit to the large. 90 GU Gloss vs. Temperature 88 86 10 °C 40 °C 10 °C Unsurpassed Performance Best in temperature control – reliable and stable results from 10...40 °C. S-Class for highest demands The S-class ensures for mat surfaces an increased repeatability and interinstrument agreement. Smart Functionality Brilliant color display and intuitive menu. Easy to read – easy to use. Measure what you see. micro-gloss Intelligent gloss measurement with smart communication www.byk.com/instruments Smart Communication Instant QC reports with trend graph, Pass/Fail limits and automated naming. New! Appearance APPEARANCE Color Physical Properties Technical Service Index APPEARANCE Introduction Appearance13 Gloss15 Introduction 15 17 New! micro-gloss Family 20°, 60°, 85° micro-gloss with thickness sensor 19 20 New! micro-gloss for small parts micro-gloss 45° 21 micro-gloss 75° 22 Software smart-chart 23 New! Gloss accessories for cosmetics 25 Haze31 Introduction31 Laboratory Instrument 33 haze-gloss 33 Orange Peel /DOI35 Introduction35 wave-scan dual39 wave-scan II 43 micro-wave-scan46 wave-scan ROBOTIC 49 Software smart-process 51 Mottling55 Introduction55 cloud-runner58 Software smart-process 61 Transparency67 Introduction67 haze-gard i 70 12 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Introduction Appearance Appearance Perception APPEARANCE Color Uniform appearance is an important quality criterion for many products. Gloss effects are based on the interaction of light with the physical properties of the sample surface. The other influencing component is the physiological evaluation scale. The human eye is still the best tool to evaluate gloss differences. However, control by visual analysis is insufficient, because ■ evaluation conditions are not clearly defined, and ■ people see and judge differently ■ In addition, subjective perception of appearance is dependent on personal experience: what is glossy for a paper manufacturer might be dull for an automotive maker. The following criteria are involved in visual evaluation: Surface Condition Physical Properties ■ Material (eg. coating, plastic, metal) ■ Structure (eg. smooth, rough, wavy) Illumination Prerequisite for appearance evaluation is direct illumination. Diffuse illumination causes diffuse reflection and decreases the gloss impression. Observer Eyesight and mood have a decisive role in the visual judgement. Also, it is important what our eye is focused on. Technical Service Components of visual evaluation 13 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com We evaluate a surface by focusing our eye on a reflected image of a light source or on the surface itself. When we focus on the reflected image of a light source, the image forming quality is evaluated – i.e. the capability of a surface to reflect objects. The light source can appear brilliant or dull (gloss). When reflecting an edge the dark area can appear lighter (haze) and the edge can be blurred or distinct (DOI). Both evaluation types are individually weighted and contribute to the total appearance perception. Focus on reflected image In order to guarantee reliable and practical quality assurance, it is necessary to define appearance with objective, measurable criteria. Accurate characterization of appearance does not only help to control quality, but improves quality and optimizes the manufacturing process. When we focus on the surface, we gain additional information about structure size and form. We see these structures as a wavy pattern of light and dark areas. This waviness is often referred to as orange peel or flow/leveling defects. BYK-Gardner offers a complete system solution to test appearance: from portable instruments such as glossmeters, hazemeters, DOI meters and transparency meters; to benchtop instruments with QC-software. Focus on surface 14 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Introduction Gloss Measurement High Gloss Smooth and highly polished surfaces reflect images distinctly. The incident light is directly reflected on the surface, i.e. only in the main direction of reflection. The angle of incidence is equal to the angle of reflection. GLOSS Color α Appearance Gloss Gloss is a visual impression resulting from surface evaluation. The more direct light is reflected, the more obvious the impression of gloss will be. α Physical Properties Matte to Semi Gloss On rough surfaces the light is diffusely scattered in all directions. The image forming qualities are diminished: A reflected object no longer appears brilliant, but blurred. The more uniform the light is scattered, the less intense the reflection in the main direction and the surface will appear duller. Technical Service Glossmeter A glossmeter measures the specular reflection. The light intensity is registered over a small range of the reflection angle. Detector Measurement of specular reflection 15 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com The intensity is dependent on the material and the angle of illumination. In case of non-metals (coatings, plastics) the amount of reflected light increases with the increase of the illumination angle. The remaining illuminated light penetrates the material and is absorbed or diffusely scattered dependent on the color. Metals have a much higher reflection and are less angle dependent than non metals. Example: Glossmeters and their handling procedures had to be internationally specified to allow comparison of measurement values. The angle of illumination is of high influence. In order to obtain a clear differentiation over the complete measurement range from high gloss to matte, 3 different geometries, i.e. 3 different ranges, were defined: Gloss Range 60° value To be measured with Low Gloss > 70 < 10 20° geometry 85° geometry Semi Gloss High Gloss 10 to 70 60° geometry In addition, there are industry specific applications for 45° and 75° measurement geometry. Non metal Metal The measurement results of a glossmeter are related to the amount of reflected light from a black glass standard with a defined refractive index, and not to the amount of incident light. The measurement value for this defined standard is equal to 100 gloss units (calibration). Materials with a higher refractive index can have a measurement value above 100 gloss units (GU), e.g. films. In case of transparent materials, the measurement value can be increased due to multiple reflection in the bulk of the material. Due to the high reflection capabilities of metals, values of up to 2000 GU can be reached. For these applications it is common to document the measurement results in % reflection of the illuminated light. In this case study 13 samples were visually ranked from matte to high gloss and measured with the 3 specified geometries. In the steep slopes of the curves, the differences between the samples can be clearly measured, while in the flat part, the measurement geometry no longer correlates with the visual. Gloss measurement for any application – whether you are dealing with specific applications or need a universal solution for matte to high gloss samples, BYK-Gardner offers a complete line of glossmeters: ■ Reference laboratory instrument – haze-gloss ■ Portable micro-gloss family Their unique features and benefits have made them the industry standard for gloss measurement. Application 20° 60° 85° Coatings, plastic and related materials High Gloss Semi Gloss Low Gloss ISO 2813 ■ ■ ■ ASTM D 523 ■ ■ ■ ASTM D 2457 ■ ■ DIN 67530 ■ ■ ■ JIS Z 8741 ■ ■ ■ ASTM C 346 45° Ceramic, FIlm 75° Paper, Vinyl Semi Gloss Low Gloss ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Tappi T 480 ■ Brightened Metal ISO 7668 16 ■ ■ ■ ■ BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com micro-gloss New! The new intelligence in gloss measurement Appearance Gloss The micro-gloss has been the unsurpassed industry standard in gloss measurement for many years. It is the only glossmeter combining the highest accuracy, ease-of-use and multiple functionality - essential for today`s testing requirements. In addition, the smart-chart software is the ideal tool for smart communication with professional documentation and efficient data analysis. Brilliant color display: easy to read - easy to use Color Ergonomics and easy handling were the main focus for the design. The micro-gloss is not too large and not too small - it feels just right in your hand. The scroll wheel operation and new color display with an easy-to-navigate menu make gloss measurement easier than ever before. Auto diagnosis: Standard OK - Calibration OK Physical Properties Accurate readings require reliable calibration. The gloss meter and calibration holder make a perfect couple - the calibration standard is always protected in the holder of the micro-gloss. The intelligent auto diagnosis of the gloss meter is a unique feature which guarantees long-term calibration stability and tells you when to calibrate. It even checks whether the standard is clean. Operator friendly. Safe. Gloss of paint or metal from matte to mirror gloss 17 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Technical Service With the micro-gloss gloss meter you can measure any material - paints, plastics or brightened metals. Its expanded range measures from very matte to mirror like reflection of up to 2000 gloss units, automatically and without additional calibration. Always reliable results – according to international standards. Smart functions for any task Basic mode Different tasks require different tools. The easy to turn scroll wheel of the glossmeter quickly shows you all needed functions - even without a PC: The Basic mode is your tool to quickly check the gloss of a few samples. The Statistic mode not only shows the average, but all statistical data needed to judge whether the measured difference is significant or how uniform the surface gloss is on your sample. You define what you want to see: mean, standard deviation, range, min/max, ... Statistic mode Difference mode The Difference mode allows you to define a reference with Pass/ Fail limits and will compare all of the following measurements to the selected reference. The Pass/ Fail indication is colorfully shown on the high resolution display – ideal for production control. The Continuous mode is the most efficient way to quickly check the uniformity of a large sample surface. You define the measurement interval and are now ready to continuously measure the gloss by sliding the micro-gloss over the surface. When finished, the average with min - max range are displayed. Continuous mode Technical Performance: Unsurpassed in the industry No matter how harsh your production conditions are or how tight your limits may be, accuracy and reliability of the micro-gloss are proven by thousands of users to guarantee always the highest quality. The long-term stable LED light source of the glossmeter provides not only highly repeatable results for many years, but also will never burn out. A 10 year warranty on the lamp life is guaranteed. Due to advanced temperature control, the micro-gloss assures the highest stability of the gloss readings - if you are in the lab or move to a “hot spot” on the line. Our patented calibration procedure during the production of the glossmeters enables an excellent inter-instrument agreement. No matter how far your customer may be away, if he is one of the thousands of micro-gloss users, he will read the same values as you. 18 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com micro-TRI-gloss See changes under the right angle Appearance Gloss High – medium – low gloss: What is your application? The micro-TRI-gloss combines 20°, 60°, 85° in one glossmeter - as handy as the one angle unit. Having three geometries in one unit allows you to be in compliance with international standards and to quickly recognize quality variations. In order to obtain differences clearly, over the whole range from matte to high gloss, three measurement geometries were specified in international glossmeter standards. Each geometry is optimized for a specific gloss range. All selected angles measure at the same location and the results are displayed instantly - including Statistics, Difference, or Pass/Fail. Color The different gloss of these two samples is more clearly shown in the 20° readings. Physical Properties micro-TRI-gloss μ Gloss and Film Thickness in one Instrument ■ Standards Dual sensor Fe/NFe - measures thickness on steel as well as on aluminum ISO ASTM DIN Simultaneous display 20°, 60°, 85° for high gloss to matte coatings ■ Gloss 2813, 7668 D523 67530 Technical Service An efficient coatings process should use as little paint as possible and fulfill the quality specifications given by the customer. Gloss and film thickness are important QC criteria for coatings. The micro-TRI-gloss Μ measures both, at the same position and in seconds. This saves time and is ideal for checks in the field only one instrument to carry. Thickness 2178, 2360, 2808 B499, D1400 19 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com micro-gloss S-Family A matte finish is not only a new design trend but also can be a must for applications where no or low reflection is essential - such as car interior. Often, a variety of materials, from leather to plastics, is used and needs to be harmonized. Additionally, surface structures vary from large grains to fine stipples, usually with very low gloss. In order to guarantee a uniform look among the various parts, very tight tolerances are specified. Only testing instruments with excellent precision will be able to objectively control production. The new micro-gloss S family offers improved performance for 60° gloss in the critical low gloss range (0-20 GU). This excellent accuracy can be guaranteed due to our patented calibration procedure during the production of the glossmeters. Technical Specifications Measurement range Repeatability Reproducibility 0 - 20 GU ± 0.1 GU ± 0.2 GU 20 - 100 GU 100 - 2000 GU ± 0.2 GU ± 0.2 % ± 0.5 GU ± 0.5 % Please note additional information of this application on page 30 Excellent inter-instrument agreement micro-gloss XS Small port for small parts Today, many products not only consist of different parts, but are composed of parts with similar surface appearance. An appealing design is important for the success of products like smart phones, computers or home electronics. Often small parts are integrated in a large part or connect parts such as frames, buttons or decorative trim pieces. Their size and design make it difficult to evaluate with a classical gloss meter. The micro-gloss XS is a 60° gloss meter with a small measuring area of 2x4 mm, an ideal solution to measure small parts and assure that they fit with the large components. An additional version, micro-gloss 60° XS-S, is available for measuring very matte surfaces with increased technical performance. 20 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Gloss Measurement for Specific Applications micro-gloss 45° Appearance Gloss Specific materials require specific measuring angles: Ceramic materials, plastic films and solid plastics, paper and paperboard either measure specular gloss at the standard geometries 20°, 60°, 85° or at industry specific geometries 45° or 75°. micro-gloss 45°: Specialized glossmeter for ceramics, plastics and plastic films. Plastic films and solid plastics, both opaque and transparent, are often measured at 45° angle for intermediate and low gloss levels. For films that transmit light, a matte black backing such as “Black scrub panel” cat. no. 5015 (see page 174), must be placed behind the sample. Erroneous measurements will occur without a suitable backing. Color Standard test methods ask for readings on at least three portions of each specimen to get an indication of gloss uniformity. The statistic mode of the micro-gloss will show the average and range or standard deviation as a measure of sample uniformity. Physical Properties Ceramics, porcelain enamels and other finishes use the 45° geometry and often provide a comparison of their resistance to acid, alkali, or other environmental factors by measurement of gloss loss. In order to evaluate change of gloss it is essential to take multiple readings over the entire sample surface and evaluate the average to ensure representative results. Standards C346, D2457 Z8741 Technical Specifications Geometry 45° Application Ceramic, Plastic, Plastic Films Technical Service ASTM JIS Measurement Range 0 - 180 GU 21 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Gloss Measurement for Specific Applications micro-gloss 75° Especially coated paper, but also a variety of uncoated papers request gloss control. The 75° geometry is suitable for most ink films on paper and paperboard. Color differences have a negligible influence on measured gloss. For example, a white surface will measure less than one gloss unit higher than an otherwise identical black surface. Very high gloss papers (lacquered, highly varnished or waxed) should use a 20° measurement geometry. As defined in the TAPPI standard for batch QC at least ten test specimens free from folds or wrinkles or other imperfections are to be checked. The smartlab Gloss software is ideal to document and communicate the measurement results. Its project management can be used to record the quality of one material over time and send the data either by PDF or Excel to all involved parties. Another typical material to be tested for specular gloss using the 75° geometry is vinyl siding made principally from rigid PVC and is used to clad exterior walls of buildings. In order to evaluate the uniformity over large areas, the “Continuous mode” of the micro-gloss will display the gloss values in a predefined measurement interval while moving the instrument over the surface. select Continuous mode... and measure: micro-gloss 75°: Specialized glossmeter for paper, paperboard and structured plastic e.g. vinyl siding. Standards ASTM ASTM TAPPI 22 D2457, D3679 Z8741 T480 Technical Specifications Geometry 75° Application Paper, Vinyl Siding Measurement Range 0 - 140 GU BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com smart-chart New! The smart way to communicate Appearance Gloss smart-lab Gloss Measure your products offline or online and transfer the results to smart-lab Gloss. Immediately, you will get a professional QC-report, including data table and graph. ■ Setup your product specifications in the Standard Management module, with Pass - Warning - Fail limits for display in your QC-reports. ■ Manage your lab work in projects to show production process stability using trend reports. Color ■ Physical Properties smart-process Gloss Ideal for products with multiple measurement locations. Ideal for products with multiple measurement locations. ■ Setup Organizers for menu guided test sequences and clear sample identification. ■ Efficient QC analysis for process control with a high sampling rate. The data are saved in a SQL database which allows handling of large data sets over a long time period. ■ Flexible data analysis based on defined identification parameters for a certain time range. Monitor your process stability with scorecards, trend reports and SPC charts (box plot). 23 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Technical Service ■ Certifi ed Please refer to section Preventive Maintenance. In compliance with: Standards ISO ASTM DIN JIS Ordering Information Cat. No. 4560 4561 4562 4563 4564 4565 4566 4567 4568 4569 4570 Description micro-gloss 20° micro-gloss 60° micro-gloss 85° micro-TRI-gloss micro-TRI-gloss Μ micro-gloss 60° S micro-TRI-gloss S micro-gloss 45° micro-gloss 75° micro-gloss 60° XS micro-gloss 60° XS-S Comes complete with: Glossmeter Holder with integrated calibration tile Traceable certificate USB-cable, Battery Operating manual Carrying case Software for download: smart-lab Gloss or smart-process Gloss with 2 licenses Note: After software download both software packages can be used for 30 day free trial. Thereafter, the user needs to decide and register for one software package. Extended Warranty: see pages about Technical Service System Requirements: Operating system: Windows® 7 SP1 or 8.1 Microsoft® . NET Framework 4 Hardware: Core 2 Duo, 2.2 GHz, i7 recommended or equivalent Memory: 4 GB RAM, 8 GB recommended Hard-disc capacity: min. 300 MB Monitor resolution: 1280 x 1024 pixel or higher Interface: free USB-port 2813, 7668 D 523, D 2457 67530 Z 8741 Technical Specifications Geometry Application Measuring Area 20° high gloss 10 x 10 mm (0.4 x 0.4 in) 60° semi gloss 9 x 15 mm (0.35 x 0.6 in) 85° low gloss 5 x 38 mm (0.2 x 1.5 in) 20°, 60°, 85° universal see single angle 20°, 60°, 85° universal see single angle 60° semi gloss 9 x 15 mm (0.35 x 0.6 in) 20°, 60°, 85° universal see single angle 45° Ceramic, Plastic, Film 9 x 13 mm (0.35 x 0.5 in) 75° Paper, Vinyl Siding 7 x 24 mm (0.3 x 0.95 in) 60° semi gloss 2 x 4 mm (0.08 x 0.16 in) 60° semi gloss 2 x 4 mm (0.08 x 0.16 in) Measurement range¹ 0 - 100 GU 100 - 2000 GU Repeatability² ± 0.2 GU ± 0.2 % Reproducibility² ± 0.5 GU ± 0.5 % Spectral sensitivity Measuring time Thickness: Substrate Measurement Range Accuracy Memory Interface Power supply Dimensions Weight Operating temperature Relative humidity CIE standard observer for illuminant CIE-C 0.5 seconds / geometry Fe: magnetic, NFe: non-magnetic 0 - 500 Μm (0 - 20 mils) ± (1.5 Μm +2% of measured value) 999 readings with date and time USB one 1.5V AA Alkaline Battery 4,000 readings or via USB-port 155 x 73 x 48 mm (6.1 x 2.9 x 1.9 in) 0.4 kg (0.9 lbs) 15 - 40 °C (60 - 104 °F) up to 85 %, non-condensing ¹ for 45° and 75° glossmeters see previous pages ² for S-Type glossmeters see previous page Ordering Information Cat. No. 4405 4866 4867 Description USB-Cable micro-gloss family Software smart-lab Gloss Software smart-process Gloss Note: smart-chart license fee for more than two installations is quantity dependent. Please contact your local BYK-Gardner representative. 24 Accessories For data transfer from the glossmeter to a PC, USB-A Software for professional analysis and documentation in the laboratory Process QC Software for analysis of multi-component products Export / Import Standards (.xml format) Organizer (.xml format) Languages English, German, French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese, Japanese BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Accessories for Cosmetics Gloss Appearance Measurement of cosmetic products The cosmetic industry is very much driven by aesthetics. Consistent raw materials and stable process parameters are the key to uniform and repeatable color and appearance quality. For each different product type (e.g. nail polish, lip gloss, eye shadow, foundation...) a standardized sample preparation is required in order to guarantee repeatable measurement results. Measurement of cylindrical products New! Color Sample Holder Cosmetics The Sample Holder Cosmetics is especially designed for gloss measurements using micro-gloss on cylindrical shaped products, e.g. ■ Cosmetic Packaging such as hairspray cans 25 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Technical Service ■ Easy-handling ■ Precise and repeatable positioning of sample ■ No ambient light ■ Durable, easy-to-clean material ■ Non-contact measurement Physical Properties For repeatable results the product is placed into a sample drawer, which can be comfortably opened and closed. Magnets keep the drawer from sliding open. A mask is fit on top of the sample drawer to hold the micro-gloss in place and allow non-contact measurements of your products in a completely shielded compartment. For gloss measurements using micro-gloss on cylindrical shaped products the Sample Holder Cosmetics is used together with a Cylinder Kit: ■ Customizable inlays for various diameters of cylindrical shaped products ■ Optimum form closure guarantees tight fit of inlays inside the holder Ordering Information Cat. No. 6459 Description Sample Holder Cosmetics Accessories 6464 Cylinder Kit Dimensions: 24 x 10 x 10 cm (9.4 x 3.9 x 3.9 in.) Weight: 2.2 kg (4.9 lbs) Max. length of cylinder: 229 mm Max. diameter of cylinder: 67 mm Please provide sample for customization of inlays Measurement of wet drawdowns Wet Drawdown Template – G The Wet Drawdown Template – G is especially designed for gloss measurements using micro-gloss on non-drying drawdowns, e.g. ■ Drawdowns of Lipstick Paste ■ Drawdowns of Liquid Foundation To simulate how the gloss of a product will look like when applied, a drawdown is made on a test chart. The template is then placed over the drawdown without touching the surface of the wet sample. For repeatable non-contact measurements, the template is equipped with a mask to hold the micro-gloss. ■ Made of easy-to-clean hard-anodized aluminum ■ Non-contact measurements ensure clean and fast handling Ordering Information Cat. No. 4439 Description Wet Drawdown Template – G Info! 26 Accessories Dimensions: 10.0 x 17.0 cm (3.94 x 6.69 in.) Min. Film Width: 35 mm (1.38 in.) Max. Film Width: 80 mm (3.15 in.) Measurement results are greatly affected by application quality. Therefore the use of an automatic film applicator (e.g. byko-drive) is recommended. For more information please refer to the section "Application". BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Measurement of powdery or pasty products For repeatable results the product is pressed or poured into a sample cup. During sample preparation of pressed powders, it is important to always maintain the same plunger pressure as well as the same plunger tissue. It is recommended to use a fine-woven fabric to create a smooth, non-textured surface. The holder is equipped with a mask onto which the micro-gloss is placed for non-contact measurements. Ordering Information Description Sample Holder Round Dish – G 6416 Adapter Rings for 4453 Info! Accessories Including adapter ring and 5 cuvettes ø 35.5 mm, height 4.5 mm Measurement distance approx. 1 mm Five adapter rings of various sizes Please specify diameter (max. round container size: ø 60 mm) For further information and best practice examples on your specific application (nails, lips, face, eyes...) please refer to our brochure “QC Solutions for Cosmetics”, which can be downloaded from http://www.byk.com Physical Properties Cat. No. 4453 Color ■ Made of easy-to-clean hard-anodized aluminum ■ Non-contact measurement to protect the instrument’s optics ■ Customized adapter rings are offered to use the holder with custom specific cuvettes Gloss Appearance Sample Holder Round Dish – G The Sample Holder Round Dish – G is developed for gloss measurements using micro-gloss on powdery or pasty materials, e.g. ■ Pressed Powders ■ Creamy Eye Shadows Technical Service 27 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Calibration Holder Replacement holder with high gloss calibration tile. Ordering Information Cat. No. 4441 4443 4445 4447 4455 4457 Description Calibration Holder 20° Calibration Holder 60° Calibration Holder 85° Calibration Holder TRI Calibration Holder 45° Calibration Holder 75° Comes complete with: Holder with integrated calibration tile and traceable certificate Checking Standard In order to control the performance and linearity of the glossmeter it is recommended to use a checking standard periodically. The control interval is dependent on the usage conditions of the glossmeter. The gloss tiles are built into an aluminum track that the glossmeter fits into to guarantee accurate and repeatable measurements. The included certificate is traceable to international institutes. Please refer to section Preventive Maintenance. Ordering Information Cat. No. 4422 Description Checking Standard micro 20° 4462 Checking Standard micro 60° 4464 Checking Standard micro 60° S 4487 Checking Standard micro 85° 4434 Checking Standard TRI 4438 Checking Standard micro-TRI S 4433 Checking Standard Mirror, TRI 4458 Checking Standard micro 45° 4459 Checking Standard micro 75° Technical Specifications Dimensions 170 x 103 x 17 mm High and semi gloss tile (6.7 x 4.1 x 0.7 in) 170 x 103 x 17 mm (6.7 x 4.1 x 0.7 in) 170 x 103 x 17 mm (6.7 x 4.1 x 0.7 in) 170 x 103 x 17 mm (6.7 x 4.1 x 0.7 in) 170 x 103 x 26 mm (6.7 x 4.1 x 1 in) 170 x 103 x 26 mm (6.7 x 4.1 x 1 in) 170 x 103 x 26 mm (6.7 x 4.1 x 1 in) 170 x 103 x 17 mm (6.7 x 4.1 x 0.7 in) 170 x 103 x 17 mm (6.7 x 4.1 x 0.7 in) High and semi gloss tile High gloss and low gloss tile, approx. 5 GU at 60° High and semi gloss tile High gloss and 3 semi gloss tiles 20°, 60°, 85° High gloss and 3 semi gloss tiles 20°, 60°, 85°, 60° tile approx. 5 GU High gloss and 3 semi gloss tiles 20°, 60°, 85°, highly reflective High and semi gloss tile High and semi gloss tile Comes complete with: Checking standard in aluminum track with traceable certificate 28 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Glossmeter Accessories Additional Standards Ordering Information Special Standard, Mirror Comes complete with: Standard Traceable certificate Protective case Technical Specifications Black glass tile, polished, for 20°, 60°, 85° Black glass tile, 20° value approx. 60 to 70 gloss units Black glass tile, 60° value approx. 40 to 50 gloss units Black glass tile, 85° value approx. 15 to 25 gloss units High gloss, polished mirror, for 20°, 60°, 85° Black glass tile, gloss value can be defined Physical Properties Description High Gloss Standard Semi Gloss Standard 20° Semi Gloss Standard 60° Semi Gloss Standard 85° Mirror Gloss Standard Special Standard, Black Glass Color Cat. No. 4050 4051 4052 4053 4056 4057 4058 Gloss Appearance These 100 x 100 mm (4 x 4 in) glass tiles can be used for any glossmeter as a reference. If standards with specific values are needed, ask for Cat. No. 4057 or 4058. Semi gloss, highly reflective, gloss value can be defined Please refer to section Certification Services. Technical Service 29 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Color and Gloss Control of Automotive Interior Parts The S-Family with close tolerances for toughest QC specs How many hours do you spend in your car? Most likely you will say “many”. Thus, the interior design is getting more and more important in your purchasing decision. A big challenge for every car manufacturer is to achieve a “feeling”of high value and at the same time minimize cost. Therefore, a variety of materials are used and need to be harmonized. The design group specifies the color, gloss and grain. Once a new color or material or process is approved, a new “style” is born – ready for implementation. At this point the supplier quality group takes ownership and starts working with various part suppliers. As a starting point master standard plaques of the new colors are manufactured with usually a flat and several grained areas. These are sent to the suppliers as their target to achieve with actual production parts. As the master plaques and final parts are often made of different materials the suppliers work closely with the car maker. At the end the final approval is given on a production part. This production part now becomes the standard for the supplier. In order to guarantee a uniform look among the various materials very tight tolerances are specified. Typical tolerances Color: ΔL*, Δa*, Δb* = +/- 0.5 60° Gloss: < 5 GU +/- 0.3 to 0.5 It is impossible to visually assess, if color and gloss are within these very tight tolerances. Only testing instruments with excellent precision will be able to objectively control the production. New color and gloss instruments with tighter technical specs BYK-Gardner succeeded in off ering a new line of color and gloss meters with improved technical performance for 60° gloss in the low gloss range (0-10 GU). The excellent repeatability of +/- 0.1 can be guaranteed due to our patented calibration procedure for the new micro-gloss and spectro-guide families. How can a gloss or color tolerance of +/- 0.5 be meaningful? Instead of working with absolute color or gloss numbers the supplier production QC needs to be based on the signed-off part and only the differences are checked. This procedure eliminates the reproducibility error as color and gloss are measured relatively on the same type of material and same surface. Therefore, a difference of 0.3 gloss units from part to part can be considered as a significant difference. micro-gloss S see page 20 In addition to the improved technical performance the micro-gloss and spectro-guide families offer you unique benefits to always guarantee precise results: › Long-term stable calibration – needed only every three months. Guaranteed even when the temperature or humidity changes. Temperature stable color and gloss data between 10 °C – 40 °C 10 years warranty on the light source › › spectro-guide S see page 86 Introduction Reflection Haze Appearance Haze High quality (class A) surfaces are expected to have a clear and brilliant appearance. Microstructures, e. g. poor dispersion, can cause a milky appearance. This effect is described as milkiness or haze. A high gloss surface with microscopic texture has diffused light with low intensity adjacent to the main direction of reflection. The majority of the incident light is reflected in the specular direction which makes the surface appear highly glossy with image forming qualities, but with a milky haziness on top of it. HAZE Color Physical Properties Technical Service 31 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Objective Measurement of High Gloss Surfaces: Gloss and Haze The phenomenon haze can be seen on high gloss surfaces only. Therefore, 20° geometry is used just like with a glossmeter. The aperture range of a 20° gloss meter is 1.8°. Two additional sensors next to the gloss detector measure the intensity of the diffused light, responsible for haze. Thus, the specularly reflected and scattered light are measured simultaneously. In order to better correlate with the visual perception, haze is displayed in a logarithmic scale – the lower the haze reading the better the surface. Analysis of High Gloss Surfaces: Gloss and Haze Haze is often caused by specific parameters in the production process, i.e.: ■ Pigment type and degree of dispersion ■ Binder and additive type ■ Application and processing Examples Degree of Dispersion The graph on the right shows the influence of degree of dispersion on gloss and haze. Pigment particles smaller than 10 µm will show a tremendous reduction in haze while the gloss value is nearly the same. Application Type In practice it is important to test the process compatibility of a paint system. In the example on the side, different paint systems were applied with electrostatic and pneumatic equipment: System A flocculates under the electrostatic spray condition which can be seen in the increased haze value. System B shows an excellent low haze value with pneumatic application, but a tendency to flocculation with electrostatic equipment. System C was optimized for either application. Polishing Other causes for haze can be weathering, abrasion or polishing marks. Simultaneous measurement of gloss and haze allows objective evaluation of the surface quality. BYK-Gardner offers a stationary haze meter, the haze-gloss, especially developed for the use in the laboratory. 32 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com haze-gloss The Reference Instrument for any Application Appearance Haze The hazemeter was designed for the needs in the laboratory. Gloss, haze and mirror reflection can all be measured with one instrument for low to high gloss surfaces. ■ Gloss 20°, 60°, 85° and haze ■ Mirror reflection for materials with very high reflection capabilities, such as metals ■ Reference beam, closed optics and self diagnosis guarantee accurate quality control ■ Statistics with average, min/max and standard deviation ■ Large storage capacity and data transfer from the hazemeter to a PC prepare you for ISO 9000 Color Quick Measurement of many Samples Standards ISO ASTM DIN 2813, 13803 D 523, D 2457, E 430 67530 Ordering Information Cat. No. 4601 Physical Properties ■ Foot switch and automatic measurement for fast sampling Illuminated target facilitates sample positioning ■ Ready for measurement without warm-up time ■ Long-term calibration and menu guided operation – simple and secure ■ Operation in English, German, French, Spanish, and Italian – switchable Description haze-gloss Gloss Measurement Range Repeatability Reproducibility Haze Measurement Range Repeatability Reproducibility Measuring Area Extended Warranty: see pages about Technical Service Memory Interface Power Supply Dimensions Weight 0 - 2000 GU¹ 0.2 GU² 0.5 GU² Technical Service Comes complete with: Hazemeter High gloss and haze standard incl. certificate easy-link software Interface cable Foot switch Power cord Operating manual Technical Specifications 10 - 2500 HU³ 1 HU* 7 HU* 20°: 15 x 15 mm (0.6 x 0.6 in) 60°: 15 x 27 mm (0.6 x 1.0 in) 85°: 8 x 60 mm (0.3 x 2.4 in) 9 x 600 values serial RS 232 115 / 230 V, 50 / 60 Hz, requirement 50 VA 33 x 52 x 40 cm (13 x 20.5 x 15.7 in) 14.3 kg (31.5 lbs) ¹ Gloss Units, ² 0 - 100 GU, ³ Haze Units (Hlog), * measured on high gloss standard 33 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Documentation of Measurement Data The program easy-link allows quick data transfer from the hazemeter to Excel® for further analysis and professional documentation. Ordering Information Cat. No. 4616 4617 4618 4624 4614 4615 4623 4626 4545 Accessories Description Checking standard 20°, for 4601 Checking standard 60°, for 4601 Black glass, semi gloss for checking purposes, certificate included Black glass, semi gloss for checking purposes, certificate included High Gloss Standard haze-gloss Haze Standard haze-gloss Replacement calibration standard gloss, certificate included Replacement calibration standard haze, certificate included Checking standard 85°, for 4601 Mirror Gloss Standard, for 4601 Sample Table USB-cable haze-gloss BYKWARE easy-link Black glass, semi gloss for checking purposes, certificate included High gloss, polished mirror, for 20°, 60°, 85°, certificate included Larger platform for sample support table, 28 x 15 cm (11 x 6 in) For data transfer from hazemeter to a PC Software for direct data transfer and documentation in Excel® Please refer to section Preventive Maintenance. 34 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Introduction Structure size Surfaces with different structure sizes will appear visually different: Small structures ORANGE PEEL / DOI Orange Appearance Peel / DOI The total appearance and the visibility of structures depend on the structure size, the observing distance and the image forming quality. Large structures Color The waviness of automotive paints is in a range of approx. 0.1 to 30 mm wavelength. These phenomena are often visually evaluated and subjective terms like degree of peel or texture are used as descriptions. Orange peel can be seen on high gloss surfaces as a wavy pattern of light and dark areas. Depending on the slope of the structure element the light is reflected in various directions. Only the elements reflecting the light in the direction of our eyes are perceived as light areas. Physical Properties Technical Service 35 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Observing distance Visibility of structures is dependent on the observing distance. The greater the distance, the smaller objects will appear. Structures with a size of 10 to 30 mm can best be seen at a distance of approx. 3 m. Fine structures in a range of 0.1 to 1 mm can only be recognized at a close distance. Short distance: Shortwave Large distance: Longwave Resolution of our eyes The resolvable structure size is also dependent on the observing distance. Very fine structures that are below the human eye’s resolution (approx. 0.1 mm) can no longer be recognized as a light / dark pattern, even at a close distance. The result is a reduction of the image forming quality (IFQ). At 3 m distance, structures between 1 - 3 mm can hardly be resolved as a waviness but influence the appearance. Image Forming Quality (IFQ) The higher contrast and sharpness of a reflected object, e.g. the edges of black and white lines, the better the image forming quality will be. Fine structures disturb the reflected image, consequently edges become blurry and are no longer sharp. Image Forming Quality at a close distance: Distinctness of Image (DOI) DOI can also be described with terms like brilliance, sharpness or clarity. DOI is diminished by very fine structures close to the human eye resolution (smaller than 0.3 mm). Image Forming Quality at a far distance: Wet Look At a distance of 3 m, the image forming quality is mainly influenced by structures between 1 - 3 mm. This effect is referred to as Wet Look. Please refer to section wave-scandual 36 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Simulation of the Visual Perception Waviness Orange Appearance Peel / DOI The wave-scan simulates visual perception. Like our eyes, the instrument optically scans the wavy light / dark pattern. A laser point light source illuminates the specimen at a 60° angle and a detector measures the reflected light intensity at the equal but opposite angle. The orange peel meter is rolled across the surface and measures point by point the optical profile of the surface across a defined distance. The wave-scan analyzes the structures according to their size. In order to simulate the human eye’s resolution at various distances, the measurement signal is divided into several ranges using mathematical filter functions: Wa 0.1...... 0.3 mm wavelength Wb 0.3......... 1 mm wavelength Wc 1............. 3 mm wavelength Wd 3.......... 10 mm wavelength We 10........ 30 mm wavelength SW 0.3...... 1.2 mm wavelength LW 1.2........ 12 mm wavelength Color Dullness 20° Camera Physical Properties Structures smaller than 0.1 mm influence visual perception, therefore the wave-scan uses a CCD camera to measure the diffused light caused by these fine structures. This parameter is referred to as “dullness”. Structure Spectrum 37 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Technical Service The values of dullness and Wa to We form a “structure spectrum”. This allows a detailed analysis of Orange Peel and its influencing factors, being material or application parameters. wave-scan Scales The detailed information of the structure spectrum as well as LW and SW became the basis to correlate to customer specific scales and to the DOI as described in ASTM E430: DOI Rating: Tension-Scales: GM-Tension P-Tension H-Tension Ford Scales: Luster Sharpness Orange Peel Combined Daimler Chrysler Scales: Gloss DCA Dorigon DCA Orange Peel DCA Over All DCA BMW Scales: N1 Note 1 m N3 Note 3 m Function of du, Wa and Wb Correlation to ASTM E430, scaling is similar to 20° gloss Orange Peel based on ACT panels Leveling GM Specification Honda Specification Honda Specification Interpretation of Measurement Results Substrate Influence: In the following graph, the substrate roughness telegraphs through the clear coat and reduces the brilliance of the coating. Sample D is a lasertex panel with a specific texture resulting in lower SW values. A measurement for Gloss A measurement for DOI A measurement for Leveling An overall rating A measurement for Gloss A measurement for DOI A measurement for Leveling An overall rating A ranking note for 1m observation A ranking note for 3m observation Influence of Baking Position: In general, horizontal surfaces have shown better flow and leveling characteristics, i.e. in the values for the longer waves (Wc ... We). The smaller waves are hardly influenced by the baking position. Influence of Film Thickness: The structure spectrum can help optimize the appearance, e.g. in determining the optimum film thickness. Increasing clear coat thickness improves flow and leveling. In the graph this can be seen in decreasing Wc and Wd values. 38 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com wave-scan dual Orange Appearance Peel / DOI Orange Peel and DOI measurement on high to semi gloss surfaces ... appearance control is no longer limited to final topcoat inspection. The orange peel meter scans the optical profile of high gloss surfaces using a laser light source. An additional, infrared – high energy LED allows measuring the same structure spectrum (0.1 - 30 mm) on medium gloss surfaces. The dullness measurement is recorded with state-of-the-art CCD camera technology. It gives information on the image forming qualities of the surface caused by structures < 0.1mm. Close the appearance control loop for the entire paint process Color Thus, the surface quality after each paint process step can be objectively evaluated. No more guessing which substrate layer is influencing the final appearance. The wave-scan dual will help you to objectively analyze appearance problems and reduce the time necessary for trouble shooting. Example: Influence of Steel Quality on Final Appearance Step 2: Appearance Control after Primer Surfacer The primer surfacer was applied on both panels. The roughness of the steel quality can still be detected in increased Wb and Wc- values. This primer system could not completely cover the steel influence. Technical Service Step 3: Appearance Control after Topcoat The final appearance shows higher shortwave values on the rougher steel panel. Therefore, the smooth panel will appear more brilliant. Physical Properties Step 1: Appearance Control after E-coat Same E-coat system was applied on rough and smooth steel. The influence of rougher steel can be seen in increased Wb and Wc-values. wave-scan dual – a diagnostic tool for trouble shooting and optimizing appearance Now, you can establish appearance specifications for each paint layer to ensure the final appearance is always on target. 39 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Objective and reliable appearance data ■ ■ Good correlation to wave-scan DOI on high gloss surfaces Good correlation to mechanical profilometer readings on medium gloss surfaces Easy to use with one hand For flat and curved areas Small and light weight ■ Scroll wheel operation and multilingual menu ■ Selectable scales and scan lengths ■ Full statistics with saving in selectable memories ■ USB port for data transfer to PC ■ Software smart-chart: – Organizer files for sample identification – Data management with SQL Database – Standard QC Reports ■ ■ select mode ... and measure Always ready The orange peel meter is operated with a rechargeable battery pack (Li-Ion). The docking station automatically charges the battery pack and transfers the measured data to the PC. Optionally, the instrument can be operated with 3 standard mignon alkaline or rechargeable batteries – good for 1000 readings. 40 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Orange Appearance Peel / DOI Ordering Information Cat. No. 4840 Description wave-scan dual System requirements: Operating system: Windows 7 SP1 or 8.1 Microsoft® .NET Framework 4 Hardware: Core 2 Duo, 2.2 GHz; i7, 2.5 GHz recommended, or equivalent Memory: 4 GB RAM, 8 GB recommended Hard-disk capacity: min. 300 MB Monitor resolution: 1280 x 1024 pixel or higher Disk drive: CD-ROM or DVD drive Interface: free USB-port Reproducibility¹ Object Curvature Min. Sample Size Scan Length Resolution Memory Interface Languages Temperature Range Rel. Humidity < 0.1 mm 0.1 to 0.3 mm 0.3 to 1 mm 1 to 3 mm 3 to 10 mm 10 to 30 mm du < 40: 4% or > 0.4 du > 40: 6% or > 0.6 du < 40: 6% or > 0.6 du > 40: 8% or > 0.8 radius > 500 mm 35 mm x 150 mm 5 / 10 / 20 cm 375 points/cm 1500 readings USB port English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Portuguese, Spanish Laser diode, LED and IR-SLED < 1 mW (Laser class 2) 150 x 110 x 55 mm (5.9 x 4.3 x 2.2 in.) 650 g (1.5 lbs) rechargeable battery pack or 3 alkaline AA Batteries, approx. 1000 readings Technical Service Light Source Laser Energy Dimensions Weight Power Supply du < 65, linear range Physical Properties Extended Warranty: see pages about Technical Service Application High to Semi Gloss Structure Spectrum du Wa Wb Wc Wd We Repeatability¹ Color Comes complete with: Orange peel meter with protective cover, Certificate, Checking tile, Software smart-chart, Docking station and USB-cable, 2 rechargeable Li-Ion battery packs, Battery holder for AA batteries, 3 Batteries, Operating manual, Carrying case Training Technical Specifications operation: +10 °C to 40 °C (+ 50 °F to 104 °F) storage: 0 °C to 60 °C (+ 32°F to 140 °F) up to 85 % at 35 °C (95 °F) non-condensing ¹Standard deviation 41 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Training wave-scan dual BYK-Gardner offers you more than just an instrument. We assist you in operating the wave-scan system and understanding your appearance readings. As a result you will be able to use the orange peel meter to save time and money and at the same time improve your quality. Therefore, the instrument comes with a one day training course including: 1. Orange Peel and DOI Theory ■ Visual perception and instrumental measurement of Orange Peel and DOI ■ Data interpretation: How can the structure spectrum be used to optimize process / material parameters ■ Data analysis using standard QC-reports: – Summary by lines to show at one glance how various colors are running at different paint lines – Trend chart to show how specified zones perform over a defined time range – SPC-chart for daily process control of your critical colors and highrunners: xR-chart – Zone profile for trouble shooting using the structure spectrum ■ Create your own reports in Excel® – Transfer data from the database to Excel® – Pivot function to define layout in Excel® 2. Operation and Software Training ■ Set-up of an “Organizer” to create a routine measurement procedure ■ Programming of the instrument with “organizer” and measurement of several samples ■ Direct data transfer to Excel for documentation of individual readings ■ Data transfer to smart-chart software and saving in a database for routine QC The training can be performed in one day or two half days. It is recommended to split the training into two half days: Day 1: Theory and basic operation (set-up organizer, taking readings and saving data in a database) Day 2: 3-4 weeks later to ensure readings were taken and saved in a database. Data analysis and standard QC reports can be explained using customer specific data. Ordering Information Cat. No. 4843 Description Checking Tile wave-scan dual Accessories 4841 4842 4831 Docking Station, for 4840/4846 Battery Pack, for 4840/4846 Software smart-chart Replacement – please contact your local service department for replacement of your checking tile. Incl. USB interface cable and recharger 100 - 240 V self adapting Rechargeable battery for automatic charge in docking station Software for professional analysis and documentation of color and appearance Please refer to section Preventive Maintenance. 42 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com wave-scan II Orange Appearance Peel / DOI The specialist for high gloss surfaces Surface appearance changes with the size and distinctness of structures. The wave-scan II objectively evaluates orange peel as well as brilliance of topcoat finishes. Objective and reliable appearance data ■ Excellent correlation to wave-scan DOI ■ Classical Longwave and Shortwave ■ Structure spectrum to analyze appearance changes ■ Dullness and DOI measurement independent of the paint system select mode ... and measure Physical Properties ■ Easy handling – even on the moving car body ■ Small and light weight ■ For flat and curved areas, radius > 50 cm ■ Scroll wheel operation and multilingual menu ■ Scales and scan lengths can be selected directly from menu ■ Full statistics with saving in selectable memories ■ Large memory for 1500 readings ■ USB port for data transfer to PC ■ smart-chart software: – Organizer files for sample id – Data management with SQL Database – Standard QC Reports Color Ideal size for the production line Always ready 43 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Technical Service The orange peel meter is operated with a rechargeable battery pack (Li-Ion). The docking station automatically charges the battery pack and transfers the measured data to the PC. Optionally, the wave-scan II can be operated with 3 standard mignon alkaline or rechargeable batteries – good for 1000 readings. Ordering Information Cat. No. 4846 Description wave-scan II Comes complete with: Orange peel meter with protective cover, Certificate, Checking tile, smart-chart software, Docking station with USB-cable, 2 rechargeable Li-Ion battery packs, Battery holder for AA alkaline batteries, 3 Batteries, Operating manual, Carrying case, Training Extended Warranty: see pages about Technical Service System requirements: Operating system: Windows 7 SP1 or 8.1 Microsoft® .NET Framework 4 Hardware: Core 2 Duo, 2.2 GHz; i7, 2.5 GHz recommended, or equivalent Memory: 4 GB RAM, 8 GB recommended Hard-disk capacity: min. 300 MB Monitor resolution: 1280 x 1024 pixel or higher Disk drive: CD-ROM or DVD drive Interface: free USB-port Technical Specifications Application High Gloss Surfaces Structure Spectrum du Wa Wb Wc Wd We Repeatability ¹ Reproducibility ¹ Object Curvature Min. Sample Size Scan Length Resolution Memory Interface Languages Light Source Laser Energy Dimensions Weight Power Supply Temperature Range Rel. Humidity du < 40, linear range < 0.1 mm 0.1 to 0.3 mm 0.3 to 1 mm 1 to 3 mm 3 to 10 mm 10 to 30 mm 4% or > 0.4 6% or >; 0.6 radius > 500 mm 35 mm x 150 mm 5 / 10 / 20 cm 375 points/cm 1500 readings USB port English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Portuguese, Spanish Laser diode < 1 mW (Laser class 2) 150 x 110 x 55 mm (5.9 x 4.3 x 2.2 in.) 650 g (1.5 lbs) rechargeable battery pack or 3 AA alkaline batteries approx. 1000 readings operation: +10°C to 40°C (+50°F to 104°F) storage: 0°C to 60°C (+32°F to 140°F) up to 85% at 35°C (95°F), non-condensing ¹Standard deviation 44 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com 1. Orange Peel and DOI Theory ■ Visual perception and instrumental measurement of Orange Peel and DOI ■ Data interpretation: How can the structure spectrum be used to optimize process and material parameters Ordering Information Description Checking tile wave-scan II 4841 Docking Station, for 4840/4846 Battery Pack, for 4840/4846 Software smart-chart 4842 4831 Day 1: Theory and basic operation (set-up organizer, taking readings and saving data in a database) Day 2: 3-4 weeks later to ensure readings were taken and saved in a database. Data analysis and standard QC reports can be explained using customer specific data. Accessories Replacement – please contact your local service department for replacement of your checking tile. Incl. USB interface cable and recharger 100 - 240 V self adapting Rechargeable battery for automatic charge in docking station Software for professional analysis and documentation of color and appearance Physical Properties Cat. No. 4847 ■ Create your own reports in Excel® – Transfer data from the database to Excel – Pivot function to define layout in Excel ■ The training can be performed in one day or two half days. It is recommended to split the training into two half days: Color 2. Operation and Software Training ■ Set-up of an “Organizer” to create a routine measurement procedure ■ Programming of the instrument with “organizer” and measurement of several samples ■ Direct data transfer to Excel for documentation of individual readings ■ Data transfer to smart-chart software and saving in a database for routine QC ■ Data analysis using standard QC-reports: – Summary by lines to show at one glance how various colors are running at different paint lines – Trend chart to show how specified zones perform over a defined time range – SPC-chart for daily process control of your critical colors and highrunners: xR-chart – Zone profile for trouble shooting using the structure spectrum Orange Appearance Peel / DOI Training for wave-scan II BYK-Gardner offers you more than just an instrument. We assist you in operating the wave-scan system and understanding your appearance readings. As a result you will be able to use the orange peel meter to save time and money and at the same time improve your quality. Therefore, the instrument comes with a one day training course including: Please refer to section Preventive Maintenance. Technical Service 45 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com micro-wave-scan Orange Peel and DOI measurement Now you can measure Orange Peel and DOI on small and curved surfaces: Automotive add-on parts – like bumpers, gas tank doors, mirror housings, door handles, decorative trim or motorcycle parts. ...for curved and small parts ■ Curvature > 300 mm ■ Minimum sample size: 25 mm x 40 mm ■ Selectable scan length 20, 10 or even 5 cm ■ Measurement area: 4 mm x scan length ■ DOI measurement possible without scanning the surface ■ Good correlation to wave-scan DOI, the appearance standard in the automotive industry Fits in the palm of your hand ■ Small and light weight, easy to operate with one hand ■ New scroll wheel to select functions and operate button to take readings ■ Large, multilingual display: complete statistics and name input directly at the orange peel meter ■ Storage of 2000 readings in selectable memories ■ Docking station for recharging battery pack and data transfer to PC ■ Rechargeable battery pack or standard mignon batteries can be used ■ smart-chart software for professional analysis, documentation and data management select mode ... and measure Objective and reliable appearance data ■ Structure spectrum gives detailed information about various structure size ■ High correlation to the visual perception ■ Cause of appearance changes can be analyzed ■ DOI – Distinctness of Image: objective measurement independent of paint system and curvature 46 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Always ready Orange Appearance Peel / DOI The micro-wave-scan is operated with a rechargeable battery pack (Li-Ion). The docking station automatically charges the battery pack and transfers the measured data to the PC. Optionally, the orange peel meter can be operated with 2 standard AA alkaline or rechargeable batteries – good for 1000 readings. Ordering Information Cat. No. 4824 Description micro-wave-scan Extended Warranty: see pages about Technical Service Application High Gloss Surfaces Structure Spectrum Scan length/ Measurement scales Repeatability¹ Reproducibility¹ Object Curvature Min. Sample Size Measurement Area Scan Length Resolution Memory Interface Languages Light Source Laser Energy Dimensions Weight Power Supply Temperature Range Relative Humidity du < 40, linear range du: < 0.1 mm Wa: 0.1 - 0.3 mm Wb: 0.3 - 1 mm Wc: 1 - 3 mm Wd: 3 - 10 mm 20 cm: du, Wa...Wd, L, S, DOI 10 cm: du, Wa...Wd, L, S, DOI 5 cm: du, Wa...Wd, L, S, DOI 0 cm: du, Wa, Wb, DOI 8% or > 0.8 12% or > 1.2 radius > 300 mm 25 mm x 40 mm 4 mm x scan length 5 / 10 / 20 cm 375 points/cm 2000 readings USB port English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Portuguese, Spanish Laser diode, LED < 1 mW (Laser class 2) 70 x 120 x 40 mm (2.7 x 4.7 x 1.6 in) 250 g (0.6 lbs) rechargeable battery pack or 2 AA batteries, approx. 1000 readings operation: +10°C - 40°C (+50°F - 104°F) storage: 0°C - 60°C (+32°F - 140°F) up to 85% at 35°C (95°F) Technical Service System requirements: Operating system: Windows 7 SP1 or 8.1 Microsoft® .NET Framework 4 Hardware: Core 2 Duo, 2.2 GHz; i7, 2.5 GHz recommended, or equivalent Memory: 4 GB RAM, 8 GB recommended Hard-disk capacity: min. 300 MB Monitor resolution: 1280 x 1024 pixel or higher Disk drive: CD-ROM or DVD drive Interface: free USB-port Technical Specifications Physical Properties Comes complete with: Orange peel meter with protective cap, Certificate, Checking tile, Software smart-chart on CD, Docking station and USB-cable, 2 rechargeable Li-Ion battery packs, Battery holder for AA batteries, 2 Batteries, Operating manual, Carrying case and belt case, Training Color Please refer to section Preventive Maintenance. ¹ Standard deviation 47 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Training for micro-wave-scan BYK-Gardner offers you more than just an instrument. We assist you in operation of the micro-wave-scan system and understanding your appearance readings. As a result you will be able to use the orange peel meter to save time and money and at the same time improve your quality. Therefore, the instrument comes with a one day training course including: 1. Orange Peel and DOI Theory ■ Visual perception and instrumental measurement of Orange Peel and DOI ■ Data interpretation: How can the structure spectrum be used to optimize process / material parameters 2. Operation and Software Training ■ Set-up of an “organizer” to create a routine measurement procedure ■ Programming of the instrument with “organizer” and measurement of several samples ■ Direct data transfer to Excel for documentation of individual readings ■ Data transfer to smart-chart software and saving in a database for routine QC ■ Data analysis using standard QC-reports: – Summary by lines to show at one glance how various colors are running at different paint lines – Trend chart to show how specified zones perform over a defined time range – SPC-chart for daily process control of your critical colors and highrunners: xR-chart – Zone profile for trouble shooting using the structure spectrum Ordering Information Cat. No. 4857 4829 Description Docking Station, for 4824 Checking Tile, for 4824 4827 4831 Battery Pack micro-wave-scan Software smart-chart ■ Create your own reports in Excel – Transfer data from the database to Excel – Pivot function to define layout in Excel The training can be performed in one day or two half days. It is recommended to split the training into two half days: Day 1: Theory and basic operation (set-up organizer, taking readings and saving data in a database) Day 2: 3-4 weeks later to ensure readings were taken and saved in a database. Data analysis and standard QC reports can be explained using customer specific data. Accessories Incl. USB cable and recharger 100 - 240 V self adapting Replacement – please contact your local service department for replacement of your checking tile. Rechargeable battery for automatic charge in docking station Software for analysis and professional documentation in Excel® Please refer to section Preventive Maintenance. 48 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com wave-scan ROBOTIC Orange Appearance Peel / DOI Automatic appearance control of topcoat finish at the line A stable running process is the key for uniform and consistent quality. Therefore, orange peel and DOI need to be measured on a routine basis in the production process and the measurement results shared with add-on suppliers. The new wave-scan ROBOTIC allows automated appearance control as it is mounted on a robotic arm. The robotic system ensures measurement on the same area and a high number of measured car bodies. Non-contact measurement Excellent correlation to wave-scan DOI, the appearance standard in the automotive industry ■ Structure spectrum gives detailed information about the surface quality ■ Cause of appearance changes can be analyzed ■ Orange Peel, DOI and customer specific scales available Color ■ Distance to surface 15 ± 2 mm ■ Angle to perpendicular ± 2° ■ Curvature > 500 mm radius ■ Scan speed 50 to 150 mm/sec. ■ Small and light weight Objective and reliable appearance data Physical Properties Stable process means consistent quality ■ Automated appearance control provides complete and representative data for statistical process control ■ wave-scan ROBOTIC builds up a valuable database for systematic process analysis and optimization Technical Service 49 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Training for wave-scan ROBOTIC BYK-Gardner offers you more than just an instrument, we assist you in operating the wave-scan system. Therefore, the orange peel meter comes with a two day training course including: ■ Orange Peel & DOI: Theory and data interpretation. ■ Support in integrating wave-scan ROBOTIC sensor into automated measurement system ■ Data analysis using standard QC-reports including SPC-charts Ordering Information Technical Specifications 4822 4850 High Gloss Surfaces High to Semi Gloss Structure Spectrum Cat. No. Description wave-scan ROBOTIC wave-scan dual ROBOTIC Comes complete with: Orange peel meter, Certificate, Checking tile, BYKWARE smart-chart software, Communication software, Installation kit, Operating manual, Carrying case, Training Extended Warranty: see pages about Technical Service Hardware requirements: Operating system: Windows 7 SP1 or 8.1 Microsoft® .NET Framework 4 Hardware: Core 2 Duo, 2.2 GHz; i7, 2.5 GHz recommended, or equivalent Memory: 4 GB RAM, 8 GB recommended Hard-disk capacity: min. 300 MB Monitor resolution: 1280 x 1024 pixel or higher Disk drive: CD-ROM or DVD drive Application Repeatability¹ Reproducibility¹ Resolution Distance to Surface Angle to Surface Object Curvature Min. Sample Size Scan Length Scan Speed Memory Light Source Laser Energy Dimensions Weight Power Supply Interface Robotic requirements Temperature Range Rel. Humidity du < 40, linear range du < 65, linear range du: < 0.1 mm Wa: 0.1 to 0.3 mm Wb: 0.3 to 1 mm Wc: 1 to 3 mm Wd: 3 to 10 mm We: 10 to 30 mm du < 40: 4% or > 0.4 du > 40: 6% or > 0.6 du < 40: 6% or > 0.6 du > 40: 8% or > 0.8 375 points/cm 15 ± 2 mm perpendicular ± 2° radius > 500 mm 35 mm x 150 mm 5 / 10 / 20 cm 50 to 150 mm/sec 100 readings Laser diode, LED < 1 mW (Laser class 2) 112 x 115 x 60 mm (4.4 x 4.5 x 2.4 in) 520 g (1.2 lbs) external power supply 24 V DC, max. 0.5 A RS-422 Vibration-free operation operation: +10°C to 40°C (+50°F to 104°F) storage: 0°C to 60°C (+32°F to 140°F) up to 85% at 35°C (95°F) non-condensing ¹ Standard deviation Ordering Information Cat. No. 4833 Description Checking Tile, for 4822 Accessories 4851 Checking Tile, for 4850 4831 BYKWARE smart-process Replacement – please contact your local service department for replacement of your checking tile. Replacement – please contact your local service department for replacement of your checking tile. Process QC Software for wave-scan, cloud-runner, BYK-mac i 50 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com smart-process Orange Appearance Peel / DOI Color and Appearance data in one QC management system New! All critical color and appearance parameters can be saved and analyzed with one software package, smart-process. ■ Multi-angle color and effect control with BYK-mac i ■ Orange peel and Distinctness-of-Image measurement with wave-scan ■ Objective mottling analysis with the new cloud-runner It is smart in more than one way. 6 different apps let you set up a state-of-the art color & appearance management system. Standard Management – manage an unlimited number of colors Color smart-process includes powerful standard management for defining all essential color and appearance control parameters with Pass / Fail tolerances. Customer specific color and appearance scales for major automotive makers are already predefined and ensure color and appearance control according to their internal specifications. Physical Properties Digital Standard – guarantees a seamless workflow Thanks to the outstanding inter-instrument agreement of BYK-mac i – proven by all automotive makers and unsurpassed in the industry – smart-process enables you to use “digital standards” on a global basis with your entire supply chain. Export and import your color standards in xml file format and send them by email to your supply chain. Thus, color control data are reliable and communication among all parties is seamless and efficient. Technical Service Organizer Set-up – standardized measurement and sample labeling smart-process offers set-up of Organizers for clear sample identification and a menu guided operation on the instrument. Product schematics help to define specific sampling procedures. The entered parameters can be used for filtering the measured data saved in the database. Typical identifiers are model, color or product ID – smart-process is open for your specific needs. 51 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Data Analysis – green light for shipping Data analysis was never easier. The data are saved in a SQL database which allows handling of large data sets over a long time period. See all your test series at once based on your specific criteria. Select filter criteria, such as a certain time range, a specific color and all “green” or “yellow” or “red” test series for further analysis. Data analysis – Detailed measurement reports View and open the measurement data of a single test series with a click. The product schematic quickly shows you where the “problem areas” are. The data is also displayed in an easy-to-read data table highlighting the measurements out of specifications. Additionally to the individual test results per check zone, the averages of groups (horizontals or verticals) are calculated and shown on top of the report. For color harmony analysis the difference of each check zone to the master standard and the differences between “panel matches” as defined in the organizer are displayed. Monitor your process and document stability Innovative data analysis reports feature scorecards with drill-down functionality as well as trend reports for all measured parameters. They are so easy to set up that statistical analysis actually becomes a fun project. And the data is documented and analyzed all together for color and appearance. Valuable time for data crunching will be saved and lengthy discussions analyzing the data will no longer be necessary. wave-scan Balance Chart The Balance Chart shows all important info in one report: ■ Customer specifications ■ Balance Chart for visual correlation ■ Structure Spectrum for optimization 52 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com BYK-mac i Color Harmony and Process Control Chart Orange Appearance Peel / DOI Lab-Scatter Graph This standard report shows at a glance whether all parts are within specification. One graph per angle is shown and different tolerance models (e.g. CMC, DIN 6175-2) can be selected. Effect Graph Similar to the Lab-scatter graph, this chart easily shows whether effect differences are within tolerance. One graph per sparkle angle and graininess is displayed. Tolerances can be set to your specific requirements. Color & Effect Travel by Sample ...the ideal tool to show how individual measurement areas or colors perform per measurement angle. In combination with a graph for sparkle and graininess values, total color impression can be easily controlled. Color Physical Properties cloud-runner Mottle Chart Customer relevant limits for mottling can be defined by setting limits for the Mottling indices. The measured data is displayed in a two-dimensional chart with red – yellow – green ranges for easy process control. In addition, the mottle spectrum gives more detailed information for optimization and trouble shooting. With smart-process, you’ll know where you are, where you’re going, and how to get there. Ordering Information Cat. No. 4831 Description smart-process System Requirements: Operating system: Windows 7 SP1 or 8.1 Microsoft® .NET Framework 4 Hardware: Core 2 Duo, 2.2 GHz; i7, 2.5 GHz recommended, or equivalent Memory: 4 GB RAM, 8 GB recommended Hard-disk capacity: min. 300 MB Monitor resolution: 1280 x 1024 pixel or higher Disk drive: CD-ROM or DVD drive Interface: free USB-port Process QC Software for BYK-mac i, wave-scan and cloud-runner Instruments wave-scan dual, wave-scan II, micro-wave-scan, BYK-mac i, BYK-mac i COLOR, cloud-runner Export/Import Color Standards (.xml format) Organizer (.xml format) Database format SQL Server Compact Languages Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Spanish 53 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Technical Service Comes complete with: Software on CD-ROM, with License Key Note: smart-process licence fee for more than two installations is quantity dependent. Please contact your local BYK-Gardner representative. Technical Specifications haze-gloss see page 33 Effect of Additives on Gloss and Haze Additives Additives are substances that are added to a coating in very small amounts to improve properties such as wetting and dispersing, flow and leveling, defoaming or can act as matting agent. Wetting and dispersing additives One of the most important steps in the production of pigmented coatings is the homogeneous distribution and stabilization of pigments and fillers within the liquid binder solution. If this step is not optimized, a variety of defects can occur: e.g. flocculation, gloss reduction, color shift and settling. Wetting and dispersing additives are surface-active substances that improve the wetting of solids and prevent the flocculation of the particles. Influence of wetting /dispersing additive Two different additives used in a solvent-free coating system are compared with the same system without additive (= control). The new product perfectly stabilizes the pigments resulting in an increased 20° gloss value and a significant reduction in haze. Matting agents Dependent on their particle size, wax additives can have an influence on the surface gloss. Usually, particle sizes larger than 1 µm produce a matting effect. CERAFLOUR 1000 is a micronized polymer with wax-like properties to improve surface protection and haptics (soft feel effect). It has a matting effect, especially in radiation curable systems. The graph below shows the influence of additive concentration on the gloss level of a 1-K AC-PU Copolymer Dispersion. Even after 4 week storage at 40 °C the matting effect has not changed. Influence of additive concentration 40 120 60° Gloss 80 40 0 Gloss X Control 54 X DISPERBYK 110 Haze X New Product 30 20 10 0 Start X 2 % CERAFLOUR 1000 4 weeks at RT 4 weeks at 40°C X 5 % CERAFLOUR 1000 Introduction Mottling Appearance Mottling Mottling is an undesirable defect which can occur with effect coatings – it is most obvious on light metallic finishes. The total color impression shows irregular areas of lightness variations. These “patches” are usually visually evaluated, described as a mottling effect. Some also feel that it reminds them of clouds. This effect is especially noticeable on large body panels. It can be caused by the coating formulation, as well as variations in the application process. For example, disorientation of the metallic flakes or film thickness variations of the basecoat can lead to various mottle sizes resulting in a non-uniform appearance. MOTTLING Orientation Clouds Color Disorientation influenced by wetting behaviour, rheology additive or application Strike in effect: disorientation by interaction between clear coat and basecoat Thickness / Hiding Clouds Physical Properties Thickness variations result in poor hiding Thickness variations result in partial hiding at a grazing angle Technical Service 55 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com The visual perception of mottling is dependent on the viewing distance: Large mottles can be seen in far distance evaluation, while small mottles are more noticeable in close up evaluation. The visual evaluation of mottling is very subjective, as it depends on the illumination conditions, the observing distance and the viewing angle. Simulation of visual perception In order to objectively evaluate mottling, it is necessary to measure lightness variations over a large sample area and under different detection angles. The cloud-runner optically scans the surface and measures the lightness variations. The specimen is illuminated with a white light LED at a15° angle and the lightness is detected under three viewing angles to simulate visual evaluation under different observing conditions: 15°, 45° and 60° measured from the specular reflection. The mottling meter is rolled across the surface for a defined distance of 10 to 100 cm and measures the lightness variations point by point. cloud-runner: measurement principle Mottle Size Md Me Mf Mg Mh Mi 56 6 -13 mm 11 -24 mm 19 – 42 mm 33 – 72 mm 57 – 126 mm 100 – 200 mm The measurement signal is divided via mathematical filter functions into 6 different size ranges and a rating value is calculated for each angle and mottle size. The higher the value is, the more visible the mottling effect. The measured values are displayed in a graph showing the mottle size on the X-axis and the rating value on the Y-axis. Thus, target values for small and large mottle sizes can be established for paint batch approval as well as process control. BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Interpretation of measurement data Appearance Mottling Example: Light Blue Metallic In this example the influence of the observing angle is quite significant. Visually medium to large size mottles are most obvious at a head-on viewing when the sample appears lighter, while at flatter angles the mottling is no longer visible. Color Example: Silver Metallic Horizontal and vertical parts were visually evaluated and measured. The horizontal areas showed a high amount of medium size mottles, while the vertical areas were visually acceptable. The cloud-runner measured high Mg-values at all three angles on the horizontal areas and considerably lower readings on the vertical areas. Physical Properties Technical Service 57 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com cloud-runner Control and guarantee a uniform finish – no more mottling! Mottling disturbes the overall color harmony of effect finishes. These irregular lightness variations can now be objectively measured with BYK-Gardner’s newest innovation: the cloud-runner simulates visual evaluation under different observing angles and characterizes clouds / mottles by their size and visibility. Objective and reliable values for QC and trouble shooting Small to large mottles are measured under three observing angles ■ Scan length can be varied from 10 to 100 cm ■ Objective measurement results independent of color and curvature ■ select mode ... Ideal tool for the production line ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ Small and light weight – easy to handle For flat and curved areas, radius > 50 cm Easy, menu guided operation via scroll wheel and large, multilingual display Full statistics with ability to save in selectable memories Large memory for 1000 readings USB port for data transfer to PC smart-chart software: – Organizer files for sample id – Data management with SQL Database – Standard QC Report and measure Always ready The mottle meter is operated with a rechargeable battery pack (Li-Ion). The docking station automatically charges the battery pack and transfers the measured data to the PC. 58 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Appearance Mottling Ordering Information Cat. No. 6350 Description cloud-runner Rel. Humidity Technical Service Light Source Dimensions Weight Power Supply Temperature Range 6 to 13mm 11 to 24 mm 19 to 42 mm 33 to 72 mm 57 to 126 mm 100 to 200 mm 5% or > 0.5 8% or > 0.8 radius > 500 mm 10 to 100 cm, selectable in 1cm steps 25 points/cm <; 4 sec. 1000 readings USB port English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Portuguese, Spanish White Power LED 150 x 110 x 55 mm (5.9 x 4.3 x 2.2 in.) 650 g (1.5 lbs) rechargeable battery pack, approx. 1500 readings operation: +10°C to 40°C (+50°F to 104°F) storage: 0°C to 60°C (+32°F to 140°F) up to 85% at 35°C (95°F), non-condensing Physical Properties System requirements: Operating system: Windows 7 SP1 or 8.1 Microsoft® .NET Framework 4 Hardware: Core 2 Duo, 2.2 GHz; i7, 2.5 GHz recommended, or equivalent Memory: 4 GB RAM, 8 GB recommended Hard-disk capacity: min. 300 MB Monitor resolution: 1280 x 1024 pixel or higher Disk drive: CD-ROM or DVD drive Interface: free USB-port Cloud Size Md Me Mf Mg Mh Mi Repeatability¹ Reproducibility¹ Object Curvature Scan Length Resolution Measuring Time Memory Interface Languages Color Comes complete with: Mottling meter with protective cover Certificate Checking tile smart-chart software Docking station with USB-cable 2 rechargeable Li-Ion battery packs Operating manual Carrying case Training Extended Warranty: see pages about Technical Service Technical Specifications ¹Standard deviation 59 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Training for cloud-runner BYK-Gardner offers you more than just an instrument. We assist you in operating the cloud-runner system and understanding your mottle readings. As a result you will be able to use the mottling meter to save time and money and at the same time improve your quality. Therefore, the instrument comes with a one day training course including: 1. Mottling Theory ■ Visual perception and instrumental measurement of Mottling / Cloudiness ■ Data interpretation: How can the readings be used to optimize process and material parameters The training can be performed in one day or two half days. It is recommended to split the training into two half days: Day 1: Theory and basic operation (set-up organizer, taking readings and saving data in a database) Day 2: 3-4 weeks later to ensure readings were taken and saved in a database. Data analysis and standard QC reports can be explained using customer specific data. 2. Operation and Software Training Set-up of an “Organizer” to create a routine measurement procedure ■ Programming of the instrument with “organizer” and measurement of several samples ■ Direct data transfer to Excel for documentation of individual readings ■ Data transfer to smart-chart software and saving in a database for routine QC ■ Data analysis ■ Ordering Information Cat. No. 6353 Description Checking Tile cloud-runner 6351 Docking Station cloud-runner Battery Pack cloud-runner Software smart-chart 6349 4831 Accessories Replacement – please contact your local service department for replacement of your checking tile. Incl. USB interface cable and recharger 100 - 240 V self adapting Rechargeable battery for automatic charge in docking station Software for professional analysis and documentation of color and appearance Please refer to section Preventive Maintenance. 60 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com smart-process New! Color and Appearance data in one QC management system Appearance Mottling All critical color and appearance parameters can be saved and analyzed with one software package, smart-process. Multi-angle color and effect control with BYK-mac i Orange peel and Distinctness-of-Image measurement with wave-scan ■ Objective mottling analysis with the new cloud-runner ■ ■ It is smart in more than one way. 6 different apps let you set up a state-of-the art color & appearance management system. Standard Management – manage an unlimited number of colors Color smart-process includes powerful standard management for defining all essential color and appearance control parameters with Pass / Fail tolerances. Customer specific color and appearance scales for major automotive makers are already predefined and ensure color and appearance control according to their internal specifications. Physical Properties Digital Standard – guarantees a seamless workflow Thanks to the outstanding inter-instrument agreement of BYK-mac i – proven by all automotive makers and unsurpassed in the industry – smart-process enables you to use “digital standards” on a global basis with your entire supply chain. Export and import your color standards in xml file format and send them by email to your supply chain. Thus, color control data are reliable and communication among all parties is seamless and efficient. Technical Service Organizer Set-up – standardized measurement and sample labeling smart-process offers set-up of Organizers for clear sample identification and a menu guided operation on the instrument. Product schematics help to define specific sampling procedures. The entered parameters can be used for filtering the measured data saved in the database. Typical identifiers are model, color or product ID – smart-process is open for your specific needs. 61 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Data Analysis – green light for shipping Data analysis was never easier. The data are saved in a SQL database which allows handling of large data sets over a long time period. See all your test series at once based on your specific criteria. Select filter criteria, such as a certain time range, a specific color and all “green” or “yellow” or “red” test series for further analysis. Data analysis – Detailed measurement reports View and open the measurement data of a single test series with a click. The product schematic quickly shows you where the “problem areas” are. The data is also displayed in an easy-to-read data table highlighting the measurements out of specifications. Additionally to the individual test results per check zone, the averages of groups (horizontals or verticals) are calculated and shown on top of the report. For color harmony analysis the difference of each check zone to the master standard and the differences between “panel matches” as defined in the organizer are displayed. Monitor your process and document stability Innovative data analysis reports feature scorecards with drill-down functionality as well as trend reports for all measured parameters. They are so easy to set up that statistical analysis actually becomes a fun project. And the data is documented and analyzed all together for color and appearance. Valuable time for data crunching will be saved and lengthy discussions analyzing the data will no longer be necessary. wave-scan Balance Chart The Balance Chart shows all important info in one report: ■ Customer specifications ■ Balance Chart for visual correlation ■ Structure Spectrum for optimization 62 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com BYK-mac i Color Harmony and Process Control Chart Lab-Scatter Graph This standard report shows at a glance whether all parts are within specification. One graph per angle is shown and different tolerance models (e.g. CMC, DIN 6175-2) can be selected. Appearance Mottling Effect Graph Similar to the Lab-scatter graph, this chart easily shows whether effect differences are within tolerance. One graph per sparkle angle and graininess is displayed. Tolerances can be set to your specific requirements. Color & Effect Travel by Sample ...the ideal tool to show how individual measurement areas or colors perform per measurement angle. In combination with a graph for sparkle and graininess values, total color impression can be easily controlled. Color cloud-runner Mottle Chart Customer relevant limits for mottling can be defined by setting limits for the Mottling indices. The measured data is displayed in a two-dimensional chart with red – yellow – green ranges for easy process control. In addition, the mottle spectrum gives more detailed information for optimization and trouble shooting. With smart-process, you’ll know where you are, where you’re going, and how to get there. Cat. No. 4831 Description smart-process System Requirements: Operating system: Windows 7 SP1 or 8.1 Microsoft® .NET Framework 4 Hardware: Core 2 Duo, 2.2 GHz; i7, 2.5 GHz recommended, or equivalent Memory: 4 GB RAM, 8 GB recommended Hard-disk capacity: min. 300 MB Monitor resolution: 1280 x 1024 pixel or higher Disk drive: CD-ROM or DVD drive Interface: free USB-port Technical Specifications Process QC Software for BYK-mac i, wave-scan and cloud-runner Instruments wave-scan dual, wave-scan II, micro-wave-scan, BYK-mac i, BYK-mac i COLOR, cloud-runner Export/Import Color Standards (.xml format) Organizer (.xml format) Database format SQL Server Compact Languages Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Spanish 63 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Technical Service Comes complete with: Software on CD-ROM, with License Key Note: smart-process licence fee for more than two installations is quantity dependent. Please contact your local BYK-Gardner representative. Physical Properties Ordering Information BYK-mac i see page 109 wave-scan see page 39 BYK-mac i Robotic see page 122 wave-scan Robotic see page 49 Uniform Color and Appearance of Exterior Automotive Finishes The paint finish of a car has to meet two main requirements: protect the vehicle from weathering influences (e.g. corrosion, loss of gloss) or other mechanical impacts (e.g. car wash and chip resistance) and, of course make the car visually appealing. Eye catching finishes should not only have a “beautiful” color, but look like a mirror – “high gloss and perfectly smooth”. Uniformity is especially important. Any color and appearance differences between car body and add-on parts will be most noticeable and be associated with lower quality, or could even result in costly warranty complaints. Therefore, target values with tolerances for color and appearance are defined by the automotive OEM makers. Meeting these target values is a challenging task for everybody in the supply chain, as color and appearance is not only a multi-dimensional phenomena, but also can be influenced by a variety of material, substrate and process parameters. Orange peel and DOI control with wave-scan family The appearance of a finish can be described by its brilliance and “smoothness”, also referred to as DOI (Distinctness of Image) and Orange Peel. For years the BYK-Gardner wave-scan family has been used as the standard to objectively quantify appearance of painted body and off-line painted parts by all major car, truck, motorcycle, boat and yacht companies. 64 Depending on the OEM different target values and appearance scales have been developed over the years. These company specific scales are an objective check to ensure company specifications are met, and eliminate heated discussions between automotive producers and their suppliers. In order to ensure harmony as well as brilliant and smooth appearance, long and short waviness scales should not be evaluated separately and independently optimized. Therefore, a “balance” between short waves and long wave measurement scales is essential. 30 20 10 0 <0.1 du X 0.1-0.3 Wa 0.3-1 Wb 1-3 Wc 3-10 Wd 10-30mm We X A decrease of short wave value will result in a more brilliant appearance making longer waves more visible. As color perception of effect finishes is changing by viewing angle it is necessary to define different tolerances for each viewing angle. Therefore, new color equations based on visual correlation studies were developed (dE94 with lightness travel, dEDIN 6175-2, dEAudi2000). In order to capture total color impression, the appearance change under different lighting conditions resulting in a more or less sparkling/grainy look, needs to be measured. micro-wave-scan see page 46 Additionally, the wave-scan measurement data can be used for trouble shooting to improve quality. Dullness is too high Clear coat looks milky Very fine textures Wa is too high Substrate influence Dry spray of clear coat Wb is too high Substrate influence Wc is too high Insufficient amount of clear coat Very rough substrate Wd is too high Insufficient amount of clear coat Very rough substrate 45° 25° 75° Specular 45° 15° Lamp -15° 110° BYK-mac 6-angle color measurement CCD-Chip 15° Sparkle 40 45° Sparkle 15° 45° 20 75° Sparkle Graininess 75° 0 <0.1 du 0.1-0.3 Wa 0.3-1 Wb 1-3 Wc 3-10 Wd 10-30mm We BYK-mac effect measurement X 16 μm X 24 μm X 30 μm X 50 μm Structure spectrum – a diagnostic tool for trouble shooting: Influence of clearcoat film thickness Multi-angle color and effect control with BYK-mac family Color consistency is the most obvious and thus, most important quality criteria of an automotive finish. Designers are continuously looking for new colors which not only make the product look exciting, but actually underline its styling resulting in a “living” color! More than 50 % of today’s automotive colors are special effect finishes. A lightness or even color change can be observed under different viewing angles and a sparkling effect can be created under direct sunlight. Objective control of total color impression is needed which correlates with the visual impression and can be used for daily QC at the paint supplier for paint batch approval, as well as at the part and assembly plants. Establishing color specifications for effect finishes has been a challenging task. Process Stability to Guarantee Uniform Color and Appearance In order to guarantee uniformity over time and be able to proactively take measurements when color or appearance is starting to drift, process stability needs to be controlled. Therefore, a representative number of measurements have to be taken. Statistical studies have shown that a minimum of 5 % of the daily production output needs to be sampled in order to make an objective judgment of process stability. The BYK-Gardner wave-scan and BYK-mac can be used as portable devices or as automated versions which can be mounted on a robot. The wave-scan ROBOTIC as well as the BYK-mac ROBOTIC are robust, light weight and offer fast data collection, which makes them ideal for industrial online applications. By measuring with a robot the same measurement area is always checked, and any operator errors (wrong measurement direction…) which could have an influence on the final reading are eliminated. 65 Smart and Fast Colour touch display – Intuitive and easy to use Onboard Analysis Complete statistics with Pass / Fail analysis directly in the haze-gard i Horizontal or Vertical Sample handling in any position allows highest flexibility Open Design Small and large samples can be easily handled – without influence of ambient light Measure what you see. haze-gard i The objective standard for a clear view The quality of a transparent product is dependent on how good we can see objects behind it. Haze, Clarity, Transmittance – the haze-gard i puts the perceived quality into objective values. Simultaneous measurement of ASTM and ISO method, as well as USB and LAN interface make you ready for the “global workbench”. www.byk.com/instruments Introduction The appearance of a transparent product is defined by its application. Packaging film used in the food industry should be very clear and transparent, while film for grocery bags should be translucent and diffuse the light. Therefore, different raw materials are selected and processed under certain conditions. The absorption and scattering behavior of the transparent specimen will determine how much light will pass through and how objects will appear through the transparent product. Transparency Appearance Transparency TRANSPARENCY Total Transmittance Color Total transmittance is the ratio of transmitted light to the incident light. It is influenced by the absorption and reflection properties, example: 100 % Incident light -1 % – Absorbtion -5 % – Reflection = 94 % Total Transmittance Physical Properties The totally transmitted light consists of the directly transmitted and the diffused components. Depending on the angular distribution of the diffused portion, a transparent plastic will appear differently. Visual perception can clearly differentiate two phenomena: Wide angle and narrow angle scattering. Appearance of Transparent Objects Total Transmittance Diffuse Transmittance Wide Angle Scattering Narrow Angle Scattering Haze Technical Service Direct Transmittance Clarity 67 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Haze: Wide Angle Scattering Light is diffused in all directions causing a loss of contrast. ASTM D 1003 defines haze as that percentage of light which in passing through deviates from the incident beam greater than 2.5 degrees on the average. Clarity: Narrow Angle Scattering Light is diffused in a small cone with high concentration. This effect describes how well very fine details can be seen through the specimen. The see-through quality needs to be determined in an angle range smaller than 2.5 degrees. Objective Measurement of Transparency Measurement and analysis of haze and clarity guarantee a uniform and consistent product quality and help analyze influencing process parameters and material properties, e.g. cooling rate or compatibility of raw materials. The figure on the right hand side shows the measurement principle of the haze meter: A light beam strikes the specimen and enters an integrating sphere. The sphere’s interior surface is coated uniformly with a matte white material to allow diffusion. A detector in the sphere measures total transmittance and transmission haze. A ring sensor mounted at the exit port of the sphere detects narrow angle scattered light (clarity). 68 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Standard Methods The measurement of Total Transmittance and Transmission Haze is described in international standards. Two different test methods are specified: Compensation method Non-compensated method Transparency Appearance ■ ISO 13468 ■ ASTM D1003 The compensation method takes the light reflected on the sample surface into account. Differences between the two methods can be approximately 2 % Total Transmittance on clear, glossy samples. ASTM D 1003 Calibration Measurement Sample Color Measurement conditions are different during calibration and actual measurement. During calibration, part of the light escapes through the open entrance port of the hazemeter. While taking a measurement, the entrance port is covered with the sample. Thus, the amount of light in the sphere is increased by the light reflected at the sample surface. No compensation: Different Sphere Efficiency ISO 13468 Measurement Physical Properties Measurement conditions are kept equal during calibration and measurement due to an additional opening in the sphere. During calibration the sample is placed at the compensation port. For the actual measurement, the sample is changed to the entrance port. Thus, the so-called sphere efficiency is independent of the reflection properties of the sample. Calibration Sample Compensation Port: Same Sphere Efficiency Two Standard Methods in one Unit 69 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Technical Service The haze-gard i objectively measures Total Transmission and Haze according to the ASTM and ISO standard methods. The new optical design allows simultaneous measurement without placing the sample to a separate compensation port. haze-gard i New! The objective standard for a clear view Transparent products can have a milky or fuzzy appearance dependent on their light scattering behavior. The haze-gard i quantifies the visual perception with objective measurement criteria: ■ Total transmittance ■ Transmission haze ■ Clarity haze-gard i controls complete transparency by taking only one reading. Global communication Haze and transmittance control according to international standard methods with one unit: ■ ASTM D1003 – illuminants C and A Non-compensated method ■ ISO 13468 – illuminant D65 Compensated method haze-gard i displays all results simultaneously – well prepared for any customer specification. Reliable and Precise With state-of-the-art optics and LED technology the haze-gard i delivers an unprecedented performance: ■ Reference beam, self-diagnosis and enclosed optics ■ LED light source assures long-term stable results for many years: 10 year warranty on the lamp life! ■ Automatic, long-term calibration – operator friendly and safe Superior repeatability and inter-instrument agreement are guaranteed. 70 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Smart and Fast Transparency Appearance The new touch display is designed to be intuitive and easy to use for any task: ■ Large touch display in color ■ Symbols to select a menu function ■ Dedicated measurement button ■ Foot switch allows hands-free operation Open and Flexible Color The open measurement compartment let’s you work freely to analyze any sample size: ■ Open design for small and large specimens ■ Fast change and positioning of samples ■ No influence of ambient light ■ Versatile sample holder for films and sheets ■ Sample holders for taber abrasion test and cuvettes for liquids optional ■ Customized sample holders can be easily attached Physical Properties Horizontal or vertical set-up Sample handling in any position is convenient and allows you highest flexibility. Technical Service 71 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Onboard analysis Measurement data can be analyzed and saved in projects directly in the haze-gard i for efficient work management: ■ Large instrument memory (5000 readings) ■ Complete statistics with averaging, min / max, standard deviation ■ Limit input for different product specifications with colorful Pass/Fail analysis Professional connection Data transfer can be performed in all sorts of ways to support you in routine lab work: ■ Direct data transfer via USB-port to PC ■ Direct LAN connection to your network for further analysis in Laboratory Information Management Systems (LIMS) ■ Save data on a USB-stick smart-lab haze – data analysis software Whatever the task, smart-lab haze will do it for you. From simple data tables of single test series to trend reports over time – anything is possible. ■ Define your product specifications in standard management by setting up product groups with Pass/Fail limits ■ Measure your products online and get instant QC reports displayed: Data table with statistic and line graph including Pass/Fail coloring ■ Manage your lab work in projects to show production process stability using trend reports ■ Transfer product specs and projects to haze-gard i and vice versa for daily work management 72 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Transparency Appearance Standards ASTM ISO Cat. No. 4775 Description haze-gard i Illuminants Spectral Response Geometry Measurement Area Sample Port Measurement Range Repeatability Reproducibility Memory Interface Power Supply Operating Temperature Storage Temperature Dimensions Weight CIE-C, CIE-A (ASTM D1003) CIE-D65 (ISO 13468, ISO 14782) CIE luminosity function y 0° / diffuse ø 18 mm (0.7 in) ø 25.4 mm (1.0 in) 0 - 100 % ± 0.1 units (standard deviation) ± 0.4 units (standard deviation) 5000 readings LAN, USB 2.0, additional front USB-port for memory stick 115 V /230 V self adapting +10 to 40 °C (+50 to 104 °F) 0 to 50 °C (+32 to 122 °F) 62 x 33 x 22 cm (24 x 13 x 9 in) 18 kg (40 lbs) Technical Service System requirements: Operating system: Windows 7 SP1 or 8.1 Microsoft® .NET Framework 4 Hardware: Core 2 Duo, 2.2 GHz, i7 recommended, or equivalent Memory: 4 GB RAM, 8 GB recommended Hard-disk capacity: min. 300 MB Monitor resolution: 1280 x 1024 pixel or higher Disk drive: CD-ROM or DVD drive Interface: free USB-port or network access Technical Specifications Physical Properties Comes complete with: Hazemeter Guide carriage for sample holders Calibration Standard Certificate Foot switch and power cable USB-cable and LAN-cable smart-lab haze software on CD with License Key (2 licenses) Operating manual Training Extended Warranty: see pages about Technical Service Color Ordering Information D 1003, D 1044 13468, 14782 Training BYK-Gardner offers you more than just an instrument. We train you in the operation of the haze-gard i and data analysis. A half-day training course for haze-gard i operation and smart-lab haze software is included. 73 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Versatile sample holders for specific needs Sample holder for films and sheets. The precision guide carriage allows easy replacement of different holders. Special holder for very thin films. Ordering Information Accessories Cat. No. 4788 4784 4785 4786 6180 6182 6183 6189 4865 Description Sample holder, for 4775 Thin Film Holder, for 4775 Taber Abrasion Holder, for 4775 Cuvette Table, for 4775 Cuvette for Liquids, 2.5 mm Cuvette for Liquids, 5 mm Cuvette for Liquids, 10 mm Cuvette for Liquids, 20 mm BYKWARE smart-lab haze The measurement of haze is used to determine abrasion resistance of transparent materials. The haze-gard i Abrasion Holder facilitates positioning of the abraded area in the measurement beam. 74 For films and sheets Special holder for very thin films For evaluation of abrasion resistance with the hazemeter For measurement of liquids Path length 2.5 mm, edge length 50 mm Path length 5.0 mm, edge length 50 mm Path length 10 mm, edge length 50 mm Path length 20 mm, edge length 50 mm Software for professional analysis and documentation Liquids are best measured using cuvettes and the cuvette table. BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Ordering Information Description Calibration Standard, for 4775 Clarity Reference Standard, for 4775 Haze Standard 1, for 4775 Haze Standard 5, for 4775 Haze Standard 10, for 4775 Haze Standard 20, for 4775 Haze Standard 30, for 4775 Haze Standard Set, for 4775 Transmittance Standard 10, for 4775 Transmittance Standard 30, for 4775 Transmittance Standard 50, for 4775 Transmittance Standard 70, for 4775 Transmittance Standard 90, for 4775 Transmittance Standard Set, for 4775 Please refer to section Preventive Maintenance. Accessories Replacement Standard for Calibration, certificate included Test standard for checking purposes, certificate included Approx. 1% haze, for checking purposes, certificate included Approx. 5% haze, for checking purposes, certificate included Approx. 10% haze, for checking purposes, certificate included Approx. 20% haze, for checking purposes, certificate included Approx. 30% haze, for checking purposes, certificate included Set of 5 pieces in hard box, certificate included Approx. 10% total transmittance, for checking purposes, certificate included Approx. 30% total transmittance, for checking purposes, certificate included Approx. 50% total transmittance, for checking purposes, certificate included Approx. 70% total transmittance, for checking purposes, certificate included Approx. 90% total transmittance, for checking purposes, certificate included Set of 4 pieces in hard box (T30, T50, T70, T90), certificate included Color Cat. No. 4776 4777 4790 4791 4792 4793 4794 4795 4778 4779 4780 4781 4782 4783 ed Transparency Appearance Certifi Physical Properties Technical Service 75 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Flow and Dip Cups Drawdown Test Charts Cross-Cut Adhesion Applicators Pendulum Hardness Film Thickness Measure what you see. Testing Physical Properties from Wet to Dry www.byk.com/instruments 76 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Appearance Color COLOR Physical Properties Technical Service Inedx COLOR Solid Color Introduction79 Portable Color 83 spectro-guide gloss 83 spectro-guide gloss S for low gloss surfaces 86 color-guide for small parts 88 color-guide for powdery material 88 spectro-guide for cosmetics 91 New! Color Control of Cosmetic Products In-store Color Matching Introduction98 Laboratory Color 99 auto-match III Sensor 99 Software auto-match 100 Portable Color 101 color-guide plus101 Metallic Color Introduction103 BYK-mac i: multi-angle color and effect 109 BYK-mac i for small parts 111 115 New! BYK-mac i for cosmetics BYK-mac i COLOR 119 BYK-mac i ROBOTIC 122 Software smart-process 125 Software smart-lab 128 Liquid Color Introduction131 Visual Color Comparators 132 Instrumental Measurement 135 LCM IV 135 LCS IV 136 Light Booths New! Solid Color Metallic Color and Sparkle 78 byko-spectra lite 140 144 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Introduction Color Perception light source Solid Color These shortcomings can only be solved by using color instrumentation with internationally specified color systems. This guarantees objective description of colored objects. Color perception is dependent on the interaction of three elements: Appearance Ten million! That is the number of different colors that we can distinguish. No wonder we cannot remember colors well enough to identify a particular shade. However, the quality criterion “color” is becoming more and more important in every industry. Uniform color influences customers’ likes and dislikes. This is of particular importance when the individual components of the final product are manufactured at different company sites, or even more complicated when several suppliers are involved. Nevertheless, in the end the color must be right. Visual color perception is influenced by different color sensitivities from person to person (mood, age, etc.), varying environments such as lightness and color, as well as the deficiency to communicate and document color and color differences. SOLID COLOR observer Physical Properties object Technical Service 79 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Light Source Color changes with the light source. Therefore, standard illuminants have to be agreed upon and used. The prerequisite of a light source to be usable for color evaluation is to continuously emit energy throughout the visible spectrum (400 to 700 nm). Together they stimulate the brain to produce the impression of color. To determine the sensitivity of the receptors, systematic visual tests were done by the CIE in 1931 and 1964. Based on the results, the 2° and 10° observer were standardized, representing a small and large field of view, respectively. Observer 2° Standard Observer 10° Standard Observer White daylight dispersed into the spectral colors (rainbow) The CIE (Commission Internationale de l’Eclairage) standardized light sources by the amount of emitted energy at each wavelength (= relative spectral power distribution). In practice, important illuminants are: Daylight D65, C Incandescent light A Fluorescent light F2, F11 S(λ) D65 700 nm 400 S(λ) S(λ) 400 When viewing a sample, the eye integrates over a large area, which correlates best to the 10° observer. A 700 nm Light source and observer are defined by the CIE and their spectral functions are stored within color instruments. Optical properties of an object are the only variables that need to be measured. Modern color instruments measure the amount of light that is reflected by a colored sample. This is done at each wavelength and is called the spectral data. For example, a black object reflects no light across the complete spectrum (0% reflection), whereas an ideal white specimen reflects nearly all light (100% reflection). F2 700 nm 400 Object Observer Without an observer there would be no color. Reflected light from a colored object enters the human eye through the lens and strikes the retina. The retina is populated with three different types of light-sensitive receptors: one which reacts to red light, another to green light, and a third to blue light. All other colors reflect light only in selected parts of the spectrum. Therefore, they have specific curve shapes or fingerprints, which are their spectral curves. In the following graphs, typical spectral curves for a red, blue and green sample are shown. R(%) R(%) 400 700 nm 400 700 nm R(%) 400 80 700 nm BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Color Systems The same ΔE* value can be obtained for two sample sets, and yet look completely different: Color systems combine data from three elements: ■ light source ■ observer ■ object L* = 100 + b* C* - a* h° + a* Sample Set 1 ΔL* Δa* Δb* ΔE* Appearance They are the tools to communicate and document color and color differences. The system which is recommended by the CIE and widely used today, is the CIELab system. Sample Set 2 Sample Set 1 Sample Set 2 0.57 0.57 0.57 1.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 1.0 To determine the actual change in color, the individual colorimetric components ΔL*, Δa*, Δb* or ΔL*, ΔC*, ΔH* need to be used. The calculation and interpretation of the differences are done as follows: Solid Color - b* ∆ = Sample – Standard L* = 0 To keep a color on target a standard needs to be established and the production run is compared to that standard; a typical customer / supplier situation. Therefore, color communication is done in terms of differences rather than absolute values. -∆a* +∆a* +∆L* +∆C* -∆C* +∆H* -∆b* +∆b* -∆L* -∆H* The color differences that can be accepted must be agreed upon between customer and supplier. These tolerances are dependent both on demands and technical capabilities. Physical Properties It consists of two axes a* and b* which are at right angles and represent the hue dimension or color. The third axis is the lightness L*. It is perpendicular to the a*b* plane. Within this system, any color can be specified with the coordinates L*, a*, b*. Alternatively L*, C*, h° are commonly used. C* (= Chroma) represents the intensity or saturation of the color, whereas the angle h° is another term to express the actual hue. The total change of color, ∆E*, is commonly used to represent a color difference. Technical Service E* = B(L*)2 + (a*)2 + (b*)2 81 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Color Instrumentation In industry, there are two classes of instruments used to measure color: 45/0 and sphere geometry. Control color as you see it The 45/0 geometry uses 45° circumferential illumination and 0° viewing perpendicular to the sample plane. The circumferential illumination is essential to achieve repeatable measurement results on directional and structured surfaces. Control the hue of your color A sphere geometry illuminates the sample diffusely by means of a white coated integrating sphere. Baffles prevent the light from directly illuminating the sample surface. Measurement is done using an 8° viewing angle. Detector 8° viewing Baffles Light source Diffused Illumination Detector 0° viewing Light Source Baffles Sample The 45/0 geometry simulates the normal condition used for color evaluation. For example, when we read a glossy magazine we position it to avoid the gloss from coming into our eye. A high gloss sample with the same pigmentation is visually judged darker by the eye when compared to a matte or structured sample. This is exactly what a 45/0 instrument measures: Differences in gloss / texture → Color differences On the automotive interior plaque, you will get a difference between the two structured sides: ΔE* = 3 Applications where it is necessary to have the agreement with the visual assessment are: ■ Batch to batch comparison in production ■ Assembly of multi-component products using different materials A sphere instrument may be operated under two different measurement conditions: specular included (spin) or specular excluded (spex) In the “spin” mode, the total reflected light is measured: Diffuse reflection (color) + direct reflection (gloss) Color is measured independent of the sample’s gloss or surface texture. Differences in gloss / texture x Color differences → On the automotive interior plaque, you will get no difference between the two structured sides: ΔE* = 0 Applications for measurements taken in “spin” mode: ■ Color strength depending on dispersion time ■ Weathering and temperature influence on color ■ Color matching In the “spex” mode, a gloss trap is used to capture the directly reflected light (gloss). This configuration simulates the 45/0 geometry. In case of medium to low gloss samples, deviations will occur between the 45/0 and the sphere spex configuration as the gloss trap does not completely exclude the specular component. Summary Only measurements taken under the same conditions can be compared. Therefore, it is necessary to note the following information in a color measurement report: Example: Automotive interior plaque – one material with different structures. ■ Color instrument (geometry) ■ Illuminant / observer ■ Color system ■ Sample preparation BYK-Gardner offers a complete line of benchtop and portable spectrophotometers for color measurement. 82 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com spectro-guide Total Appearance Control – color and gloss in one unit Appearance The overall appearance of a product is influenced by color and gloss. A sample of the same color but higher gloss level is visually perceived darker and more saturated than a low gloss sample. In order to get a uniform appearance, both attributes need to be controlled. The spectro-guide spectrophotometer is unique as it measures both attributes simultaneously. Thus, the cause of a mismatch can be clearly defined in any situation. ■ Color (45/0 or sphere) and 60° gloss are displayed at the same time ■ In compliance with international specifications ■ Tolerances for color and gloss allow quick pass/fail decisions in production Solid Color Easy to use and handle ■ Light weight and small size – weighs only 500 g ■ Ergonomic design – can easily measure difficult to access areas ■ Designated buttons for standard and sample readings ■ Customization of the display to your needs Physical Properties The spectro-guide spectrophotometer makes quality control simple and secure – even for color beginners. Thanks to the intuitive pulldown menu and the four-cursor button operation, quality control has never been easier. Technical Service 83 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Highly repeatable on textured surfaces The key criterion for a 45/0 instrument is a circumferential illumination. spectro-guide 45/0 is using a unique, patented measurement principle to achieve a 100% circumferential illumination. A white coated hemisphere acts as a mixing chamber and guarantees completely uniform illumination. Thus, any influence of measurement direction is eliminated and excellent repeatability even on highly textured surfaces is guaranteed. Light source Detector 0° viewing 45° Illumination Sample Measurement principle spectro-guide 45/0 True circumferential illumination for best repeatability on textured samples. Always precise color values With the new spectro-guide spectrophotometer you can measure any color: dark – brilliant – steep reflectance curves. The 10 nm spectral resolution not only ensures highly precise color results, but also an excellent agreement with competitive color instruments – even bench-top units. Additionally, a patented illumination control provides temperature independent results – even in extreme conditions. Always ready to use Economical and reliable operation of a spectrophotometer is often taken as given. spectro-guide guarantees superior accuracy for many years and low maintenance efforts. ■ Long lasting standard AA batteries – up to 8,000 readings per set ■ 10 year warranty on the light source – no lamp changes needed ■ Rugged and compact design ■ Stable, long-term calibration – needed only every three months 84 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Professional Documentation with easy-link Appearance No matter whether you want to compare a batch to a defined standard or monitor process changes over time, easy-link, included with spectro-guide, offers all of the necessary tools. Direct data transfer from the spectrophotometer into predefined QC templates makes you ready for routine color control. Are all parts within specification? The CIELab-Graph charts differences in color and lightness together with production tolerances. Easy Standard Management Is production stable over time? All data are summarized in a trend graph: Color, gloss, film thickness and your own product specific information. Back-up your standard data For safety reasons, it is recommended to store your complete database of standards on the PC. They can be downloaded with the individual tolerances to spectro-guide – whenever needed. Establish your tolerances The auto tolerancing function assists you in setting up the tolerances for Pass/Fail control. Measure at least 20 visually accepted production trials, transfer the readings to easy-link and have the tolerances automatically calculated for you – saving time and headaches. Technical Service Ordering Information Cat. No. 4545 Description BYKWARE easy-link Hardware Requirements: Operating system: Windows® 2000 or higher Excel® version: 2000 or higher including VBA Interface: serial or USB port 85 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Physical Properties Do parts made out of different materials match? Color differences are displayed simultaneously for three illuminants to control metamerism. Solid Color Manual entry of standard If you have to match colors and the physical sample is no longer available, you can easily enter the spectral data in easy-link. The standards can then be transferred to the spectro-guide spectrophotometer for color QC. spectro-guide gloss S Color and Gloss Control of automotive interior parts Most people consider color and gloss harmony of the car interior to be a key item when judging the perceived quality of a vehicle. Consequently, the quality requirements for the interior design of a car have increased over the last years. A variety of materials are used and need to be harmonized. To achieve a uniform look among the interior trim parts, very tight tolerances are specified. Only instruments with excellent precision are able to objectively control the production. The new spectro-guide S family offers improved technical performance for 60° gloss in the low gloss range 0 - 10 GU. The excellent repeatability of ± 0.1 can be guaranteed due to a patented calibration procedure. In addition, the spectro-guide S spectrophotometer offers unique benefits to always guarantee precise results: ■ Highly repeatable results independent of measuring direction due to a patented, true circumferential illumination ■ Long-term stable calibration – needed only every three months ■ Temperature stable color and gloss data between 10 - 40°C ■ 10 year warranty on the light source ■ 10 nm resolution for precise readings on brilliant and dark colors ■ Professional documentation with easy-link software Do parts made out of different materials match? Color differences are displayed simultaneously for three illuminants to control metamerism 86 Technical Specifications Gloss Measurement Range Repeatability¹ Reproducibility¹ 0 to 10 GU ± 0.1 GU ± 0.5 GU 10 to 100 GU ± 0.2 GU ± 1.0 GU ¹ Standard deviation BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Appearance spectro-guide Training BYK-Gardner offers you more than just an instrument. We assist you in analyzing your color readings, understanding how to set tolerances and as a result be able to use the spectro-guide to save time and money and at the same time improve your quality. Therefore, the instrument comes with a half-day training course including: 1. Color Theory ■ The building blocks of color: illuminant, observer, object ■ Color differences with interpretation 2. Operation and Software Training ■ Measure samples and standards by single and average readings ■ Save, recall and delete measurements ■ Change illuminants, observers, color scales ■ Direct data transfer to easy-link Cat. No. 6801 6802 6834 6836 Description spectro-guide 45/0 gloss spectro-guide 45/0 gloss S spectro-guide sphere gloss spectro-guide sphere gloss S Extended Warranty: see pages about Technical Service Standards ASTM DIN ISO Color Gloss D 2244, E 308, E 1164 D 523, D 2457 5033, 5036, 6174, 67530 11664 2813, 7668 ed Please refer to section Preventive Maintenance Color Spectral Range Repeatability¹ Reproducibility¹ Color Systems Color Differences Indices Illuminants Observer Gloss Geometry 60° 60° 60° 60° Color Aperture 11 mm 11 mm 11 mm 11 mm Gloss Aperture 5 x 10 mm 5 x 10 mm 5 x 10 mm 5 x 10 mm 400 - 700 nm, 10 nm resolution 0.01 ΔE* (10 consecutive measurements on white) 0.2 ΔE* (average on 12 BCRA II tiles) CIELab/Ch; Lab(h); XYZ; Yxy ΔE*; ΔE(h); ΔEFMC2; ΔE94; ΔECMC; ΔE99; ΔE2000 YIE313; YID1925; WIE313; CIE; Berger; Color strength; Opacity; Metamerism A; C; D50; D55; D65; D75; F2; F6; F7; F8; F10; F11; UL30 2°; 10° Gloss Measurement Range Repeatability² Reproducibility² Memory 0 - 100 GU ± 0.2 GU ± 1.0 GU 1500 Standards, 999 Samples Languages English; German; French; Italian; Spanish; Japanese; Chinese 4 AA alkaline; NiCd or MH batteries 10 °C - 42 °C (50 °F - 110 °F) Power Supply Operating Temperature Humidity Dimensions Weight < 85% relative humidity, non-condensing / 35 °C (95 °F) 9.5 x 8 x 18 cm (3.7 x 3.2 x 7 in) approx. 0.5 kg (approx. 1.1 lbs) Technical Service Certifi Color Geometry 45/0 45/0 d/8 spin d/8 spin Physical Properties Comes complete with: Spectrophotometer; Black calibration standard; White calibration standard with certificate; Green checking reference; High gloss standard; Sample area locator; Software easy-link; Interface cable; 4 x AA batteries; Hand strap; Carrying case; Operating instructions; Color theory folder; Training Technical Specifications Solid Color Ordering Information ¹ Standard deviation ² for S-type instruments see previous page 87 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com color-guide Color Measurement for Specific Applications Color Control of Small Parts Keyboards, pens and window handles require a color instrument with a very small aperture and a repeatable sample placement. color-guide 45/0, 4 mm aperture together with the optional sample holder guarantee repeatable results and a convenient sample placement. ■ Minimum sample size: 5 x 5 mm (0.2 x 0.2 in) Color Control of Powdered Material When measuring powdery or granular material like raw material pucks or grainy food, the instrument’s optics must be protected. The color-guide spectrophotometer with glass sealed aperture uses a colorless, optical glass and can directly measure such products, thus saving sample preparation time. color-guide 45/0, 4 mm Color Control – easy and secure ■ Easy to use and handle – even for color beginners ■ Stable, long-term calibration – needed only every three months ■ Highly temperature stable – even in extreme conditions ■ Uses standard AA batteries – good for 10,000 readings ■ 10 year warranty on light source – no lamp changes needed ■ Light weight and small size – only weighs 500 g Professional Documentation with easy-link ISO 9000 requires documentation of color data. easy-link, included with the color-guide, offers all of the necessary tools: ■ Easy and direct data transfer from the instrument to Excel® ■ Predefined QC-report templates (Lab-plot, trend graph) are included ■ All relevant quality data can be easily summarized in one report: Color – Gloss – Film Thickness ■ Easy management of your standards: standard back-up and establishing of production tolerances 88 color-guide with glass sealed aperture Complete color QC-report Trend analysis: Color – Gloss – Film Thickness BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com 2. Operation and Software Training ■ Measure samples and standards by single and average readings ■ Save, recall and delete measurements ■ Change illuminants, observers, color scales ■ Direct data transfer to Excel® Appearance color-guide Training BYK-Gardner offers you more than just an instrument. We assist you in analyzing your color readings, understanding how to set tolerances and as a result be able to use the color-guide spectrophotometer to save time and money and at the same time improve your quality. Therefore, the instrument comes with a half day training course including: 1. Color Theory ■ The building blocks of color: illuminant, observer, object ■ Color differences with interpretation Ordering Information Cat. No. 6807 6692 Description color-guide 45/0 color-guide 45/0 ASTM DIN DIN EN ISO D 2244, E 308, E 1164 5033, 5036, 6174 11664 < 85% relative humidity, non-condensing / 35 °C (95 °F) 9.5 x 8 x 18 cm (3.7 x 3.2 x 7 in) 0.5 kg (1.1 lbs) ¹ Standard deviation Physical Properties Standards Illuminants Observer Memory Languages Power Supply Operating Temperature Humidity Dimensions Weight Aperture 4 mm 20 mm, glass sealed 400 - 700 nm, 20 nm resolution 0.01 ΔE* (10 readings on white tile) 0.2 ΔE* (average on 12 BCRA II tiles) CIELab/Ch; Lab(h); XYZ; Yxy ΔE*; ΔE(h); ΔEFMC2; ΔE94; ΔECMC; ΔE99; ΔE2000 YIE313; YID1925; WIE313; CIE; Berger; Color strength; Opacity; Metamerism A; C; D50; D55; D65; D75; F2; F6; F7; F8; F10; F11; UL30 2°; 10° 200 Standards, 999 Samples English; German; French; Italian; Spanish; Japanese 4 AA alkaline; NiCd or MH batteries 10 - 42 °C (50 - 110 °F) Solid Color Comes complete with: Spectrophotometer Black calibration standard White calibration standard with certificate Green checking reference Sample area locator Software easy-link Interface cable 4 x AA batteries Hand strap; Carrying case Operating instructions; Color theory folder Training Extended Warranty: see pages about Technical Service Technical Specifications Geometry 45/0 45/0 Spectral Range Repeatability¹ Reproducibility¹ Color Systems Color Differences Indices Technical Service 89 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Accessories Green Checking Reference Replacement and Checking Standards The spectro-guide and color-guide spectrophotometers come complete with white and black calibration standards, as well as a green reference standard. The green reference should be used periodically to audit instrument perfomance and the condition of the calibration tiles. As the spectro-guide also performs a gloss reading, it is additionally recommended to periodically use a medium gloss checking standard to control the gloss readings. White Standard Black Standard Gloss Standard Ordering Information Cat. No. 6810 6840 6844 6846 Description Black Standard, color-guide 45/0 Black Standard for spectro-guide Checking Standard Gloss, spectro Checking Standard Gloss, spectro S Note: Please contact your local service department for replacement of white, green and gloss standard. Accessories Cat. No. 6814 6815 6816 4545 6532 6822 6818 Description Sample Area Locator 4 mm Sample Area Locator 11 mm Sample Area Locator 20 mm BYKWARE easy-link BYKWARE auto-QC lite USB-Serial Cable, spectro-guide Protective Stand Sample Holder for Small Parts The mask of the holder is custom made for the 4 or 11 mm aperture of the color-guide. The sample is placed in a jig, ensuring measurement at the same spot. The holder is supplied with three different jigs to guarantee maximum flexibility: a flexible foam disk for quick checks, a finished disk with cylindrical groove, and a blank disk to be customized by the user. Ordering Information Cat. No. 6825 6845 6826 6827 6828 90 Description Sample Holder 4 mm, size: 60 x 20 mm (2.40 x 0.80 in) Sample Holder 11 mm, size: 60 x 20 mm (2.40 x 0.80 in) Replacement foam disk Replacement disk, cylindrical groove Replacement blank disk BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Accessories for Cosmetics Appearance Measurement of cosmetic products A uniform, attractive appearance of the products is essential for the customer acceptance. Consistent raw materials and stable process parameters are the key to uniform and repeatable color and appearance quality. For each different product type (e.g. nail polish, lipstick, eye shadow, foundation...) a standardized sample preparation is required in order to guarantee repeatable measurement results. Solid Color New! Physical Properties Measurement of small and/or curved products Sample Holder Cosmetics The Sample Holder Cosmetics is especially designed for solid color measurements using spectro-guide on small as well as curved products, e.g. ■ Lipsticks ■ Artificial Nails ■ Cosmetic Packaging such as hairspray cans Technical Service For repeatable results the product is placed into a sample drawer, which can be comfortably opened and closed. Magnets keep the drawer from sliding open. A mask is fit on top of the sample drawer to hold the spectro-guide in place and allow non-contact measurements of your products in a completely shielded compartment. ■ Easy handling ■ Precise and repeatable positioning of sample ■ No ambient light ■ Durable, easy-to-clean material ■ Non-contact measurement 91 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com There are three different kits available for use with the Sample Holder Cosmetics depending on which type of product needs to be measured: Lipstick Kit ■ Prismatic clamp for inserting lipsticks with various diameters ■ Magnets on the bottom plate provide a reliable locking feature, and allow for simple attachment and removal Nail Kit ■ Exchangeable nail attachment, which is customizable for various nail shapes ■ Reliable rigid placement via magnets on bottom plate Cylinder Kit ■ Customizable inlays for various diameters of cylindrical shaped products ■ Optimum form closure guarantees tight fit of inlays inside the Sample Holder Cosmetics Ordering Information Cat. No. 6459 Description Sample Holder Cosmetics Accessories 6461 6462 6463 6464 Lipstick Kit Nail Kit Nail Attachment for 6462 Cylinder Kit Dimensions: 24 x 10 x 10 cm (9.4 x 3.9 x 3.9 in.) Weight: 2.2 kg (4.9 lbs) Max. diameter of lipstick compartment: 20.8 mm Please provide sample nail for customization of holder Customized nail holder for use with Nail Kit 6462 Max. length of cylinder: 229 mm Max. diameter of cylinder: 67 mm Please provide sample for customization of inlays 92 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Measurement of wet drawdowns Appearance Wet Drawdown Template – C The Wet Drawdown Template – C is especially designed for solid color measurements using spectro-guide on non-drying drawdowns, e.g. ■ Drawdowns of Lipstick Paste ■ Drawdowns of Liquid Foundation To simulate how the color of a product will look like when applied, a drawdown is made on a test chart. The template is then placed over the drawdown without touching the surface of the wet sample. For repeatable non-contact measurements, the template is equipped with a mask to hold the spectro-guide. ■ Made of easy-to-clean hard-anodized aluminum ■ Non-contact measurements ensure clean and fast handling Cat. No. 6445 Description Wet Drawdown Template – C Info! Accessories Solid Color Ordering Information Dimensions: 10.0 x 10.0 cm (3.94 x 3.94 in.) Min. Film Width: 12 mm (0.47 in.) Max. Film Width: 80 mm (3.15 in.) Measurement results are greatly affected by application quality. Therefore the use of an automatic film applicator (e.g. byko-drive) is recommended. For more information please refer to the section “Application”. Physical Properties Technical Service 93 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Measurement of powdery or pasty products Sample Holder Round Dish – C The Sample Holder Round Dish – C is developed for solid color measurements using spectro-guide on powdery or pasty materials, e.g. ■ Pressed Powders ■ Creamy Eye Shadows For repeatable results the product is pressed or poured into a sample cup. During sample preparation of pressed powders, it is important to always maintain the same plunger pressure as well as the same plunger tissue. It is recommended to use a fine-woven fabric to create a smooth, non-textured surface. The holder is equipped with a mask onto which the spectro-guide is placed for non-contact measurements. ■ Made of easy-to-clean hard-anodized aluminum ■ Non-contact measurement to protect the instrument’s optics ■ Customized adapter rings are offered to use the holder with custom specific cuvettes Ordering Information Cat. No. 6806 Description Sample Holder Round Dish – C 6416 Adapter Rings for 6806 Info! 94 Accessories Including adapter ring and 5 cuvettes ø 35.5 mm, height 4.5 mm Measurement distance approx. 1 mm Five adapter rings of various sizes Please specify diameter (max. round container size: ø 60 mm) For further information and best practice examples on your specific application (nails, lips, face, eyes...) please refer to our brochure “QC Solutions for Cosmetics”, which can be downloaded from http://www.byk.com BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com auto-QC Color Control Software ■ Tolerances defined by the customer can be manually input in any color scale Appearance BYK-Gardner offers two levels of color control software for recording, analyzing and documenting color measurement results in the laboratory and production. ■ auto-QC lite for basic QC requirements ■ auto-QC with advanced features auto-QC lite offers the following capabilities: ■ Customized screen layouts for ease of operation ■ Pass/Fail, color-on-screen and text description let the user see in a flash whether he is on target or not Solid Color ■ Metamerism is no longer a problem – display results of up to 3 illuminants on one screen Physical Properties ■ auto-QC lite automatically calculates tolerances based on measured production trials. Asymmetrical fit allows best agreement with the visual perception Technical Service 95 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com ■ Direct transfer of all colorimetric data, spectral data and indices into Excel® can be easily accomplished ■ Use the direct e-mail tools to transfer color data worldwide in a second In addition, auto-QC offers the following advanced features: ■ SPC control charts with upper/lower control limits for any index and color scale allow the user to recognize trial color deviations over time and trends early ■ Easy creation of macros: Different software steps are combined into one procedure. One keystroke executes the macro and guides inexperienced users through their measurement tasks ■ Direct transfer of data into a database like Microsoft Access® allows production batches to be archived and recalled for future comparison auto-QC Supports the BYK-Gardner spectro-guide and other commonly available spectrophotometers. spectro-guide family 96 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com auto-QC Color Control Software Ordering Information Description BYKWARE auto-QC BYKWARE auto-QC lite Illuminants Scales Differences Spectral Data Indices Observer Languages A; C; D50; D55; D65; D75; F2; F6; F7; F8; F10; F11; UL30; UL50 CIELab; CIELCH; L,a,b (Hunter); CIELuv; XYZ; Yxy; RxRyRz ΔE*; ΔE(h); ΔECMC; ΔE94; ΔEFMC2; ΔE99; ΔE2000 %R; %T; K/S; ln K/S; -ln K/S; Absorbance; ln Absorbance Metamerism: CIE, DIN Yellowness: ASTM D 1925; E 313; DIN 6167 Whiteness: CIE; ASTM E 313; Berger; Hunter; Stensby; Taube Munsell:Hue/Value/Chroma Opacity Color Strength Gloss: color-view and spectro-guide only 2°; 10° English, German, French, Italian, Spanish, Japanese, Chinese Physical Properties Comes complete with: Software on CD-ROM Protection key for USB port All instrument drivers Hardware Requirements: Operating system: Windows 2000 or higher Memory: min. 8 MB RAM (recommended 64 MB) Hard disk capacity: min. 5 MB Monitor resolution: VGA or better Disk drive: CD-ROM Interface: serial interface and USB port Technical Specifications Solid Color Cat. No. 6531 6532 Appearance ■ Easy to use with customized screen layouts ■ Pass/Fail analysis with auto-tolerancing ■ Export of color data to Excel® wihtin a second Technical Service 97 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com In-Store Color Matching In-store Color Formulation Systems Increase your efficiency, productivity and profitability with BYK-Gardner’s in-store color formulation systems. By improving your customer service you are building up brand loyalty and bring a more professional image to your store. Now you can formulate custom color matches in your store as the customer waits – it only takes a few minutes. BYK-Gardner’s in-store color formulation system provides a complete solution for effective control of your entire color management process: ■ Excellent first time custom color matches ■ Reduced paint mistints and increased profits ■ Electronic competitive fandecks included to increase paint sales by matching competitive colors ■ Easy-to-use software that enhances your store’s productivity ■ Durable and low maintenance instruments ■ Paint expertise support ■ Paint database creation A complete color formulation system consists of: ■ Spectrophotometer ■ In-store color matching software ■ PC, monitor, keyboard and printer 98 BYK-Gardner offers all of the above components in a complete system, or you may elect to provide some of the components yourself. Each component is sold separately or turnkey system pricing can be provided. In addition, we also assist you in selecting an automatic or manual colorant dispenser (not sold by BYK-Gardner) to complete your system. Need a portable solution? BYK-Gardner also provides a portable look-up system where up to 4900 color standards can be stored in the instrument memory and an “auto-standard” function will retrieve the closest match. Simply store all fandeck colors in the memory of the spectrophotometer, and you are ready to go. Or use the instrument to custom match any object on site. Simply measure and store the color, bring the instrument back and have BYK-Gardner’s auto-match software generate the match for you. Info! For more information on the look-up system refer to section color-guide plus BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com auto-match® III Sensor Appearance The last thing a paint department wants to worry about is a broken down color matching system. Therefore the auto-match III has an extremely rugged and reliable design guaranteeing a maintenance-free operation for years. The instrument uses a 45/0 circumferential illumination in order to match your samples as your eye sees them. In addition, the auto-match III spectrophotometer offers the following unique benefits: Standards ASTM DIN DIN EN ISO Description auto-match III 45/0, 115 V auto-match III 45/0, 230 V Comes complete with: Spectrophotometer Black calibration standard White calibration standard with certificate Interface cable Note: Requires separate purchase of the auto-match retail color matching software Cat. No. 1001 or equivalent in order to operate. Maintenance Technical Specifications Voltage 115 VAC, 60 Hz 230 VAC, 50 Hz Spectral Range Repeatability¹ Reproducibility¹ Operating Temperature Relative Humidity Dimensions Weight Geometry* Aperture 45/0 11 mm 45/0 11 mm 400 - 700 nm, 20 nm resolution 0,01 ΔE* (10 consecutive measurements on white) 0.20 ΔE* (average on 12 BCRA II tiles) 10 to 42 °C (50 to 110 °F) up to 85%, 35 °C (95 °F) non-condensing 14.6 x 13.3 x 24 cm (5.75 x 5.25 x 9.5 in) 3.3 kg (7.3 lbs) Physical Properties Cat. No. 1150 1155 D 2244, E 308, E 1164 5033, 5036, 6174 11664 ed Please refer to section Preventive Certifi Ordering Information In-Store Color Matching Color ■ Small, compact sensor fits almost anywhere ■ No more lost accessories or standards – standards are integrated into the sample clamp ■ Temperature stable results without constant calibration – the same matching results are obtained no matter what your store temperature is ■ Maintenance is no longer an issue – very low frequency of repair ■ Best warranty in the industry – 3-year guarantee on the instrument and 10-year guarantee on the light source ■ Excellent inter-instrument agreement – the same accurate results are provided in every store location ¹ Standard deviation * Sphere d/8 geometry on request. Technical Service 99 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com auto-match Software BYK-Gardner’s software combines proven reliability with excellent matching performance. The user friendly interface guarantees ease of operation: just choose the product line that you want to use and the software guides you through the process. The software can be customized to your application. Your company logo on the opening screen, lock out of certain colorants with certain bases, multiple languages, and other custom features can be incorporated into the software, making it truly unique to your stores. The software offers the following features: ■ Custom color matches in less than four seconds ■ Electronic formula book – providing a quick and mistake-free look up of any color formulation in your database ■ Easy-to-use storage and retrieval of customer history and custom formulas ■ Electronic competitive fandecks – providing you with an endless range of hues and shades ■ Correction features enable precise match fine tuning to customer desires Ordering Information Cat. No. 1001 Description auto-match RCS Software Hardware Requirements: Operating system: Windows 98SE or higher Memory: min. 1 GB RAM Hard disk capacity: min. 4 GB Monitor resoultion:VGA or better Disk drive: CD-ROM Interface: 1 serial port, 6 USB ports Printer: Dymo label printer 450 (optional) Accessories Cat. No. 1005 1006 1007 1008 100 Technical Specifications Formulation Time Languages Controls Dispenser Output Printer Output Network Interface < 4 seconds English, French, Spanish, Portuguese (please specify at time of purchase) External keyboard and mouse RS232 C USB Yes Description Pentium computer w/keyboard 17 in. Flat Screen Monitor 17 in. Monitor Dymo Label Printer 450 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com color-guide plus color-guide plus – - the Electronic Fandeck! Additionally, all features of a complete color QC instrument are included: all commonly used color scales and illuminants, metamerism, Pass/Fail etc. Ordering Information Description color-guide plus Comes complete with: Spectrophotometer Black calibration standard White calibration standard with certificate Green checking reference Sample area locator 4 x AA batteries Hand strap; Carrying case Operating instructions; Color theory folder Training Extended Warranty: see pages about Technical Service ASTM DIN DIN EN ISO D 2244, E 308, E 1164 5033, 5036, 6174 11664 Technical Specifications Spectral Range Repeatability¹ Reproducibility¹ Color Systems Color Differences Indices < 85% relative humidity, non-condensing / 35 °C (95 °F) 9.5 x 8 x 18 cm (3.7 x 3.2 x 7 in) 0.5 kg (1.1 lbs) ¹ Standard deviation 101 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Technical Service Illuminants Observer Memory Languages Power Supply Operating Temperature Humidity Dimensions Weight Geometry Aperture 45/0 11 mm 400 - 700 nm, 20 nm resolution 0.01 ΔE* (10 readings on white tile) 0.20 ΔE* (average on 12 BCRA II tiles) CIELab/Ch; Lab(h); XYZ; Yxy ΔE*; ΔE(h); ΔEFMC2; ΔE94; ΔECMC; ΔE99; ΔE2000 YIE313; YID1925; WIE313; CIE; Berger; Color strength; Opacity; Metamerism A; C; D50; D55; D65; D75; F2; F6; F7; F8; F10; F11; UL30 2°; 10° 4900 Standards,100 Samples English; German; French; Italian; Spanish; Japanese 4 AA alkaline; NiCd or MH batteries 10° - 42 °C (50° - 110 °F) Physical Properties Cat. No. 6850 Standards In-Store Color Matching Color ■ Large memory of 4900 standard colors and 100 samples ■ Quick and repeatable look-up of the 5 closest matches with dE* ■ Small size, light weight – only 500 g ■ Powered by standard AA batteries – up to 10,000 readings per set ■ Long-term stability – calibration needed only every three months Appearance Instead of spending hours searching through hundreds of fandeck colors trying to match your customer’s sample, why not get your answer in less than a second with the color-guide plus? With your fandeck colors stored in the system memory, place the color-guide plus on the sample and press the button. The closest fandeck color is displayed within a blink of an eye – precisely and repeatable. spectro-guide see page 83 Space – the Final Frontier! BYK-Gardner’s spectro-guide to orbit the earth NASA has launched two BYK-Gardner spectro-guide spectrophotometers to the International Space Station (ISS) aboard Orbital Vehicle 103 (Shuttle Discovery). One critical aspect of spacecraft crew health assurance is maintaining a safe, useable supply of drinking water. To ensure that water provided by the spacecraft distribution and recycling systems is potable, bacterial inhibitors are added. Therefore, the spectro-guides are used as an integral part of an experimental water quality monitoring system developed by a team of scientists and engineers from NASA’s Habitability and Environmental Factors Division in the Space Life Sciences Directorate at Johnson Space Center, the Wyle Integrated Science and Engineering Group in Houston, Texas, the University of Utah, and Iowa State University. The system is called the Colorimetric Water Quality Monitoring Kit (CWQMK), and it uses color measurements to help ensure that only the appropriate biocide levels are present in the water on ISS. Before, all samples used to monitor spacecraft water quality were collected in-flight and stored until returned to earth for chemical analysis. Not ideal because of sample degradation during storage and the time lapse between sampling and correction steps in real time – if needed. 102 102 As part of pre-deployment procedures, the spectro-guide had to pass a Procedure Validation (PV) session with NASA’s astronaut corps. The PV session allows an astronaut to run through the onorbit procedures to make sure that there won’t be any confusion during crew training or during deployment on the ISS. Due to the simplicity and ease of operation of the spectro-guide, there were no issues during the PV session. Subsequently, operational procedures were approved and seven astronauts were trained on the hardware. The spectro-guides that are used on the ISS are virtually the same as those used by thousands of color measurement professionals on earth. They feature advanced patented technology that make them the most accurate, reliable, and dependable color spectro photometers available: › Temperature independent readings – the same results at 15 °C or 38 °C are guaranteed Long-term stable LED illumination – no bulbs to burn out Calibration suggested only every 3 months – not every hour No warm up period needed Highly accurate, repeatable readings through robotic calibration during manufacturing Virtually never needs service due to advanced design › › › › › spectro-guide and the Discovery – a strong team to go where no color spectrophotometer has gone before! BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Introduction Metallic Coatings Appearance Today effect finishes play a dominant role in many applications as they make an object distinctively appealing. In contrast to conventional solid colors, effect finishes change their appearance with viewing angle and lighting conditions. Interference finishes show not only a lightness change with different viewing angle, but also a change in chroma and hue. The latest developments are special effect pigments, which create sparkling effects when lighting conditions change from sunlight to cloudy sky. Courtesy of Merk METALLIC COLOR Metallic Color Metallic pigments Absorption pigments Interference pigments Physical Properties Visual Evaluation of Effect Coatings As metallic finishes show a lightness change with different viewing angles, the sample needs to be tilted to create the same effect during visual evaluation. This effect is also referred to as “lightdark flop”. The bigger the lightness changes between the angles of view are, the more the contours of an object will be accentuated. In order to observe color travel of interference finishes, the panel should be moved to allow increasing or decreasing the angle to the light source. Courtesy of Merk Technical Service Visual evaluations of traditional metallic finishes Visual evaluation of effect coatings with color flop 103 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Instrumental Color Measurement of Effect Coatings Courtesy of Merk Multi-angle color measurement ASTM, DIN and ISO standards define multi-angle color measurement to objectively describe the color of metallic finishes. Research studies show that a minimum of three, and optimally five viewing angles are needed. The measurement geometry for multi-angle color measurement is specified by aspecular angles. The aspecular angle is the viewing angle measured from the specular direction in the illuminator plane. The angle is positive when measured from the specular direction towards the normal direction. In the last years a new generation of special effect pigments has become more and more popular. For some of these new pigments the color travels over a wide range. Special effect pigments travelling through several quadrants Directional illumination is used versus circumferential illumination because circumferential illumination minimizes the contribution from directional effects such as the Venetian blind effect and surface irregularities.Thus, averaging of the circumferential illumination would cause the measured color values of two specimens to be the same, while visually the two specimens would not match. For color QC, the colorimetric data L*, a*, b* (or L*, C*, h°) and delta E* can be used. The tolerances are usually higher for the near specular (15°, 25°) and the flop angle (75°, 110°) than the 45° tolerance. In order to have a unique tolerance parameter independent of color, weighted factors have to be used. Therefore, automotive companies often have set specifications on delta E CMC or delta E’ based on DIN 6175-2 using 3 or 5 angle instrumentation. Another useful index is the flop index, a measure of the change in lightness of a metallic color as it is tilted through the entire range of viewing angles. 104 Measurement of color travel “behind the gloss” at -15° BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Courtesy of Merk In order to fully capture the color travel of these interference pigments it is necessary to add viewing and illumination angles. To keep the whole procedure practical for industrial use with a portable spectrophotometer it was determined that an additional angle behind the gloss e.g. -15° is of benefit. Flake Characterization Sample 1 Sample 2 In addition to color changes our total perception is also influenced by the effect of the metallic flakes or other sparkling pigments. This effect changes with the lighting conditions, for example direct sunlight versus cloudy sky. Appearance Same color but visual difference Direct sunlight: Sparkle effect Cloudy sky: Graininess Sparkle ■ flake type and size ■ concentration level of the effect pigment ■ orientation of the effect pigment ■ application method The sparkle impression changes depending on the illumination angle. Apart from the sparkle effect under direct sunlight, another effect can be observed under cloudy conditions, which is described as coarseness or salt and pepper appearance. This visual graininess can be influenced by the flake diameter or the orientation of the flakes resulting in a non-uniform and irregular pattern. The observation angle is of low relevance when evaluating graininess. Diffused Δa* Δb* 0.69 -0.11 -0.89 -0.35 0.16 -0.65 -0.10 0.46 ΔSparkle 7.85 4.17 1.48 0.25 0.19 0.20 0.05 -0.11 0.42 0.43 0.48 0.00 -0.60 ΔGraininess 3.81 To characterize the impression of effect finishes under different viewing angles and illumination conditions, the BYK-mac i spectrophotometer objectively measures the total color impression: ■ Multi-angle color measurement (6-angles) clearly defines the light-dark as well as color flop behavior of effect finishes ■ Sparkling and Graininess control with a high resolution CCD camera simulates effect changes under direct and diffuse lighting conditions Technical Service Multi-angle color and effect measurement with the BYK-mac i Physical Properties Graininess 15° 45° 75° ΔL* Metallic Color A sparkling or glitter impression can be observed under direct sunlight. This effect is often described with different words such as sparkle, micro brilliance or glint and is generated by the reflectivity of the individual effect pigment. Therefore, it is influenced by the -15° 15° 25° 45° 75° 110° Traditional 5-angle color measurement calculates color values by averaging the spectral reflection over the entire illuminated spot and therefore can not differentiate between the color of the basecoat and the reflection of the aluminum flakes. As a consequence, two effect finishes can have the same color values with a 5-angle spectrophotometer, but visually appear very different. The visual difference is a result of the flake effects. BYK-mac i effect measurement geometries 105 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Sparkle measurement under direct illumination at three angles The sparkle impression changes with the angle of illumination. Therefore, the BYK-mac i spectrophotometer illuminates the sample under three different angles 15°/45°/75° with very bright LEDs and takes a picture with the CCD camera located at the perpendicular. Low sparkle (glint) High sparkle (glint) The human eye is less critical to a change within a sparkle grade than it is to a change from grade to grade. Therefore, the longer axis of the ellipse is towards the sparkle grade lines. To use the model as a Pass/Fail tool for paint batch or part QC, the total sparkle difference between sample and standard is calculated: ΔSparkle. Graininess measurement under diffused illumination Graininess is evaluated by taking a picture with the CCD camera under diffused lighting conditions, created by a white coated hemisphere. The picture is analyzed using the histogram of lightness levels whereby the uniformity of light and dark areas is summarized in one graininess value. The pictures are analyzed by image analyzing algorithms using the histogram of lightness levels as the basis for calculating sparkle parameters. To allow better differentiation, the impression of sparkle is described by a two dimensional system: sparkle area and sparkle intensity for each angle. Low graininess (coarseness) High graininess (coarseness) A graininess value of zero would indicate a solid color, the higher the value the grainier or coarser the sample will look under diffused light. Influence of flake size on sparkle and graininess For simplicity sparkle area and intensity are summarized in one value: sparkle grade. Sparkle grade is represented by the colored lines in the diagram. The sparkle evaluation is done by comparing a sample to a defined standard – like color measurement. Therefore, the sparkle data are also displayed in a difference graph. In order to set visually acceptable limits a new sparkle tolerance model was developed together with several partners from the automotive, pigment and paint industry. As a guideline the weighted total color difference equations were used resulting in an elliptical tolerance model. 106 Sparkle and graininess data give information on flake size and concentration levels. The sample below shows a silver finish with three different flake sizes (25 µm – 34 µm – 54 µm). Visually, the silver finish with the coarser aluminum pigments appears more sparkling under direct illumination and more “grainy” under diffused lighting. The BYK-mac i measurement correlates with the visual judgment: sparkle area, sparkle intensity and graininess increase with flake size. BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Influence of flake orientation on total color impression Besides flake types and concentration levels, the comparison of sparkle area at 15° and 75° illumination gives information about flake orientation. Appearance Different application method In order to increase paint efficiency the basecoat application is changing to 100% electrostatic application. Metallic finishes containing coarser aluminum flakes will show more non-parallel oriented flakes. The result will be a lower light-dark flop and more sparkling at a low grazing illumination angle. In the following example the basecoat of the car body was applied 100% electrostatically and the bumpers were painted with a bell / pneumatic application. The total color difference using the mean ΔEDIN was acceptable. Different rheology additives Flake orientation can also be influenced by the paint formulation, e.g. the rheology additive. As fine aluminum flakes have more edges and consequently more light is scattered, the orientation is more important for coarser pigments. The use of an optimized rheology additive will result in a better light-dark flop and less sparkling at lower grazing angles. In the following example a waterborne system was evaluated using three different rheology additives: a standard system, an acrylic thickener and the BYK-Chemie wax additive AQUATIX®. Visually, the three panels look the same under direct illumination at a steep angle. When comparing at a lower grazing angle, the system using the BYK-Chemie wax additive shows less sparkling. Metallic Color Yet, visually, the car body was sparkling considerably more than the bumper. The BYK-mac i measurement data reflects the visual impression clearly evaluating the Sparkle 75° data. The Sparkle 75° measurement evaluates the aluminum flakes which are nonparallel oriented; therefore the main changes can be seen in an increasing sparkle area. Info! Technical Service BYK-mac i measures total color impression For more information on visual evaluation of effect finishes see byko-spectra effect. 107 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Physical Properties ΔEDIN is well below one for all measurement points BYK-mac i measurement data correlates with a visual judgment. The sparkle area for the system with wax additive at 75° is smaller than for the two other systems. As Sparkle 75° evaluates flakes which are non-parallel oriented, this clearly shows that by using the BYK-Chemie wax additive AQUATIX® the orientation of the aluminum flakes is improved. Fluorescence Fluorescence is the spontaneous emission of light by a substance that has absorbed light. Part of the emitted light is released as heat. Therefore, the fluorescent light is typically of lower energy and thus, longer wavelength than the exciting light. This phenomenon is called “Stokes Shift” and well known for optical brighteners that absorb light in the UV-range and emit the fluorescent light in the blue wavelength range. But, it can also occur in the visible range e.g. light excited in the blue wavelength range can be shifted to the green, yellow or red wavelength range. Measurement of Fluorescence BYK-mac i is the only portable spectrophotometer which can detect fluorescent light excited in the visible range. BYK-mac i is equipped with additional sensors integrated in the white coated hemi-spheres of the graininess illumination. These sensors measure the shifted fluorescent light in clearly defined wavelength ranges and allocate it to the respective emission wavelengths. Due to the highly stable LED illumination fluorescent colors can also be measured repeatable with one BYK-mac (no warm-up time, no temperature drift) and from one BYK-mac to another BYK-mac (no lamp aging). Additionally, BYK-mac i quantifies the fluorescent light by calculating a new index – the Intensity Emission value. The Intensity Emission index (Int-Em) can be used as a preliminary indicator for light fastness. BYK-mac i measures total color impression and quantifies fluorescence 108 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com BYK-mac i Total color impression of effect finishes Appearance The appearance of effect finishes is influenced by different viewing angles and viewing conditions. Apart from a light-dark flop and color shift special sparkling effects can be created. The BYK-mac i spectrophotometer is unique as it measures both multi-angle color and flake characterization in one portable device. ■ Traditional 5-angle color measurement: 15° / 25° / 45° / 75° / 110° ■ Additional color measurement behind the gloss for color travel of interference pigments: -15° ■ Sparkle and graininess measurement for flake characterization Metallic Color Ergonomic design and easy operation Physical Properties The shape of the instrument is designed to ensure easy handling and true portability. Due to its intuitive menu quality control of metallic finishes has never been easier. ■ Menu guided operation according to your own sampling procedure ■ Designated buttons for standard and sample readings ■ Scroll wheel to select menu functions ■ Large color display – easy-to-read inside and outside ■ Storage of up to 1000 readings in selectable memories ■ smart-chart software for professional analysis, documentation and data management Reliable readings at any time 109 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Technical Service In order to guarantee stable positioning, the BYK-mac i is equipped with trigger pins on the bottom plate of the instrument. If the pins do not have contact with the surface, an error message will be displayed. This ensures reproducible results on test panels as well as curved parts (r > 500 mm). Additionally, the surface temperature is measured and saved with each measurement. Accurate results and low maintenance The BYK-mac i spectrophotometer uses a light source with longterm stability and patented illumination control which provides superior accuracy and low maintenance for many years. ■ Stable, long-term calibration – needed only every three months ■ Temperature independent measurement results between 10 - 40 °C – without calibration ■ Excellent agreement between instruments allowing usage of digital standards among the supply chain ■ 10 year warranty on the light source – no lamp changes needed Always ready The instrument is operated with a rechargeable battery pack (Li-Ion). The docking station automatically charges the battery pack in the instrument as well as a spare pack located in the docking station. Optionally the instrument can be operated with 4 standard mignon alkaline or rechargeable batteries. The docking station also transfers measured data to a PC. Quantification of Fluorescent Light The BYK-mac i spectrophotometer is equipped with additional sensors to detect fluorescent light excited in the visible range. The Intensity Emission value quantifies the fluorescent light and can be used as a preliminary indicator for light fastness. Info! 110 For more information on visual evaluation of effect finishes see byko-spectra effect. BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com BYK-mac i with small aperture Special effect finishes are used in many applications to create new color impressions pronouncing the design of a product. Objects like mobile phone housings, bicycles or window handles are very small or curved. They require a color instrument with small aperture and repeatable sample placement. BYK-mac i with 12 mm aperture guarantees repeatable results even on such products. ■ 5-angle color measurement for light/dark travel evaluation: 15° / 25° / 45° / 75° / 110° ■ Additional color measurement behind the gloss for color flop analysis: -15° ■ Sparkle and graininess measurement for flake characterization Accurate results and low maintenance The BYK-mac i 12 mm uses a light source with long-term stability and a patented illumination control which provides superior accuracy and low maintenance. Quantification of Fluorescent Light The BYK-mac i 12 mm spectrophotometer is equipped with additional sensors to detect fluorescent light excited in the visible range. The Intensity Emission value quantifies the fluorescent light and can be used as a preliminary indicator for light fastness. Technical Service Easy operation and efficient data analysis The shape of the instrument is designed to ensure easy handling and true portability. Due to its intuitive menu quality control of small parts has never been easier. ■ Menu guided operation according to your own sampling procedure ■ Large color display – easy-to-read inside and outside ■ Storage of up to 1000 readings in selectable memories ■ Professional data documentation and analysis with smart-chart software 111 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Physical Properties ■ Stable, long-term calibration – needed only every three months ■ Temperature independent measurement results between 10 - 40°C – without calibration ■ 10 year warranty on LED light source – no lamp changes needed ■ Excellent agreement between instruments allowing usage of digital standards among the supply chain ■ Operated by a rechargeable battery pack – good for 1000 readings Metallic Color Total color impression of effect finishes Appearance Measurement of effect finishes on small or curved parts Reliable readings for various sample sizes ■ 4 pin positioning for minimum sample size of 35 x 45 mm which can be varied by check zone depending on curvature Optional sample holder for small parts The holder is equipped with a mask to fit the aperture of the BYK-mac i 12 mm and a tilting handle to fix the instrument. Therefore, repeatable sample placement and reliable measurement results are guaranteed. ■ Application specific presentation tools: – Flexible sample table – Sample pin – Positioning tool for centering sample ■ Minimum sample size: ø 30 mm ■ Maximum distance between measurement spot and back rail: 50 mm Flexible sample table for measuring e.g. headlamp cleaning device covers Ordering Information Cat. No. 6408 Sample pin for measuring e.g. distance sensor covers Description Sample Holder BYK-mac 12 mm Positioning tool to center sample Technical Specifications Dimensions 130 x 140 x 263 mm (5.1 x 5.2 x 10.4 in) Weight 1.7 kg (3.75 lbs) Comes complete with: Sample holder Flexible sample table Sample pin Positioning tool Short Instructions 112 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Appearance In compliance with: Standards ASTM Ordering Information Cat. No. 7030 7034 7031 7035 Description BYK-mac i 23 mm BYK-mac i 12 mm BYK-mac i Sensor 23 mm BYK-mac i Sensor 12 mm Extended Warranty: see pages about Technical Service Note: smart-process is automatically included. If smart-lab is required instead, please specify at time of order. 23 mm diameter 12 mm diameter Color Measuring Geometry Spectral Range Measurement Range Repeatability Reproducibility Color Scales Index Illuminants Observer Effect Measurement Geometry Effect Parameters Repeatability Reproducibility Measuring Time Memory Display Language Power Supply Operating Temperature Relative Humidity Dimensions Weight 45° illumination -15°, 15°, 25°, 45°, 75°, 110° aspecular viewing 400 - 700 nm, 10 nm resolution 0 to 600 % reflectance 0.01 ΔE* (10 consecutive measurements on white) Grey BCRA tiles: avg. ΔE* < 0.10 Chromatic BCRA tiles: avg. ΔE* < 0.25 ΔE*; ΔE CMC; ΔE 94; ΔE 2000; ΔE 99; ΔE DIN6175 Flop, Int-Em A; C; D50; D65; F2; F7; F11; F12 2°; 10° 15° / 45° / 75° and diffused illumination perpendicular viewing ΔS; ΔS_a; ΔS_i; ΔG S_a / S_i: 5% or > 0.50 / G = ± 0.05 S_a / S_i: 10% or > 1.00 / G = ± 0.15 < 6 seconds 1000 standards / samples 2.7 in. TFT color LCD display English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Spanish Rechargeable battery pack or 4 mignon AA batteries (alkaline or rechargeable) 10 to 42° C (50 to 110 ° F) up to 85%, 35° C (95° F); non-condensing 21.8 x 8.1 x 14.7 cm (8.6 x 3.2 x 5.8 in.) approx. 1.3 kg (approx. 2.86 lbs) 113 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Technical Service System Requirements: Operating system: Windows 7 SP1 or 8.1 Microsoft® .NET Framework 4 Hardware: Core 2 Duo, 2.2 GHz; i7, 2.5 GHz recommended, or equivalent Memory: 4 GB RAM, 8 GB recommended Hard-disk capacity: min. 300 MB Monitor resolution: 1280 x 1024 pixel or higher Disk drive: CD-ROM or DVD drive Interface: free USB-port Technical Specifications Measuring Area 23 mm diameter 12 mm diameter Physical Properties Comes complete with: Multi-angle spectrophotometer Black calibration standard White calibration standard with certificate Color and effect checking reference Protective cap Cleaning set for bottom plate 2 light protection covers Seal replacement kit smart-chart software (7030 and 7034 only) Docking station with USB cable for memory transfer Instrument interface cable for online data transfer 2 rechargeable Li-ion battery packs Battery holder; 4 x AA batteries Short instructions; Operating manual on CD Carrying case; Training Metallic Color DIN DIN EN ISO SAE D 2244, E 308, E 1164, E 2194 5033, 5036, 6174, 6175-2 11664 J 1545 BYK-mac i Training BYK-Gardner offers you more than just an instrument. We assist you in analyzing your color readings as well as sparkle and graininess data. As a result you will be able to use the BYK-mac i to save time and money, while at the same time improving quality. Therefore, the instrument comes with a one day training course including: 1. Color and Effect Theory ■ Parameters influencing total color impression of effect finishes ■ Color and effect differences for trouble shooting 2. Operation and Software training smart-process ■ Standard management ■ Set-up an “organizer” to create a routine measurement procedure ■ Programming of the instrument with “organizer” and measurement of several samples ■ Data transfer to smart-chart software and saving in a database for routine QC ■ Data analysis using standard reports: – Test Report: Shows measurement data for a single test series – ideal for color harmony reviews – Scorecard (Management Summary Report): Quick overview how production is running over the selected time range – Trend Report: Typical process control chart showing the data over time or by individual. ■ Create your own reports reports in Excel®: – Transfer data from the database to Excel® 2. Operation and Software training smart-lab ■ Standard management ■ Measure standards and samples by single and average readings ■ Save, recall and delete measurements ■ Change illuminants, observers, color equations ■ Data analysis using standard reports: – Scatter graph per angle to show at one glance whether all parts are within specification – Color & Effect Travel to show how individual samples perform per measurement angle – Effect graph to control whether sparkle and graininess values are within specification – Spectral curves for detailed analysis ■ Create your own reports in Excel®: – Transfer data from the database to Excel® The training can be performed in one day or two half days. It is recommended to split the training into two half days: Day 1: Day 2: Theory and basic operation (set-up organizer, taking readings and saving in a database) 3-4 weeks later to ensure readings were taken and saved in a database. Data analysis and standard QC report can be explained using custom specific data. Certifi ed Please refer to section Preventive Maintenance. Ordering Information Cat. No. 7044 6336 6399 6360 Description Black Standard, BYK-mac i Protective Cap, BYK-mac 23 mm Protectice Cap, BYK-mac 12 mm Docking Station, BYK-mac Accessories 6337 6413 6359 6364 6348 6414 4831 4862 USB Interface Cable Online Cable, BYK-mac Battery Pack, BYK-mac Cleaning Set, BYK-mac Seal Set, BYK-mac Light Protection Cover, BYK-mac BYKWARE smart-process BYKWARE smart-lab To perform zero calibration Snap on cover to protect optics and interior components Snap on cover to protect optics and interior components Incl. USB interface cable and charger 100 - 240 V self adapting (For BYK-mac with catalog number 6340 and 6345, please contact customer service for an upgrade package) To connect the docking station to the PC, USB-A plug, 3 m length To connect the instrument directly to the PC Rechargeable battery pack for automatic charge in docking station To clean instrument aperture and pin covers from dust and grease Including 3 light protection rubber seals and 8 rubber pin covers To measure very bright colors; 10 pieces included Process QC software for BYK-mac i, cloud-runner and wave-scan Lab QC software for online color & effect control with BYK-mac i Note: For replacement of white, color or effect standard, please contact your local service department. 114 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Accessories for Cosmetics Appearance Measurement of cosmetic products The cosmetic industry is very much driven by aesthetics. Special effect pigments are used to create colorful and glamorous looks. Colors will show light/dark or color travel depending on viewing angle/curvature as well as sparkle impressions depending on the lighting conditions. For each different product type (e.g. nail polish, lipstick, eye shadow, foundation...) a standardized sample preparation is required in order to guarantee repeatable measurement results. New! Metallic Color Measurement of small and/or curved products Sample Holder Cosmetics The Sample Holder Cosmetics is especially designed for multiangle color & effect measurements using BYK-mac i 12 mm on small as well as curved products, e.g. ■ Lipsticks ■ Artificial Nails ■ Cosmetic Packaging such as hairspray cans 115 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Technical Service ■ Easy handling ■ Precise and repeatable positioning of sample ■ No ambient light ■ Durable, easy-to-clean material ■ Non-contact measurement Physical Properties For repeatable results the product is placed into a sample drawer, which can be comfortably opened and closed. Magnets keep the drawer from sliding open. A mask is fit on top of the sample drawer to hold the BYK-mac i in place and allow non-contact measurements of your products in a completely shielded compartment. There are three different kits available for use with the Sample Holder Cosmetics depending on which type of product needs to be measured: Lipstick Kit ■ Prismatic clamp for inserting lipsticks with various diameters ■ Magnets on the bottom plate provide a reliable locking feature, and allow for simple attachment and removal Nail Kit ■ Exchangeable nail attachment, which is customizable for various nail shapes ■ Reliable rigid placement via magnets on bottom plate Cylinder Kit ■ Customizable inlays for various diameters of cylindrical shaped products ■ Optimum form closure guarantees tight fit of inlays inside the Sample Holder Cosmetics ■ Depending on the size of the sample, the BYK-mac i with 23 mm aperture can also be used Ordering Information Cat. No. 6459 Description Sample Holder Cosmetics Accessories 6461 6462 6463 6464 Lipstick Kit Nail Kit Nail Attachment for 6462 Cylinder Kit Dimensions: 24 x 10 x 10 cm (9.4 x 3.9 x 3.9 in.) Weight: 2.2 kg (4.9 lbs) Max. diameter of lipstick compartment: 20.8 mm Please provide sample nail for customization of holder Customized nail holder for use with Nail Kit 6462 Max. length of cylinder: 229 mm Max. diameter of cylinder: 67 mm Please provide sample for customization of inlays 116 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Measurement of low viscosity products ■ Pigment Pastes ■ Liquid Foundations ■ Durable, easy-to-clean material ■ Light barrier avoids entry of ambient light ■ Non-contact measurements ensure clean and fast handling Ordering Information Accessories Cat. No. 6439 Description Sample Holder Liquid Paste – M Metallic Color For repeatable results it is important to always pour the same amount of liquid paste into the plastic spoon by means of e.g. a syringe. Care must be taken to achieve a smooth and homogeneous surface. The plastic spoon is fixed in the sample holder and the BYK-mac i is placed on a mask to ensure centered positioning. Including 5 plastic spoons Measurement distance approx. 1 mm Measurement of wet drawdowns Physical Properties Wet Drawdown Template – M The Wet Drawdown Template – M is especially designed for multiangle color & effect measurements using BYK-mac i on non-drying drawdowns, e.g. ■ Drawdowns of Lipstick Paste ■ Drawdowns of Liquid Foundation To simulate how the color and effect of a product will look like when applied, a drawdown is made on a test chart. The template is then placed over the drawdown without touching the surface of the wet sample. For repeatable non-contact measurements, the template is equipped with a mask to hold the BYK-mac i. Cat. No. 6440 Description Wet Drawdown Template – M Info! Accessories Dimensions: 10.0 x 10.0 cm (3.94 x 3.94 in.) Min. Film Width: 35 mm (1.38 in.) Max. Film Width: 80 mm (3.15 in.) Technical Service ■ Made of easy-to-clean hard-anodized aluminum ■ Non-contact measurements ensure clean and fast handling Ordering Information Appearance Sample Holder Liquid Paste – M The Sample Holder Liquid Paste – M allows multi-angle color & effect measurements using BYK-mac i on products of low viscosity, e.g. Measurement results are greatly affected by application quality. Therefore the use of an automatic film applicator (e.g. byko-drive) is recommended. For more information please refer to the section "Application". 117 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Measurement of powdery or pasty products Sample Holder Round Dish – M The Sample Holder Round Dish – M is developed for multi-angle color & effect measurements using BYK-mac i on powdery or pasty materials, e.g. ■ Pressed Powders ■ Creamy Eye Shadows For repeatable results the product is pressed or poured into a sample cup. During sample preparation of pressed powders, it is important to always maintain the same plunger pressure as well as the same plunger tissue. It is recommended to use a fine-woven fabric to create a smooth, non-textured surface. The holder is equipped with a mask onto which the BYK-mac i is placed for non-contact measurements. ■ Made of easy-to-clean hard-anodized aluminum ■ Non-contact measurement to protect the instrument’s optics ■ Customized adapter rings are offered to use the holder with custom specific cuvettes Ordering Information Cat. No. 6415 Description Sample Holder Round Dish – M 6416 Adapter Rings for 6415 Info! 118 Accessories Including adapter ring and 5 cuvettes ø 35.5 mm, height 4.5 mm Measurement distance approx. 1 mm Five customized adapter rings of various sizes Please specify diameter (max. round container size: ø 60 mm) For further information and best practice examples on your specific application (nails, lips, face, eyes...) please refer to our brochure “QC Solutions for Cosmetics”, which can be downloaded from http://www.byk.com BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com BYK-mac i COLOR Multi-angle color measurement Appearance In order to control the lightness and / or color flop of an effect finish, the color needs to be measured under different viewing angles. BYK-mac i COLOR spectrophotometer offers an attractive solution by measuring ■ Traditional 5-angle color at 15°/25°/45°/75°/110° ■ An additional angle at -15° “behind the gloss” for color travel of interference pigments Ergonomic design and easy operation Metallic Color The shape of the instrument is designed to ensure easy handling and true portability. With an intuitive menu quality control of metallic finishes has never been easier. Reliable readings at any time Quantification of Fluorescent Light Technical Service The BYK-mac i COLOR uses a light source with long term stability and patented illumination control which provide superior accuracy and low maintenance for many years. ■ Stable, long-term calibration – needed only every three months ■ Temperature independent measurement results between 10 - 40°C – without calibration ■ Excellent agreement between instruments allowing usage of digital standards among the supply chain ■ 10 year warranty on the light source – no lamp changes needed Physical Properties ■ Menu guided operation according to your own sampling procedure ■ Designated buttons for standard and sample readings ■ Scroll wheel to select menu functions ■ Large color display – easy-to-read inside and outside ■ Storage of up to 1000 readings in selectable memories ■ 4 trigger pins on the bottom plate guarantee stable positioning even on curved surfaces The BYK-mac i COLOR spectrophotometer is equipped with additional sensors to detect fluorescent light excited in the visible range. The Intensity Emission value quantifies the fluorescent light and can be used as a preliminary indicator for light fastness. 119 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Always ready The instrument is operated with a rechargeable battery pack (Li-Ion). The docking station automatically charges the battery pack in the instrument as well as a spare pack located in the docking station. Optionally the instrument can be operated with 4 standard mignon alkaline or rechargeable batteries. The docking station also transfers the measured data to a PC. For professional analysis, documentation and data management smart-chart software is included. In compliance with: Standards ASTM DIN DIN EN ISO SAE D 2244, E 308, E 1164, E 2194 5033, 5036, 6174, 6175-2 11664 J 1545 Ordering Information Cat. No. 7032 7033 Description BYK-mac i COLOR BYK-mac i COLOR Sensor Comes complete with: Multi-angle spectrophotometer Black calibration standard White calibration standard with certificate Color checking reference Protective cap Cleaning set for bottom plate 2 light protection covers Seal replacement kit smart-chart software (7032 only) Docking station with USB cable for memory transfer Instrument interface cable for online data transfer 2 rechargeable Li-ion battery packs Battery holder; 4 x AA batteries Short instructions; Operating manual on CD Carrying case; Training Extended Warranty: see pages about Technical Service System Requirements: Operating system: Windows 7 SP1 or 8.1 Microsoft® .NET Framework 4 Hardware: Core 2 Duo, 2.2 GHz; i7, 2.5 GHz recommended, or equivalent Memory: 4 GB RAM, 8 GB recommended Hard-disk capacity: min. 300 MB Monitor resolution: 1280 x 1024 pixel or higher Disk drive: CD-ROM or DVD drive Interface: free USB-port Note: smart-process is automatically included. If smart-lab is required instead, please specify at time of order. 120 Technical Specifications Measuring Geometry Measuring Area Spectral Range Measurement Range Repeatability Reproducibility Color Scales Index Illuminants Observer Measuring Time Memory Display Language Power Supply Operating Temperature Relative Humidity Dimensions Weight Certifi ed 45° illumination -15°, 15°, 25°, 45°, 75°, 110° aspecular viewing 23 mm diameter 400 - 700 nm, 10 nm resolution 0 to 600 % reflectance 0.01 ΔE* (10 consecutive measurements on white) Grey BCRA tiles: avg. ΔE* < 0.10 Chromatic BCRA tiles: avg. ΔE* < 0.25 ΔE*; ΔE CMC; ΔE 94; ΔE 2000; ΔE 99; ΔE DIN6175 Flop, Int-Em A; C; D50; D65; F2; F7; F11; F12 2°; 10° < 4 seconds 1000 standards / samples 2.7 in. TFT color LCD display English, German, French, Italian, Japanese, Spanish Rechargeable battery pack or 4 mignon AA batteries (alkaline or rechargeable) 10 to 42° C (50 to 110 ° F) up to 85%, 35° C (95° F); non-condensing 21.8 x 8.1 x 14.7 cm (8.6 x 3.2 x 5.8 in.) approx. 1.3 kg (approx. 2.86 lbs) Please refer to section Preventive Maintenance. BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com BYK-mac i COLOR Training BYK-Gardner offers you more than just an instrument. We assist you in analyzing your color readings to enable you to use the BYK-mac i COLOR to save time and money, while at the same time improving quality. Therefore, the instrument comes with a one day training course including: Day 2: 3-4 weeks later to ensure readings were taken and saved in a database. Data analysis and standard QC report can be explained using custom specific data. Ordering Information Accessories 7044 6336 6360 6337 6413 6359 6364 6348 To perform zero calibration Snap on cover to protect optics and interior components Incl. USB interface cable and charger 100 - 240 V self adapting To connect the docking station to the PC, USB-A plug, 3 m length To connect the instrument directly to the PC Rechargeable battery pack for automatic charge in docking station To clean instrument aperture and pin covers from dust and grease Cat. No. 6414 4831 4862 Description Black Standard, BYK-mac i Protective Cap, BYK-mac 23 mm Docking Station, BYK-mac USB Interface Cable Online Cable, BYK-mac Battery Pack, BYK-mac Cleaning Set, BYK-mac Seal Set, BYK-mac Light Protection Cover, BYK-mac BYKWARE smart-process BYKWARE smart-lab Technical Service The training can be performed in one day or two half days. It is recommended to split the training into two half days: Day 1: Theory and basic operation (set-up organizer, taking readings and saving in a database) Physical Properties 2. Operation and Software training smart-lab ■ Standard management ■ Measure standards and samples by single and average readings ■ Save, recall and delete measurements ■ Change illuminants, observers, color equations ■ Data analysis using standard reports: – Scatter graph per angle to show at one glance whether all parts are within specification – Color Travel to show how individual samples perform per measurement angle – Spectral curves for detailed analysis ■ Create your own reports in Excel®: – Transfer data from the database to Excel® Metallic Color 2. Operation and Software training smart-process ■ Standard management ■ Set-up an “organizer” to create a routine measurement procedure ■ Programming of the instrument with “organizer” and measurement of several samples ■ Data transfer to smart-chart software and saving in a database for routine QC ■ Data analysis using standard reports: – Test Report: Shows measurement data for a single test series – ideal for color harmony reviews – Scorecard (Management Summary Report): Quick overview how production is running over the selected time range – Trend Report: Typical process control chart showing the data over time or by individual. ■ Create your own reports in Excel® – Transfer data from the database to Excel® Appearance 1. Color Theory ■ Parameters influencing color impression of effect finishes ■ Color differences for trouble shooting Including 3 light protection rubber seals and 8 rubber pin covers To measure very bright colors; 10 pieces included Process QC software for BYK-mac i, cloud-runner and wave-scan Lab QC software for online color & effect control with BYK-mac i Note: For replacement of white and color standard, please contact your local service department. 121 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com BYK-mac i ROBOTIC Automatic measurement of total color impression of effect finishes at the line Products can only be manufactured with uniform and consistent quality when process stability is guaranteed. Therefore, multi-angle color, sparkle and graininess must be measured on a routine basis. The BYK-mac i ROBOTIC spectrophotometer allows automated total color control as it is mounted on a robotic arm. The robotic system not only measures a high number of cars, but also on the same areas. Total color impression of effect finishes Reliable and objective color and effect data The BYK-mac i ROBOTIC measures both multi-angle color and flake characterization. ■ Multi-angle color measurement at 6-angles clearly defines the light-dark as well as color flop behavior of effect finishes ■ Sparkling and Graininess control with a high resolution CCD camera simulates effect changes under direct and diffuse lighting conditions. ■ Multi-angle color and effect data help to analyze the cause of a color mismatch The BYK-mac i ROBOTIC spectrophotometer uses a light source with long-term stability and patented illumination control which provide superior accuracy and low maintenance for many years. ■ Stable, long-term calibration – needed only every three months ■ Temperature independent measurement results between 10 - 40°C – without calibration ■ 10 year warranty on light source – no lamp changes needed ■ Excellent agreement between instruments and correlation to BYK-mac i and BYK-mac i COLOR Reliable readings at any time In order to guarantee stable positioning, the BYK-mac i ROBOTIC is equipped with trigger pins on the bottom plate of the instrument. The sensitivity of the pins can be adjusted to the curvature of the measurement area. If the pins do not have contact with the surface an error message will be displayed. Quantification of Fluorescent Light The BYK-mac i ROBOTIC spectrophotometer is equipped with additional sensors to detect fluorescent light excited in the visible range. The Intensity Emission value quantifies the fluorescent light and can be used as a preliminary indicator for light fastness. 122 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Appearance In compliance with: Standards ASTM DIN DIN EN ISO SAE D 2244, E 308, E 1164, E 2194 5033, 5036, 6174, 6175-2 11664 J 1545 Cat. No. 7036 Description BYK-mac i ROBOTIC Extended Warranty: see pages about Technical Service Hardware Requirements: Operating system: Windows 7 SP1 or 8.1 Microsoft® .NET Framework 4 Hardware: Core 2 Duo, 2.2 GHz; i7, 2.5 GHz recommended, or equivalent Memory: 4 GB RAM, 8 GB recommended Hard-disk capacity: min. 300 MB Monitor resolution: 1280 x 1024 pixel or higher Disk drive: CD-ROM or DVD drive Color Measuring Geometry Measuring Area Spectral Range Measurement Range Repeatability Reproducibility Color Scales Index Illuminants Observer Effect Measurement Geometry 45° illumination -15°, 15°, 25°, 45°, 75°, 110° aspecular viewing 87 x 23 mm (3.4 x 0.9 in.) 400 - 700 nm, 10 nm resolution 0 to 600 % reflectance 0.01 ΔE* (10 consecutive measurements on white) Grey BCRA tiles: avg. ΔE* < 0.10 Chromatic BCRA tiles: avg. ΔE* < 0.25 ΔE*; ΔE CMC; ΔE 94; ΔE 2000; ΔE 99; ΔE DIN6175 Flop, Int-Em A; C; D50; D65; F2; F7; F11; F12 2°; 10° Object Curvature Measuring Time Memory Power Supply Interface Robotic Requirements Operating Temperature Relative Humidity Dimensions Weight Radius > 400 mm < 6 seconds 1000 standards / samples External power supply 24 VDC RS 422 Vibration-free operation 10 to 42° C (50 to 110 ° F) up to 85%, 35° C (95° F); non-condensing 21 x 12.5 x 17.5 cm (8.3 x 5 x 6.9 in.) approx.3.5 kg (approx.7.7 lbs) 123 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Technical Service Effect Parameters Repeatability Reproducibility 15° / 45° / 75° and diffused illumination perpendicular viewing ΔS; ΔS_a; ΔS_i; ΔG S_a / S_i: 5% or > 0.50 / G = ± 0.05 S_a / S_i: 10% or > 1.00 / G = ± 0.15 Physical Properties Comes complete with: Multi-angle spectrophotometer White calibration standard with certificate Color and effect checking reference Light protection cover BYKWARE smart-chart software Communication software Installation kit Operating manual on CD Carrying case; Training Technical Specifications Metallic Color Ordering Information BYK-mac i ROBOTIC Training BYK-Gardner offers you more than just an instrument. We assist you in operating the whole system and analyzing your color, sparkle and graininess data. Therefore, the instrument comes with a two day training course including: Color and Effect Theory ■ Visual perception and instrumental measurement of multi-angle color, sparkle and graininess. ■ Data interpretation for trouble shooting ■ Support in integrating the BYK-mac i ROBOTIC sensor into an automated measurement system Day 1:Color and Effect theory with data interpretation for optimization and trouble shooting Support in integrating the BYK-mac i ROBOTIC sensor into an automated measurement system Day 2:Software training with data analysis using standard reports Software training ■ Data analysis using standard reports: – Test Report: Shows measurement data for a single test series – ideal for color harmony reviews – Scorecard (Management Summary Report): Quick overview how production is running over the selected time range – Trend Report: Typical process control chart showing the data over time or by individual. Ordering Information Cat. No. 6417 4831 Description Light Protection Cover for 7036 BYKWARE smart-process Note: For replacement of white, color and effect standard, please contact your local service department. 124 Accessories To avoid the influence of ambient light Process QC software for BYK-mac i ROBOTIC and wave-scan ROBOTIC Certifi ed Please refer to section Preventive Maintenance. BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com smart-process Color and Appearance data in one QC management system Appearance All critical color and appearance parameters can be saved and analyzed with one software package, smart-process. ■ Multi-angle color and effect control with BYK-mac i ■ Orange peel and Distinctness-of- Image measurement with wave-scan ■ Objective mottling analysis with the new cloud-runner It is smart in more than one way. 6 different apps let you set up a state-of-the art color & appearance management system. Metallic Color Standard Management – manage an unlimited number of colors smart-process includes powerful standard management for defining all essential color and appearance control parameters with Pass / Fail tolerances. Customer specific color and appearance scales for major automotive makers are already predefined and ensure color and appearance control according to their internal specifications. Physical Properties Digital Standard – guarantees a seamless workflow Thanks to the outstanding inter-instrument agreement of BYK-mac i – proven by all automotive makers and unsurpassed in the industry – smart-process enables you to use “digital standards” on a global basis with your entire supply chain. Export and import your color standards in xml file format and send them by email to your supply chain. Thus, color control data are reliable and communication among all parties is seamless and efficient. Technical Service Organizer Set-up – standardized measurement and sample labeling smart-process offers set-up of Organizers for clear sample identification and a menu guided operation on the instrument. Product schematics help to define specific sampling procedures. The entered parameters can be used for filtering the measured data saved in the database. Typical identifiers are model, color or product ID – smart-process is open for your specific needs. 125 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Data Analysis – green light for shipping Data analysis was never easier. The data are saved in a SQL database which allows handling of large data sets over a long time period. See all your test series at once based on your specific criteria. Select filter criteria, such as a certain time range, a specific color and all “green” or “yellow” or “red” test series for further analysis. Data analysis – Detailed measurement reports View and open the measurement data of a single test series with a click. The product schematic quickly shows you where the “problem areas” are. The data is also displayed in an easy-to-read data table highlighting the measurements out of specifications. Additionally to the individual test results per check zone, the averages of groups (horizontals or verticals) are calculated and shown on top of the report. In case of color harmony analysis the difference of each check zone to the master standard and the differences between “panel matches” as defined in the organizer are displayed. Monitor your process and document stability Innovative data analysis reports feature scorecards with drill-in functionality as well as trend reports for all measured parameters. They are so easy to set up that statistical analysis actually becomes a fun project. And the data is documented and analyzed all together for color and appearance. Valuable time for data crunching will be saved and lengthy discussions analyzing the data will no longer be necessary. wave-scan Balance-Chart The Balance chart shows all important info in one report: ■ Customer specifications ■ Balance chart for visual correlation ■ Structure spectrum for optimization 126 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com BYK-mac i Color Harmony and Process Control Chart Lab-Scatter Graph This standard report shows at a glance whether all parts are within specification. One graph per angle is shown and different tolerance models (e.g. CMC, DIN 6175-2) can be selected. Appearance Effect Graph Similar to the Lab-scatter graph, this chart easily shows whether effect differences are within tolerance. One graph per sparkle angle and graininess is displayed. Tolerances can be set to your specific requirements. Metallic Color Color & Effect Travel by Sample ...the ideal tool to show how individual measurement areas or colors perform per measurement angle. In combination with a graph for sparkle and graininess values, total color impression can be easily controlled. Physical Properties cloud-runner Mottle-Chart Customer relevant limits for mottling can be defined by setting limits for the Mottling indices. The measured data is displayed in a two-dimensional chart with red – yellow – green ranges for easy process control. In addition, the mottle spectrum gives more detailed information for optimization and trouble shooting. With smart-process, you’ll know where you are, where you’re going, and how to get there. Ordering Information Cat. No. 4831 Description BYKWARE smart-process Note: smart-process licence fee for more than two installations is quantity dependent. Please contact your local BYK-Gardner representative. Sytem Requirements: Operating system: Windows 7 SP1 or 8.1 Microsoft® .NET Framework 4 Hardware: Core 2 Duo, 2.2 GHz; i7, 2.5 GHz recommended, or equivalent Memory: 4 GB RAM, 8 GB recommended Hard-disk capacity: min. 300 MB Monitor resolution: 1280 x 1024 pixel or higher Disk drive: CD-ROM or DVD drive Interface: free USB-port Process QC Software for BYK-mac i, cloud-runner, wave-scan Instruments BYK-mac i, BYK-mac i COLOR cloud-runner wave-scan dual, wave-scan II, micro-wave-scan Export/Import Color Standard (.xml format) Organizer (.xml format) Database format SQL Server Compact Languages Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Spanish 127 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Technical Service Comes complete with: Software on CD-ROM with license key Technical Specifications smart-lab New! Online Color and Effect Control in the laboratory with BYK-mac i Color and effect control in the laboratory require on one hand open and flexible data analysis and on the other hand efficient data handling of large data sets. Online Measurement – and instant data analysis Just connect the BYK-mac i with the PC, measure the master panel, apply the respective tolerances and compare the actual samples against the standard. The data are displayed in a data table with Pass/Fail information and shown in various color graphs. Or recall standard and samples from the database and quickly add new readings. Popular functions such as saving, deleting or copying can be executed with a right click of the mouse. Standard Management – extensive flexibility of tolerance methods smart-lab includes powerful standard management which allows defining Pass / Fail tolerances based on any color control parameter. Besides the commonly available color equations (e.g. CIELAB and CMC), customer specific color scales for all major automotive makers are already predefined and ensure color control according to their internal specifications. Digital Standard – guarantees a seamless workflow Thanks to the outstanding inter-instrument agreement of BYK-mac i – proven by all automotive makers and unsurpassed in the industry – smart-lab enables you to use “digital standards” on a global basis with your entire supply chain. Export and import your color standards in xml file format and send them by email to your supply chain. Thus, color control data are reliable and communication among all parties is seamless and efficient. 128 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Data analysis – variety of measurement reports Appearance Data analysis was never easier. Results are simultaneously displayed in a data table and a graph highlighting the samples being out of specification. Easily toggle between measurement conditions like different illuminants and color equations. Multiple settings can even be combined in one project allowing the user to have multiple pass/ fail criteria at one glance. Graphically display color & effect results in the way that works best for your application: scatter plot, line/travel graph and spectral curves can be selected by just a mouse click. Swap Standard with Sample and vice versa – ultimate flexibility Metallic Color Interested in how the previous batch compares to the current batch? Just drag & drop the data or even select a sample as the standard. Additionally, it is also possible to calculate the mean value based on a population of samples and use it as a new standard. This is of high interest when selecting a master standard out of a population of standard panels. Database management – easy and secure Physical Properties The data are saved in a SQL database which allows handling of large data sets over a long time period. This reliable database type also ensures full network and server compatibility. Retrieve data for further analysis based on your specific filter criteria, such as a specific color or a certain time range. Additionally, current standards and samples can be organized in projects. Projects are saved as xml-files and can be easily shared with other smart-lab users. With smart-lab, you can start faster and finish sooner without getting lost in details. Ordering Information Description BYKWARE smart-lab Comes complete with: Software on CD-ROM with license key Sytem Requirements: Operating system: Windows 7 SP1 or 8.1 Microsoft® .NET Framework 4 Hardware: Core 2 Duo, 2.2 GHz; i7, 2.5 GHz recommended, or equivalent Memory: 4 GB RAM, 8 GB recommended Hard-disk capacity: min. 300 MB Monitor resolution: 1280 x 1024 pixel or higher Disk drive: CD-ROM or DVD drive Interface: free USB-port Technical Specifications Technical Service Cat. No. 4862 Lab QC software for online color and effect control with BYK-mac i Instruments BYK-mac i, BYK-mac i COLOR Color Differences ΔE*, ΔECMC, ΔE94, ΔE2000, ΔEDIN6175-2, custom specific scales Illuminants A, C, D50, D65, F2, F7, F11, F12 Observer 2°, 10° Indices Metamerism, Color Strength, Flop, Int-Em Graphs Scatter plot, line / travel graph, spectral curve Database format SQL Server Compact Export Project files (.xml format) Languages Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Japanese, Spanish Note: smart-lab licence fee for more than two installations is quantity dependent. Please contact your local BYK-Gardner representative. 129 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com spectro-guide see page 83 micro-gloss see page 17 Consistent Quality of Cosmetic Products Can you imagine the world of cosmetics without color, gloss or glitter? By adding metallic or interference pigments to cosmetic formulations fascinating effects can be achieved. In order to guarantee consistency, a routine quality control system needs to be established. Key component is one binding reference with realistic tolerances to control batch to batch variations. In order to obtain repeatable results, standardized sample preparation is crucial. Powders, pastes and liquids can either be measured in mass or in case of lower viscosity products as drawdowns on test charts. In both cases, all non-drying or powdery products require a non-contact measurement technique to protect the instrument’s optic. Compared with the measurement through glass or film, non-contact will be the preferred method since this technique correlates best with how the consumer perceives the final product in the store. Measurement of powders Powdery eye shadow and facial powder are pressed in “shape”. For production quality control a standardized technique needs to be established to always maintain the same plunger pressure as well as the same plunger tissue. A smooth and non-textured surface allows an objective measurement of the color hue and the sparkling behavior of effect pigments. A sample holder with disposable round dishes was especially designed for the measurement of pressed powders. The loose powder is filled 130 and pressed based on a standardized technique into the disposable dish. A special powder holder is available with different instrument masks to allow objective color and gloss measurement. The instrument mask is custom made to fit the aperture of the respective instrument guaranteeing repeatable sample placement and measurement results as well as non-contact measurement to protect the instrument’s optic (see page 118). Measurement of liquid foundations Foundations often have a low to medium viscosity and therefore, can either be measured in mass or as a drawdown on a test chart. Applying the foundation on a black and white chart can give additional information on hiding power (opacity). For this purpose a special wet drawdown template was developed for placing the color or gloss instrument onto the wet drawdown without contact. For ease of handling the template is made of easy-to-clean hard-anodized aluminum (see page 117). Measurement of lipstick The difficulty in measuring the color and gloss of a lipstick is the high curvature and the pasty material. Therefore, a special sample holder was developed, which holds the lipstick in its tube in place and the color instrument can be placed on a sample stand with a mask to ensure non-contact measurement. The holder is sealed with a light barrier to guarantee repeatable measurement results (see page 116). Introduction Liquid Color Appearance Color of transparent liquids like varnishes, lacquers, shellacs, drying oils, fatty acids and resin solutions has been evaluated visually since the late 1800s. A change in color can indicate contamination or impurities in the raw materials, process variations caused by heating and oxidation, or degradation of products exposed to weathering over time. For simplicity, one dimensional scales for yellowness were established, e.g., Gardner Color Scale, American Public Health Association (APHA) and Hazen, Saybolt, and Iodine (Hess-Ives). Quality control systems like ISO 9000 demand objective measurements using instrumentation that gives reliable data on a consistent basis. Liquid Color In the visual test the yellowness is determined by pouring the sample into a tube and comparing it to a known standard. The standard that the sample falls closest to then becomes the value for the liquid. This procedure is highly subjective due to variations of observers, illumination and to some extent the standards themselves. LIQUID COLOR Physical Properties Correlation equations were developed to link visual observations to instrumentally measured values. Most products are not strictly yellow and therefore require a three dimensional description of color: red/green, yellow/blue and light/dark differences. Modern instruments read this information by the use of standardized color scales like CIE L*a*b* or L* C* h°. BYK-Gardner offers a complete line of visual color comparators for quick evaluation, as well as, objective instrumentation for liquid color measurement, tolerance setting and pass/fail analysis. Technical Service 131 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Liquid Color Standards The Gardner Liquid Color Standard Comparator provides the entire Gardner Color Scale, against which a liquid sample can be visually compared. ■ Rugged design for use in the laboratory and production ■ Quick and easy color quality control of liquids ■ Attractive price – color evaluation of liquids becomes affordable to everybody ■ Shelf-life is 5 years The sealed tubes are filled with Cobalt Chloride Platinate solutions of varying concentrations, which correspond to known Gardner Scale yellowness value numbers 1 - 18. The solutions are standardized at 25 °C (77 °F), but visual evaluations made between 20 °C (68 °F) and 30 °C (86 °F) are substantially correct. Standards Two models are available: with or without illumination. AOCS ASTM ISO Ordering Information Technical Specifications Cat. No. 6726 Description Gardner Liquid Standard L 115 6727 Gardner Liquid Standard L 230 6724 Gardner Liquid Standards 6720 Holding rack with illumination 6729 Holding rack without illumination Method Tdla-64T D 1544 4630 Illumination Fluorescent Lamp Voltage 115 V / 60 Hz Fluorescent Lamp 230 V / 50 Hz Fluorescent Lamp 115-230 V / 5060 Hz Dimensions 660 x 152 x 152mm (26 x 6 x 6 in) 660 x 152 x 152mm (26 x 6 x 6 in) 629 x 143 x 64 mm (24.75 x 5 x 2.5 in) 629 x 152 x 152 mm (24.75 x 6 x 6 in) 629 x 152 x 152 mm (24.75 x 6 x 6 in) Weight 6.35 kg (14 lbs) 6.35 kg (14 lbs) 2.3 kg (5 lbs) 6.0 kg ( 13.22 lbs) 2.5 kg (5.5 lbs) Cat. No. 6726 and 6727 come complete with: Set of 18 color standards 1 to 18 6 empty comparison tubes Steel holding rack with fluorescent lamp Operating manual Cat. No. 6724 comes complete with: Set of 18 color standards 1 to 18 6 empty comparison tubes Steel holding rack with frosted glass panel Operating manual 132 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Accessories Liquid Standards Empty Sample Tubes Accessories Description Liquid Color Standard No.1 Liquid Color Standard No.2 Liquid Color Standard No.3 Liquid Color Standard No.4 Liquid Color Standard No.5 Liquid Color Standard No.6 Liquid Color Standard No.7 Liquid Color Standard No.8 Liquid Color Standard No.9 Liquid Color Standard No.10 Liquid Color Standard No.11 Liquid Color Standard No.12 Liquid Color Standard No.13 Liquid Color Standard No.14 Liquid Color Standard No.15 Liquid Color Standard No.16 Liquid Color Standard No.17 Liquid Color Standard No.18 Cat. No. 6756* Description Empty Tube Set (144) *Note: Not applicable for LCM/LCS IV The LCS IV spectrally measures all color shades and provides detailed color analysis. Please refer to the section LCS IV. Physical Properties The LCM IV provides an objective way to quickly evaluate color of liquids. Please refer to the section LCM IV Ordering Information Liquid Color Cat. No. 6601 6602 6603 6604 6605 6606 6607 6608 6609 6610 6611 6612 6613 6614 6615 6616 6617 6618 Appearance Set of 144 empty, unmarked comparison tubes with cork stoppers for the liquid to be tested. Technical Service 133 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Delta Color Comparator The Gardner Delta Color Comparator uses precision-polished optical-glass filters as reference standards. Two different models are available: with or without illumination. ■ Rugged design allows the color comparator to be used at any location ■ Easy operation allows anyone to determine Gardner Color Numbers ■ Optional illuminator allows back-light color to improve viewing conditions The comparator is an arrangement of two wheels in which nine color filters are imbedded in each wheel. The glass filters range in color from water white through deep amber. A tube of the sample liquid is placed between the two filter wheels. The user then rotates the color wheels until the filter glass closest in color to the liquid is in place. That filter notation then becomes the color description for the liquid. Standards AOCS ASTM ISO Ordering Information Cat. No. 6745 Description Gardner Comparator L, 115V 6746 Gardner Comparator L, 230V 6750 Gardner Comparator Cat. No. 6745 and 6746 comes complete with: Gardner Delta Color Comparator assembly Two reference filter wheels Gardner Delta illuminator Operating manual Method Tdla-64T D 1544 4630 Technical Specifications Illumination Incandescent Lamp Incandescent Lamp Voltage Dimensions 115 V / 60 Hz 171 x 203 x 229 mm 100 W (6.75 x 8 x 9 in) 230 V / 50 Hz 171 x 203 x 229 mm 100 W (6.75 x 8 x 9 in) 159 x 19 x 81 mm (6.25 x 0.75 x 3.2 in) Weight 2.7 kg (6 lbs) 2.7 kg (6 lbs) 0.45 kg (1 lbs) Cat. No. 6750 comes complete with: Gardner Delta Color Comparator assembly Two reference filter wheels Operating manual Accessories Cat. No. 6752 6753 6754 6405 6756 6761 6757 134 Description Illuminator 115 V Illuminator 230 V Incandescent Lamp 115 V for 6745 Incandescent Lamp 230 V for 6746 Empty Tube Set (144) Filter Wheel, odd numbers Filter Wheel, even numbers BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com LCM IV Ordering Information Cat. No. 9561 Description LCM IV ASTM DIN ISO D 156, D 1045, D 1209, D 1544, D 1500 6162 4630, 6271, 2049 Technical Specifications Voltage 100 - 240 V, 50 / 60 Hz Type Spectral Range Repeatability Reproducibility³ Light Source Illuminant/Observer Indices Memory Data Export Interface 2x USB Typ A, 2x USB Typ B, 1x Ethernet (LAN) 10 - 40 °C (50 - 104 °F) up to 80%, 35 °C (95 °F); non condensing 151 x 350 x 250 mm (5.9 x 13.7 x 9.8 in.) 4.2 kg (9.25 lbs) Technical Service Operating Temperature Humidity Dimensions Weight Single-beam photometer with reference beam path 380 to 720 nm, 10 nm resolution ± 2 Hazen², ± 0.1 Gardner¹ ± 0.3 Iodine, ± 5 Hazen, ± 0.3 Gardner Tungsten Halogen Lamp C/2° Hazen / APHA (0 to 1000), Gardner (0 to 18), Iodine (0 to 120), Saybolt (-16 to 30), Mineral Oil (ASTM D 1500) 0 to 8 400 color measurements *.csv file to USB memory stick or Ethernet Physical Properties Comes complete with: Instrument with dust cover External power supply Adapter for 10 mm rectangle cuvettes addista® – color standards Disposable plastic cuvettes (10x50 mm) – pack of 10 Disposable glass cuvettes (11mm) – pack of 10 Operating manual Standards Liquid Color ■ Large 7” touch-screen display with intuitive user guidance for simple operation ■ Automatic cuvette detection – avoids faulty data measurement ■ Works with 10 and 50 mm rectangle as well as 11 mm round cuvettes for optimum precision ■ Easy to exchange rectangular cell compartment ■ Gardner, Hazen (APHA/PtCo), Iodine, Saybolt and Mineral oil scales come standard with instrument ■ Reference beam design to maximize the accuracy and precision ■ Front USB interface for PC or printer connection ■ Easy data transfer into existing networks through integrated Ethernet (LAN) interface Appearance The LCM IV is a reliable color instrument which replaces conventional visual color evaluation with an objective measurement. It is ideal for routine production control of clear, transparent liquids like resins, adhesives and solvents. ¹ Based on data with 11 mm cuvette ² Based on data with 50 mm cuvette ³ Based on data with 50 mm cuvette for Hazen and 11 mm cuvette for Iodine and Gardner 135 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com LCS IV The LCS IV is a highly precise color instrument which spectrally measures all color shades of optically clear, transparent liquids using the dual beam principle. Besides the conventional visual color numbers (Gardner, Iodine, Hazen (APHA) etc.) the LCS IV can also measure opponent color systems such as CIELab, CIELCh and Hunter Lab under the conditions of illuminant A, C, D65 and 2°/10° Standard Observer. ■ Stand alone unit with built-in 7” touch-screen display allows use without the need of a PC ■ All important color scales and indices included ■ Automatic cuvette detection – avoids faulty data measurement ■ Automatic zero and calibration memory for all type of cuvettes – ensures use of correct calibration data ■ Designed for the use of disposable plastic cuvettes, high precision glass cuvettes or 11 mm test tubes ■ Easy to exchange rectangular cell compartment ■ High measurement reliability is guaranteed by comprehensive verification kits ■ User profile memory with password protection for individual configurations – including GLP documentation ■ Open sample compartment for ease of operation ■ Front USB interface for PC or printer connection ■ Easy data transfer into existing networks through integrated Ethernet (LAN) interface ASTM Ordering Information Technical Specifications Cat. No. 9562 Description LCS IV Comes complete with: Instrument with dust cover External power supply Adapter for 10 mm rectangle cuvettes addista® – color standards Disposable plastic cuvettes (10x50 mm) – pack of 10 Disposable glass cuvettes (11mm) – pack of 10 Operating manual Standards AOCS DIN ISO Method Cc 13e; Method BS 684 ly/Lr D 156, D 848, D 1045, D 1209, D 1544, D 1925, D 1500, D 5368, E 308 5033, 6162, 6174 4630, 6271, 2049, 27608 Voltage 100-240 V / 50 / 60 Hz Geometry Spectral Range (Colorimetric) Spectral Range (Photometric) Repeatability Reproducibility¹ Light Source Illuminant/Observer Color Scale Color Difference Indices Spectral Memory Data Export Interface Operating Temperature Humidity Dimensions Weight 0° / 180° rectilinear 380 to 720 nm, 10 nm resolution 320 to 1,100 nm, 1 nm resolution 0.1 ΔE*, 1 σ ± 0.2% transmission Tungsten Halogen Lamp A, C, D65 / 2°, 10° CIELab; CIELCh; Hunter Lab ΔE* and component differences, text descriptor, tolerances Gardner; Hazen/APHA; Iodine; Saybolt; Lovibond; Hess-Ives; European, US and Chinese Pharmacopoeia; Mineral oil; Yellowness; Acid Wash Test; Chlorophyll A; ADMI % transmission; % absorbance, concentration 3000 color measurements, 100 color references, 1000 photometric readings *.csv file to USB memory stick or Ethernet 2x USB-A; 2x USB-B; 1x Ethernet (LAN) 10 to 40 °C (50 to 104 °F) up to 80%, 35 °C (95 °F);non condensing 151 x 350 x 250 mm (5.9 x 13.7 x 9.8 in) 4.2 kg (9.25 lbs) ¹ Referred to distilled water 136 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Sample Cuvettes Measurement Ranges for each Cuvette Size Color Scale Iodine number J Hazen number Gardner number H G Y R Y R H-I XYZ xy Cat. No. 6452 9508 9509 Description P-Glass Cuvette, 11 mm P-Glass Cuvette, 10 x 10 P-Glass Cuvette, 10 x 50 D-Glass Cuvette, 11 mm, open D-Glass Cuvette 11, screw top Rubber Stopper, 6453 D-Plastic Cuvette, open D-Plastic Cuvette, plastic cover Rack 16, cylindrical – square 9560 Rack 7, rectangle Technical Specifications Pieces 25 3 1 500 500 500 50 10 1 1 Shape cylindrical square rectangle cylindrical cylindrical cylindrical rectangle rectangle cylindrical and square rectangle Cover rubber stopper open top open top open top screw top for Cat. No. 6453 open top plastic cover Dimensions 0.4 in (11 mm) 0.4 x 0.4 in (10 x 10 mm) 0.4 x 1.9 in (10 x 50 mm) 0.4 in (11 mm) 0.4 in (11 mm) 0.4 in (11 mm) 0.4 x 1.9 in (10 x 50 mm) 0.4 x 1.9 in (10 x 50 mm) 0.4 x 0.4 and 0.4 in (10 x 10 and 11 mm) 0.4 x 1.9 in (10 x 50 mm) 137 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Technical Service 6453 9556 9559 9507 9555 9542 Y1 to Y7 GY1 to GY7 BY1 to BY7 B1 to B9 R1 to R7 Physical Properties Ordering Information Range 0 to 120 0 to 7 0 to 1000 0 to 18 0 to 5 0 to 150 0 to 120 0 to 12 0 to 70 0 to 12 0 to 500 0 to 150 0 to 1 Liquid Color Transmission Lovibond 5¼" Lovibond 5¼" Lovibond 1" Lovibond 1" Hess-Ives Standard Tristimulus Chromaticity Coordinates CIELab values European Pharmacopoeia Cuvette (mm) 10, 11 50 10, 11, 50 10, 11 50 10, 11, 50 10, 11, 50 10, 11, 50 10, 11, 50 10, 11, 50 10, 11, 50 10, 11, 50 10, 11, 50 Appearance For color measurement of liquids square, rectangle and cylindrical cuvettes can be used. Both precision as well as inexpensive disposable tubes are available. The precision cuvettes ensure reproducible results – even for critical solutions as clear as water. For daily QC disposable cuvettes save time and money. Accessories addista® – color Standards To meet the requirements of ISO 9000 the performance of the instrument should be tested periodically. Therefore, a certified set of 6 standard liquids is recommended, containing Gardner and Hazen color numbers. To ensure long-term stability, the bottles should be stored in a dark and cool environment. They expire three months after being opened. Ordering Information Cat. No. 9532 Description addista® – color standards Verification Kit For more detailed quality control of the instrument a Verification Kit is available which consists of four precision glass filters. The filters come with a certificate including target values and can be used to check for stray light, photometric and wavelength accuracy. When results exceed allowable tolerance, please contact your local service office. Ordering Information Cat. No. 9575 9582 Description Verification Kit, LCS III – IV Verification Kit, LCM III – IV Power Supply Tungsten Halogen Lamp Both the LCM/LCS III and LCM/LCS IV are powered by an external power supply. Additionally, the LCM III can be used as a truly portable device with the optional rechargeable lithium-ion battery. The external power supply acts as the charger. The LCM III and LCS III use a tungsten lamp with an expected lifetime of 2000 hours. It can easily be replaced by the user. Ordering Information Cat. No. 9576 Cat. No. 9581 9577 138 Description Li-Ion Battery , LCM III Power Supply, LCM/LCS III Ordering Information Description Halogen Lamp, LCM/LCS III – IV BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Thermostat Heater Block Highly viscous liquids should be preheated in the heater block. The temperature can be set from 37 °C to 148 °C (99 °F to 298 °F). Only cylindrical tubes can be used. The illuminated LC display ensures easy-to-read results and operator guidance. Appearance Ordering Information Cat. No. 9511 Description Thermostat Heater Block Air Filter Pad The portable thermo printer allows documentation of measurement results. The LCS III is equipped with an air filter to cool the instrument during operation. The pad should be inspected regularly every 3 months. Typically it needs to be replaced 1 - 2 times per year. Ordering Information Cat. No. 9563 9564 Description Thermo Printer, 115 V Thermo Printer, 230 V Ordering Information Cat. No. 9573* Liquid Color Portable Printer Description Air Filter Pad for LCS III *Note: Not needed for LCM III and LCM/LCS IV Physical Properties Technical Service 139 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Colors appear differently under different lighting conditions. Use of a light booth to simulate different lighting conditions helps to obtain objective color assessment, improves communication and reduces product rejections. BYK-Gardner offers a complete line of light booths which allow you to see what your product will look like – independent of location and environmental influences. byko-spectra For critical color evaluation the byko-spectra light booth offers every option and feature that is needed to evaluate and communicate color with absolute confidence. ■ Comparison of standard and sample in a color-neutral environment ■ Five different controlled light sources: Daylight D65 Incandescent light A Department store light CWF and TL84 Ultra-violet light UV ■ Viewing under ultraviolet light to detect and evaluate optical brighteners or fluorescent pigments ■ No warm-up time or flickering which ensures quick and reliable color judgement ■ Automatic light source sequencing to standardize testing procedures ■ ColorGuard II timing center tracks light source usage and indicates when to replace the lamps ■ Diffusing panel to eliminate direct reflection ■ Comfortable testing of large samples in a compact design – for laboratory and production Ordering Information Cat. No. 6047 6046 Description byko-spectra 230 V byko-spectra 115 V Comes complete with: byko-spectra light booth 5 light sources: D65, A, CWF, TL84, UV Certificate Operating instructions Ordering Information Cat. No. 6048 6065 6057 Description Lamp Kit, certified for 6046/6047 Lamp Kit for 6046/6047 ISO Panel Set for 6046/6047 Standards ASTM ISO D 1729 3668 (accessory required) ed Certifi Please refer to section Preventive Maintenance Technical Specifications Voltage 230 V, 50/60 Hz 115 V, 50/60 Hz Dimensions Viewing Area Weight Accessories Voltage 230 / 115 V 230 / 115 V D65 A CWF TL84 X X X X X X X X 65 x 76 x 55 cm (25.5 x 30 x 21.5 in) 48 x 71 x 51 cm (19 x 28 x 20 in) 32 kg (70 lbs) UV X X D65 X X UV X X A X X CWF X X TL84 X X Note: We recommend to replace the lamps every 2500 hours. 140 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com byko-spectra lite Appearance Standards ASTM ISO D 1729 3668 (accessory required) Certifi Ordering Information Description byko-spectra lite 230 V byko-spectra lite 115 V Comes complete with: byko-spectra lite 5 light sources: D65, A, CWF, TL84, UV Certificate Operating instructions Ordering Information Cat. No. 6062 6063 6064 Description Lamp Kit for 6060/6061 Lamp Kit, certified for 6060/6061 ISO Panel Set for 6060/6061 Please refer to section Preventive Maintenance Technical Specifications Voltage 230 V, 50/60 Hz 115 V, 50/60 Hz Dimensions Viewing Area Weight Accessories Voltage 230 / 115 V 230 / 115 V D65 A CWF TL84 X X X X X X X X 49 x 67 x 48 cm (19.5 x 26 x 19 in) 36 x 61 x 41 cm (14 x 24 x 16 in) 18 kg (39 lbs) UV X X D65 X X UV X X A X X CWF X X TL84 X X 141 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Technical Service Note: We recommend to replace the lamps every 2500 hours. Physical Properties Cat. No. 6061 6060 ed Light Booths Color For critical color evaluation the byko-spectra lite light booth offers the required options and features that is needed to evaluate and communicate color with absolute confidence. ■ Comparison of standard and sample in a color-neutral environment Five different controlled light sources: Daylight D65 Incandescent light A Department store light CWF and TL84 Ultra-violet light UV ■ Viewing under ultraviolet light to detect and evaluate optical brighteners or fluorescent pigments ■ Automatic light source sequencing to standardize testing procedures ■ Timer to track the daylight source usage and to indicate when to replace the lamps ■ Can be set up in minutes without any tools ■ Comfortable testing in a compact design – for laboratory and production byko-spectra basic For general color evaluation under defined lighting conditions the byko-spectra basic light booth offers the following benefits: ■ Comparison of standard and sample in a color-neutral environment ■ Three different controlled light sources: Daylight D65 Incandescent light A Department store light CWF or TL84 ■ Easy to operate by using individual switches for each light source ■ Can be set up in minutes without any tools ■ Economical testing of large samples in a compact design – for laboratory and production Standards ASTM ISO D 1729 3668 (accessory required) d e Certifi Please refer to section Preventive Maintenance Ordering Information Technical Specifications 6051 6053 115 V, 50/60 Hz X X 115 V, 50/60 Hz X X Dimensions 48 x 67 x 42 cm (19 x 26.5 x 16.5 in) Viewing Area 37 x 60 x 33 cm (15 x 24 x 13 in) Weight 14 kg (30 lbs) Cat. No. 6054 6052 Description byko-spectra basic, TL84, 230 V byko-spectra basic, CWF, 230 V byko-spectra basic, CWF, 115 V byko-spectra basic, TL84, 115 V Comes complete with: byko-spectra basic light booth 3 light sources: D65, A, CWF or TL84 Certificate Operating instructions Ordering Information Cat. No. 6055 6056 6070 6071 6058 Description Lamp Kit for 6051/6052 Lamp Kit for 6053/6054 Lamp Kit, certified for 6051/6052 Lamp Kit, certified for 6053/6054 ISO Panel Set for 6051 - 6054 Voltage 230 V, 50/60 Hz 230 V, 50/60 Hz Accessories Voltage 230 / 115 V 230 / 115 V 230 / 115 V 230 / 115 V D65 X X D65 X X X X A X X A X X X X CWF X X CWF X X TL84 X X TL84 X X Note: We recommend to replace the lamps every 2500 hours. 142 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com byko-spectra mini For general color evaluation of small samples the byko-spectra mini light booth offers the following benefits: Appearance ■ Comparison of standard and sample in a color-neutral environment ■ Three different controlled light sources: Daylight D65 Incandescent light A Department store light CWF or TL84 ■ Easy to operate by using individual switches for each light source ■ Can be set up in minutes without any tools ■ Economical testing of small samples in a compact design – for laboratory and production ASTM ISO Light Booths Color Standards D 1729 3668 (accessory required) Certifi ed Please refer to section Preventive Maintenance Technical Specifications 6040 6042 115 V, 50/ 60 Hz X X 115 V, 50/ 60 Hz X X Dimensions 46 x 52 x 34 cm (18 x 20.5 x 13.25 in) Viewing Area 33 x 46 x 25 cm (13 x 18 x 10 in) Weight 10 kg (22 lbs) Cat. No. 6043 6041 Description byko-spectra mini, TL84, 230 V byko-spectra mini, CWF, 230 V byko-spectra mini, CWF, 115 V byko-spectra mini, TL84, 115 V Comes complete with: byko-spectra mini light booth 3 light sources: D65, A, CWF or TL84 Certificate Operating instructions Ordering Information Description Lamp Kit for 6043 Lamp Kit for 6041 Lamp Kit for 6042 Lamp Kit for 6040 Lamp Kit, certified for 6043 Lamp Kit, certified for 6041 Lamp Kit, certified for 6042 Lamp Kit, certified for 6040 ISO Panel Set for 6040 - 6043 Accessories Voltage 230 V 230 V 115 V 115 V 230 V 230 V 115 V 115 V D65 X X D65 X X X X X X X X A X X A X X X X X X X X CWF X X CWF X X X X TL84 X X TL84 X X X X Technical Service Cat. No. 6045 6044 6050 6049 6067 6066 6069 6068 6059 Voltage 230 V, 50/ 60 Hz 230 V, 50/ 60 Hz Physical Properties Ordering Information Note: We recommend to replace the lamps every 2500 hours. 143 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Effect finish appearance is influenced by different viewing angles and viewing conditions. With BYK-Gardner’s new byko-spectra effect light booth, it is now possible to control both parameters to ensure objective evaluation of the total color impression of effect finishes. This helps to improve communication and reduce product rejections. byko-spectra effect For objective evaluation of color under different viewing angles, and flake characterization under different illumination conditions, the new byko-spectra effect light booth offers the following advantages: ■ Comparison of standard and sample under direct illumination in a black environment ■ Color evaluation for daylight under 6 defined viewing angles: A tiltable sample table allows the samples to be presented at the following angles:-15°/15°/25°/45°/75°/110°. The illumination system also pivots, ensuring excellent agreement with the measurement results of multi-angle color instruments. ■ Sparkle evaluation under 15°, 45° and 75° direct illumination: Three individual LED sets simulate the impression of direct sunlight. The LED light sources are guaranteed for 10 years. ■ No warm-up or flickering – quick and reliable color and effect judgement is ensured ■ Timer to track daylight lamp usage and indicate when to replace the tube ■ Dimmable sparkle illumination to adjust for different sample lightness Ordering Information Cat. No. 6027 For information on objective measurements of effect finishes see BYK-mac i. Technical Specifications Comes complete with: byko-spectra effect light booth Operating instructions Voltage 115 / 230 V, 50 / 60 Hz Dimensions Light Booth 121 x 80 x 76 cm (47.7 x 31.7 x 29.9 in) Dimensions Sample Table 32 x 60 cm (12.6 x 23.6 in) Weight 58.8 kg (127.2 lbs) Ordering Information Accessories Cat. No. 6026 144 Description byko-spectra effect Info! Description Daylight Tube, byko-spectra effect Replacement is recommended after750 hours BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Appearance Color Physical Properties PHYSICAL PROPERTIES Technical Service Index PHYSICAL PROPERTIES Abrasion147 Adhesion155 New! Application165 191 New! Balances byko-visc Premium Conductivity196 Density197 New! Dispersion / Grind gages199 Drying Time201 Film Thickness203 Hardness217 New! Impact / Flexibility223 Microscopes239 243 New! Surface Tension Temperature245 Viscosity259 New! 146 PocketGoniometer PGX+ temp-gard byko-visc DS BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Introduction Abrasion Appearance Coated and uncoated surfaces need to be tested for resistance to abrasion caused by a brush, sponge, scouring pad, sand paper, and other means. Abrasion Scrub Testers are also used to test the washability of coatings and other surfaces. International specifications describe various testing procedures for specific application: DIN ISO Methods The Standards EN ISO 11998 and DIN EN 13300 (replaced DIN 53778) describe procedures to evaluate the resistance of coatings against abrasion by cleaning or scrubbing the surface. The coating is applied on a foil and dried under standard conditions. In order to describe the cleanability, defined pollutions are applied onto the surface before starting the test. DIN EN 13300 This standard describes the various testing methods for waterborne coating materials and coating systems for interior walls and ceilings. One quality criterion mentioned is the wet-abrasion resistance tested in accordance to EN ISO 11998. Additionally, a rating scale dependent on the amount of abrasion is used for final classification. Physical Properties Abrasion ISO 11998 The ISO test method describes a short version of the scrub abrasion test. This test uses "3M Scotch Brite 7448" pads and the washing liquid is manually applied before starting the test. The test is finished for evaluation after 200 scrub-cycles. The evaluation of the wash/scrub resistance is done by calculating the loss of mass. Color DIN 53 778 (*withdrawn 08/2007): Dispersion Paints Cleanability: Test area should be free of pollutions. Wash resistance: Evaluation after 1000 scrub cycles Scrub resistance: Evaluation after 5000 scrub cycles The test is performed wet using a hog bristle brush and a pump to apply the washing liquid. The evaluation is done visually. ABRASION Technical Service 147 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com ASTM Methods The Wet Abrasion Scrub Tester is designed to comply with four ASTM methods. ASTM D 2486 The scrub resistance of interior wall paint is the primary purpose of this method. The paint is applied to a black plastic panel and allowed to cure. The panel is scrubbed with a nylon bristle brush until failure occurs. An abrasive scrub media is used to accelerate the test. ASTM D 3450 This test method determines the ease of removing soilant discoloration from interior coatings. The coating is drawdown on a black plastic panel and allowed to dry for seven days. A specified soilant medium is applied. The coating is scrubbed with an abrasive or non-abrasive media using a cellulosic type sponge for 100 cycles. The soilant removal is assessed by measuring the CIE Y reflectance before and after the test. ASTM D 4213 The purpose of this method is to measure scrub resistance. The primary differences from ASTM D 2486 method are: The scrub resistance is determined by weight loss of the paint film relative to a standard calibration panel. The test panel and calibration panel are scrubbed simultaneously. The scrubbing device is a Scotch-Brite™7448 abrasive pad. Standards ASTM ISO DIN EN Canadian Government Specification Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Specification US Federal Specification FTMS US Military Specification US Navy Specification Rock Island Arsenal Specification Master Painter Institute D1792, D2198, D2486, D3206, D3207, D3450, D4213, D4488, D4828, D6736 11998 53778, 13300 26-GP-3a W-4 P-C-431a, P-D-220A, P-R-201b, P-W-155, T-1279D, TT-P-18, TT-P-22, TT-P-23a, TT-P-26a, TT-P-29B, TT-P-30, TT-P-47a, TT-P-51d, TT-P-88a, TT-P-508 141A, 6141, 6142 MIL-C-3004, MIL-C-46057, MIL-E-11237, MIL-P-13340A, MIL-P-15422B 512C20C RIX-268 MPI 138 ASTM D 4828 This test method determines the relative ease of removing soil and stains from interior coatings. The coating is applied to a black plastic panel and dried for seven days. The soilant can be user defined or the soilant described in ASTM D 3450 can also be used. A user defined liquid or powder cleaner is applied. The panel is scrubbed 100 cycles with a sponge. The soilant removal is assessed using gloss or color measurement. 148 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Gardner-scrub Appearance Abrasion Scrub and Washability Tester Coated and uncoated surfaces need to be tested for resistance to abrasion caused by a brush, sponge, scouring pad, sand paper, and other means. Abrasion resistance can be tested by wet abrasion methods using scrub media or cleaning solutions. The most common applications are testing the scrub resistance of interior wall paints, floor tiles, shower stalls, and furniture surfaces. The abrasion tester can examine the washability of a coated surface for the removal of stains. Detergents and cleaning solutions can be tested and evaluated in a reproducible manner. Gardner-scrub Abrasion Tester Physical Properties Abrasion ■ Reciprocating linear motion with a constant speed over the travel distance for repeatable results ■ Compact design saves on counter space ■ Easy to use touch screen display ■ Instrument arm holds up to 3 brush or pad holders to increase output ■ User selectable scrub rate from 6 - 60 cycle/minute ■ Compliant with ASTM, DIN, and ISO methods with appropriate accessories ■ Up to 4 kg (8.8 lbs) can be applied to the instrument arm ■ Adjustable stroke length 22.9 - 27.9 cm (9 - 11 in.) ■ Optional weights for custom applications Color The Gardner-scrub abrasion tester offers a versatile design for abrasion and washability testing applications. The instrument arm is designed to hold from 1 - 3 brush holders or ISO pad holders. A large selection of accessories are available to customize your test requirements. An intuitive touch screen operation makes it easy to change test parameters. The Gardner-scrub has a durable chain drive mechanism for long-term reliable operation. Gardner-scrub touchscreen display Technical Service Gardner-scrub three brush configuration with Lilly Frame 149 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Gardner-scrub Ordering Information Cat. No. 5060 5061 Description Gardner-scrub, base Gardner-scrub, ASTM D2486 5062 Gardner-scrub, DIN 53778 5063 Gardner-scrub, ISO 11998 Technical Specifications Comes complete with: Gardner-scrub, base Instrument, Sample pan (5041), Scrub panels (5015) Power supply, Manual Gardner-scrub, ASTM D2486 Base model (5060), 1-Brush holder w/mat (5074), Nylon brush (5011), Lilly frame (5038), Brass shim (6979), Glass plate (6980), Scrub panels (5015) Gardner-scrub, DIN 53778 Base model (5060), 1-Brush holder w/mat (5075), Hog brush (5010), Liquid metering system (5037), Glass plate (6980), Scrub panels (5015) Gardner-scrub, ISO 11998 Base model (5060), 1-Pad holder (5076), ISO Arm adapter (5059), Scotch brite pads (5012), Glass plate (6980), Scrub panels (5015) Comes with Instrument, Sample pan (5041), Scrub panels (5015) Power supply, Manual Base model (5060), 1-Brush holder w/mat (5074), Nylon brush (5011), Lilly frame (5038), Brass shim (6979), Glass plate (6980), Scrub panels (5015) Base model (5060), 1-Brush holder w/mat (5075), Hog Brush (5010), Liquid metering system (5037), Glass plate (6980), Scrub panels (5015) Base model (5060), 1-Pad holder (5076), Scotch brite pads (5012), 1-ISO Arm adapter (5059), Glass plate (6980), Scrub panels (5015) Voltage 100 - 240 V, 50/60 Hz Dimensions 48.3 x 27.9 x 19.1 cm (19 x 11 x 7.5 in.) Weight 14.5 kg (32 lbs) Scrub Rate 6 - 60 cycles/minute Stroke Length 25.4 cm (10 inch) standard setting* 22.9 cm (9 inch), 27.9 cm (11 inch) optional settings* *Note: Stroke length is measured from the center brush location. To measure the stroke length from the brush end, add 8.9 cm (3.5 inches) to the center stroke length. The optional stroke lengths must be set by instrument supplier. Note: For two or three brush/pad operation additional accessories must be ordered separately. Brush Holder Pad Holder Nylon Brush ISO Arm Adapter Scotch Brite Pad Mat Brass Shim ISO Method Accessories Lilly Frame Glass Plate ASTM D 2486 Accessories 150 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Gardner-scrub Accessories Appearance Cat. No. 5064 Description Accessory Kit, ASTM D 2486 Accessories 5065 Accessory Kit, ISO 11998 5066 Accessory Kit, DIN 53778 5067 Accessory Kit, ASTM D 4213 5068 5069 Accessory Kit, ASTM D 4828 Accessory Kit, ASTM D 3450 5074 5075 6979 5011 5010 5038 5037 5093 5012 5076 5059 Brush Holder and Mat, ASTM Brush Holder and Mat, DIN Brass Shim Nylon Brush Hog Bristle Brush, DIN Lilly Frame Liquid Metering System Holding Clamp/Burette Assembly Scotch Brite Pads (pk of 50) ISO Pad Holder ISO Arm Adapter Includes: 1-Pad holder (5076), ISO Arm adapter (5059), Scotch brite pads (pk of 50) (5012), Glass plate (6980) Includes: DIN Brush holder & mat (5075), Hog bristle brush (5010), Liquid metering system (5037), Glass plate (6980) Includes: Sponge holder 450g (5072), Polyurethane sponge (5071), Scotch brite pad (5070), Lilly frame (5038), Glass plate (6980) Includes: Sponge holder 1000g (5073), Sponge (8116), Glass plate (6980) Includes: Sponge holder 1000g (5073), Weight 500g (5078), Sponge (8116), Glass plate (6980) Needed for ASTM D 2486, Dimensions: 1.5 x 3.5 inches (38.1 x 88.9 mm) Needed for DIN 53778 Needed for ASTM D 2486 Needed for ASTM D 2486 Needed for DIN 53778 Needed for ASTM D 2486; Designed for 1, 2, or 3 brush operation Needed for DIN 53778 Additional Liquid Metering System assembly needed for 2 or 3 DIN brush operation Needed for ISO 11998 Needed for ISO 11998 Needed for ISO 11998, can hold up to 3 pad holders (5076) Information Includes: ASTM brush holder & mat (5074), Nylon brush (5011), Lilly frame (5038), Brass shim (6979), Glass plate (6980) 151 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Technical Service Ordering Information Physical Properties Abrasion Sponge Holder (5073) and Sponge (8116) for ASTM D3450 and D4828 Color DIN Brush Holder (5075) and DIN Brush (5010) Gardner-scrub Accessories 1000 Gram Weight (5073) and 500 Gram Weight (5078) Sand Paper Holder Weight (8118) and Sandpaper Holder (5058) Ordering Information Cat. No. 5072 Description Sponge Holder, 450g Accessories 5073 Sponge Holder, 1000g 5078 5079 8116 Weight, 500g* Weight, 1000g* Needed for ASTM D3450, D4828. Dimensions: 3 x 3.75 x 1.0 inch (76.2 x 95.3 x 25.4 mm) Fits on top of Brush and Sponge holders Fits on top of Brush and Sponge holders 5077 5071 5070 Sponge, B, cellulosic (pack of 6) Sponge, Polyurethane (pack of 6) 6980 5041 8129 8130 5015 Scotch Brite Pad, ASTM Glass Plate Sample Pan Scrub Media, Abrasive 474 ml (1 pint) Scrub Media, Non-abrasive 474 ml (1 pint) byko-chart Black Scrub Panels, P121-10N 5016 8113 8111 8117 byko-chart White Scrub Panels, P122-10N Hog Bristle Brush, ANSI Hog Bristle Brush Sandpaper Attachment Kit 5058 Sandpaper Holder 8118 2230 Weight, for Sandpaper Holder Dow Latex Applicator Sponge, cellulosic (each) Information Needed for ASTM D 4213. Dimensions: 3.0 x 3.75 x 0.875 inch (76.2 x 95.3 x 22.2 mm) Needed for ASTM D3450, D4828, MPI#138. Dimensions: 3.0 x 3.75 x 1.5 inch (76.2 x 95.3 x 38.1 mm) Designed for Brush Holder 5074. Dimensions: 1.5 x 3.5 inch (38.1 x 88.9 mm) Needed for ASTM D4213. 3.0 x 3.75 inch (76.2 x 95.3 mm) Needed for ASTM D 4213. Dimensions: 3.0 x 3.75 inch (76.2 x 95.3 mm) Needed for ASTM, ISO, DIN methods Replacement; Comes standard with base model Needed for ASTM D 2486 Needed for ASTM D 3450 Box of 100; Needed for ASTM, DIN, and ISO methods, Dimensions: 165 x 432 x 0.25 mm (6.56 x 17 x 0.01 in.) Box of 100; Dimensions: 165 x 432 x 0.25 mm (6.56 x 17 x 0.01 in.) Perforated back for ANSI method Z 124.1; Fits brush holder 5074 & 5075 General use, 3.5 x 1.5 in. (8.9 x 3.8 cm); Fits brush holder 5074 & 5075 Meets method MIL-E-11237 specification; Includes Sandpaper holder, Rubber mat, 10 yards (914 cm) x 2 inch (5.1 cm) of 1/0 and 3/0 emory cloth. Designed to hold any flat, thin sheet or cloth-type material with a minimum size of 2 x 5 inch (50.8 x 127 mm). Weight: 1 lb (454 gm) Weight: 3.5 lbs (1.59 kg) Needed for ASTM D 2486. *Note: The weights can not be used with the brush holder (5074) and sponge B (5077) in combination. These weights are not designed for Sandpaper Holder (5058). 152 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Abrasion Scrub Tester Liquid solutions are pumped to the brush heads from the detachable container mounted to the side of the tester. The pump may be switched on or off during the course of testing, and the flow can be adjusted for precise dosing. Standards ASTM DIN EN ISO ANSI ECE D 2486, D 3450, D 4213, D 4828 53778, 13 300 11998 Z124.1.2 43 Color Ordering Information Appearance The Wet Abrasion Tester produces a repeatable, controlled condition to simulate everyday use or wear patterns. The abrasion tester can examine washability and related properties that affect the stain resistance of coatings. Detergent performance testing can also be determined in a reproducible manner. ■ Features two brush holders for side by side testing ■ Air cooled electric motor for maximum reliability ■ Peristaltic fluid pump – no reagent contamination (except for 5002, 5007) ■ Five digit preset counter – activates the machine for preset number of strokes, then switches off ■ Can be modified to meet DIN, ISO, or ASTM scrub abrasion and washability test methods Technical Specifications 5000 Abrasion Tester, DIN, 220V DIN 53778 Scrub Rate (cycles/minute) 36 - 38 5004 Abrasion Tester, DIN, 115V DIN 53778 36 - 38 5002 Abrasion Tester, ISO, 220V 36 - 38 5007 Abrasion Tester, ISO, 115V 5005 Abrasion Tester, ASTM D2486, 220V ISO 11998, DIN EN 13300 ISO 11998, DIN EN 13300 ASTM D 2486 5008 Abrasion Tester, ASTM D2486, 115V ASTM D 2486 36 - 38 5047 Abrasion Tester, ASTM D3450, 220V ASTM D 3450 36 - 38 5046 Abrasion Tester, ASTM D3450, 115V ASTM D 3450 36 - 38 5051 Abrasion Tester, ASTM D4213, 220V ASTM D 4213 36 - 38 5050 Abrasion Tester, ASTM D4213, 115V ASTM D 4213 36 - 38 5055 Abrasion Tester, ASTM D4828, 220V ASTM D 4828 36 - 38 5054 Abrasion Tester, ASTM D4828, 115V ASTM D 4828 36 - 38 Comes complete with: Abrasion Tester, 2 abrasive holders and 2 method specific abrasives, 100 scrub test panels, peristaltic fluid pump (excluded for 5002, 5007 models) Standard Dimensions Shipping Weight 36 - 38 36 - 38 Stroke Length Power Supply adjustable: 220V, 50 Hz 100 to 300 mm adjustable: 115V, 60 Hz 100 to 300 mm adjustable: 220V, 50 Hz 100 to 300 mm adjustable: 115V, 60 Hz 100 to 300 mm adjustable: 220V, 50 Hz 100 to 300 mm adjustable: 115V, 60 Hz 100 to 300 mm adjustable: 220V, 50 Hz 100 to 300 mm adjustable: 115V, 60 Hz 100 to 300 mm adjustable: 220V, 50 Hz 100 to 300 mm adjustable: 115V, 60 Hz 100 to 300 mm adjustable: 220V, 50 Hz 100 to 300 mm adjustable: 115V, 60 Hz 100 to 300 mm 660 x 480 x 420 mm (26 x 19 x 16.5 in) 32 kg (70.5 lbs) 153 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Technical Service Description Physical Properties Abrasion Cat. No. Abrasion Scrub Tester Accessories Ordering Information Cat. No. 5001 5003 5006 5048 5052 5056 5010 5011 5012 5017 5016 Description Modification Kit ASTM D2486 Modification Kit ISO Modification Kit DIN Modification Kit ASTM D3450 Modification Kit ASTM D4213 Modification Kit ASTM D4828 DIN Brush ASTM D2486 Brush ISO Pad Brass Shims ASTM D2486 White Scrub Panel P122-10N 5015 Black Scrub Panel P121-10N 8129 8130 5049 5053 5057 5094 Scrub Medium ASTM D2486 Scrub Medium ASTM D3450 Sponges ASTM D3450 Sponges ASTM D4213 Sponges ASTM D4828 Wiper Method Accessory Kit Accessories Carriage assembly for ASTM D 2486, includes 2 brushes Carriage assembly for ISO 11998, includes 2 abrasive pads Carriage assembly for DIN 53778, includes 2 brushes Carriage assembly for ASTM D 3450, includes 2 sponges Carriage assembly for ASTM D 4213, includes 2 abrasive pads Carriage Assembly for ASTM D 4828, includes 2 sponges Meets DIN 53778; Dimensions: 38 x 89 mm (1.5 x 3.5 in) Meets ASTM D 2486; Dimensions: 38 x 89 mm (1.5 x 3.5 in) Meets ISO 11998; Pack of 50 pads 2 pieces required for ASTM D 2486. For ISO and ASTM Methods; Pack of 100 plastic white scrub test panels; Dimensions: 165 x 432 x 0.25 mm (6.5 in x 17 in x 10 mils) For ASTM Methods; Pack of 100 plastic black scrub test panels; Dimensions: 165 x 432 x 0.25 mm (6.5 in x 17 in x 10 mils) For ASTM D 2486 For ASTM D 3450 Pack of 12, for ASTM method D 3450 Pack of 12, for ASTM method D 4213 Pack of 12, for ASTM method D 4828 For ECE 43 standard: 2-Acrylic boxes, 2-Distance plates 2mm, 2-Distance plates 4mm, 2-Wiper holders, 2-Wiper counter holders New! Wiper Method Accessory Kit (5094) 154 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Introduction Adhesion Appearance In order to perform satisfactorily, coatings must adhere to the substrates on which they are applied. In practice, three different test procedures are used to assess the resistance of paints and coatings to separation from substrates: Cross-Cut Test This test method specifies a procedure for assessing the resistance of paints and coatings to separation from substrates when a rightangle lattice pattern is cut into the coating, penetrating through to the substrate. The method may be used for a quick pass/fail test. When applied to a multi-coat system, assessment of the resistance to separation of individual layers of the coating from each other may be made. Color Scrape Adhesion This test method covers the determination of the adhesion of organic coatings such as paint, varnish, and lacquer when applied to smooth, flat (planar) panel surfaces. It has been found useful in providing relative ratings for a series of coated panels exhibiting significant differences in adhesion. Pull-Off Test Physical Properties Adhesion The materials under test are applied at uniform thickness to flat panels, usually sheet metal of uniform surface texture. After drying, the adhesion is determined by pushing the panels beneath a rounded stylus or loop that is loaded with increasing amounts of weight until the coating is removed from the substrate surface. ADHESION 155 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Technical Service Adhesion of a single coating or a multi-coat system of paint, varnish or related products is assessed by measuring the minimum tensile stress necessary to detach or rupture the coating in a direction perpendicular to the substrate. This method maximizes tensile stress as compared to the shear stress applied by other methods such as scratch adhesion and results may not be comparable. The test is performed by securing a loading fixture (dolly) perpendicular to the surface of the coating with an adhesive. After the adhesive is cured, a testing apparatus is attached to the loading fixture and aligned to apply tension perpendicular to the test surface. The force applied is gradually increased and monitored until either a plug of coating material is detached, or a specified value is reached. The cross-cut test is a simple and easily practicable method for evaluating the adhesion of single- or multi-coat systems. Procedure ■ Make a lattice pattern in the film with the appropriate tool, cutting to the substrate ■ Brush in diagonal direction 5 times each, using a brush pen or tape over the cut and remove with Permacel tape ■ Examine the grid area using an illuminated magnifier Cross-Cut Results Adhesion is rated in accordance with the scale below. ■ ISO Class.: 2 / ASTM Class.: 3 B The coating has flaked along the edges and/or at the intersections of the cuts. A cross-cut area significantly greater than 5 %, but not significantly greater than 15 %, is affected. ■ ISO Class.: 0 / ASTM Class.: 5 B The edges of the cuts are completely smooth; none of the squares of the lattice is detached. ■ ISO Class.: 3 / ASTM Class.: 2 B The coating has flaked along the edges of the cuts partly or wholly in large ribbons, and/or it has flaked partly or wholly on different parts of the squares. A cross-cut area significantly greater than 15 %, but not significantly greater than 35 %, is affected. ■ ISO Class.: 1 / ASTM Class.: 4 B Detachment of small flakes of the coating at the intersections of the cuts. A cross-cut area not significantly greater than 5 % is affected. ■ ISO Class.: 4 / ASTM Class.: 1 B The coating has flaked along the edges of the cuts in large ribbons and/or some squares have detached partly or wholly. A cross-cut area significantly greater than 35 %, but not significantly greater than 65 %, is affected. Standard ASTM ISO 156 D 3002 D 3359 2409 ■ ISO Class.: 5 / ASTM Class.: 0 B Any degree of flaking that cannot even be classified by classification 4. BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Cross-Cut Tester Kit Crosshatch Adhesion Kit ASTM method D3359 requires 11 cut lines for 1 mm cutter: 1 mm cutter for films up to 50 µm (2 mils) thick 2 mm cutter for films between 50-125 µm (2 - 5 mils) thick Ordering Information Description 5120 5122 5125 5126 5128 5123 Cross-Cut Kit 6, 6-edges 1 mm Cross-Cut Kit 6, 6-edges 2 mm Cross-Cut Kit 6, 1-edge 1 mm Cross-Cut Kit 6, 1-edge 2 mm Cross-Cut Kit 6, 1-edge 3 mm 5127 5121 5124 Cross-Cut Kit 11, 1-edge 1 mm Cross-Cut Kit 11, 1-edge 1.5 mm Cross-Cut Kit 11, 6-edges 1.5 mm Cross-Cut Kit 6, 1-edge 2 mm ISO DIN D 3002, D 3359 Method B 2409 927-3 Technical Specifications Standard DIN / ISO DIN / ISO DIN / ISO DIN / ISO DIN / ISO ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM No. Of Teeth 6 6 6 6 6 11 11 11 6 No. Of Cutting Edges 6 6 1 1 1 Cutter Hex Wrench Spacing included 1 mm (0.04 in) -2 mm (0.08 in) -1 mm (0.04 in) yes 2 mm (0.08 in) yes 3 mm (0.12 in) yes 1 1 mm (0.04 in) 1 1.5 mm (0.06 in) 6 1.5 mm (0.06 in) 1 2 mm (0.08 in) yes yes -yes Cross-Cut Tester Kit made of high alloy steel 157 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Technical Service Comes complete with: Cross-Cut Tester kit with blade Hex wrench for changing blades Magnifier Cleaning brush Plastic carrying case Operating instructions One roll of adhesive tape in accordance with the standard ASTM Physical Properties Adhesion Cat. No. Standards Color ISO standards prescribe that the number of cuts shall be 6, and that the cut in each direction must be according to the film thickness and type of coating used as shown below: 0 - 60 µm 1 mm space for hard substrates (metal) 0 - 60 µm 2 mm space for soft substrates (plastic) 61 - 120 µm 2 mm space for hard or soft substrates 121 - 250 µm 3 mm space for hard or soft substrates Appearance This method is used for determining the parallel groove paint adhesion of one or many layers on a substrate, generally a metal panel. Cross-Cut Tester Kits are available in 2 different crosscut blade versions, one is a multi-cut blade with 6 cutting edges, the other version has one cutting edge. The Cross Cut blades are made of hardened steel alloy and are designed for retaining a sharp cutting edge to reduce the frequency of blade replacement. 1 cutting edge 6 cutting edges Ordering Information Accessories Cat. No. Description Standard Cross-Cut Blade 6, 6-edges 1 mm for Cat. No 5120 5132 5134 Cross-Cut Blade 6, 6-edges 2 mm 5122 DIN / ISO 6 6 3425 Cross-Cut Blade 6, 1-edge 1 mm 5125 DIN / ISO 6 1 5129 Cross-Cut Blade 6, 1-edge 3 mm 5128 DIN / ISO 6 1 3426 Cross-Cut Blade 6, 1-edge 2 mm 1 Cross-Cut Blade 11, 1-edge 1 mm DIN / ISO ASTM 6 3429 5126 5124 ASTM 11 1 3424 Cross-Cut Blade 11, 1-edge 1.5 mm 5127 ASTM 11 1 5133 Cross-Cut Blade 11, 6-edges 1.5 mm 5121 ASTM 11 6 5135 5136 5137 8660 Brush Magnifier Adhesive Tape for DIN/ISO Adhesive Tape for ASTM 5123 Spare brush for cross-cut tester kits Spare magnifier for cross-cut tester kits, 3x - 6x magnification Tesapack 4124, 50 mm x 66 m IPG 51596, 1 in x 72 yds Info! Universal paint inspection: – Film thickness – Indentation hardness – Adhesion see byko-cut universal in Film Thickness section 158 No. Of No. Of Cutting Teeths Cutting Edges DIN / ISO 6 6 Cutter Spacing 1 mm (0.04 in) 2 mm (0.08 in) 1 mm (0.04 in) 3 mm (0.12 in) 2 mm (0.08 in) 1 mm (0.04 in) 1.5 mm (0.06 in) 1.5 mm (0.06 in) Info! For more information about how to evaluate test results with the new Digital Pocket Microscope, see DPM 300 in the Microscope section BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Hoffman Scratch Hardness Tester The Hoffman Scratch Hardness Tester was developed for the comparative evaluation of scratch resistance and adhesion of many types of coatings. ■ Simple pocket size tester ■ Ideal for field use and demonstrations This instrument consists of a four-wheeled carriage, a scale arm graduated from 0-20 that is attached permanently to the carriage in a counterpoised condition about the pivot axis, and a scratch tool with a sharp circular rim mounted at 45° to the flat test surface. Standards GE Aircarft Engine Group Spec. Naval Lab Spec. Appearance Scrape Adhesion Test E50TF61-S1 WS12858 Part 4.5.5 Hardness Procedure Color To operate, attach riders to the scale arm at the numbered positions. The carriage is held down firmly by hand and moved in the opposite direction, to cause a trailing scratch. The large standard rider loads 100 g per division, while the small rider loads 25 g per division. This small rider may be used for making low-range measurements involving small increments of pressure, or it may serve as a vernier with the large rider in making more precise medium-range measurements. Physical Properties Adhesion Scratch Hardness The force necessary to cut through the film to the substrate. Adhesion The force required to scrape a path through the film, when the stylus begins its motion on an uncoated portion of the panel. Ordering Information Cat. No. 1610 Description Hoffman Scratch Tester Technical Specifications Dimensions 28 x 3.8 x 2.5 cm (11 x 1.5 x 1 in) Net Weight 0.7 kg (1.5 lbs) Shipping Weight 1.8 kg (4 lbs) Technical Service Comes complete with: One large standard rider One small rider and one extra scratching tool Carrying case Operating instructions Ordering Information Cat. No. 1611 1612 Description Scratching Tool Large Rider 100g 1613 Small Rider 25g Accessories Replacement Equipped with friction clip for extending upper range of the Hoffman Scratch Hardness Tester Equipped with friction clip for improving precision in all ranges of the Hoffman Scratch Hardness Tester 159 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Balanced Beam Scrape Adhesion and Mar Tester Used to perform scrape adhesion and mar resistance (scratch hardness) tests of coatings and surfaces of various materials. ■ For differentiating the degree of adhesion of coatings to substrates ■ Provides relative ratings for a series of coated panels This instrument consists of a pivoted beam with a 45° stylus holder, weight post and holder for supporting the total test load mounted on one end. On the other end of the beam is a counterweight. A cam is rotated to lower and raise the stylus and a sample bed mounted on ball bearings is used to move the test panel against the stationary stylus. Scrape Adhesion Test The stylus used for scrape adhesion is a 1.6 mm (0.0625 inch) drill rod, bent to a 180° loop with 6.5 mm (0.256 inch) OD, hardened, buffed and chrome plated. Supplied with the tester is a set of twelve slotted weights with storage rack. In the adhesion test, weights are applied in 0.5 kg increments to a maximum of 10 kg. Mar Resistance Test By moving a free edge of the test film against the needle under a variable load expressed in grams, mar-resistance is determined as the minimum load in grams required to cut through the film to the substrate. In the mar (scratch resistance) test, weights can be applied in increments from 10 grams to a maximum of 12 kg. Standards ASTM FTMS General Electric Company Spec. Military Spec. Ordering Information Cat. No. 5780 Description Balanced Beam Adhesion/Mar Tester D 2197, D 2248, D 2454, D 5178 141a, Method 6303.1 F50TF7-S1 MIL-P-7788H Technical Specifications Dimensions 203 x 610 x 381 mm (8 x 24 x 15 in) Net Weight 23.1 kg (51 lbs) Shipping Weight 25.9 kg (57 lbs) Comes complete with: Tester Loop stylus and needle stylus; Weight post and holder Weight rack and set of 12 weights: 1 x 10gm, 2 x 20gm; 1 x 50gm; 1 x 100gm; 2 x 200gm; 1 x 500gm; 1 x 1000gm; 2 x 2000gm; 1 x 5000gm; Operating instructions Ordering Information Cat. No. 5781 5782 5783 5784 5785 5786 1611 5787 6977 6972 6974 6976 160 Description Loop Stylus Needle Stylus Rod Stylus Ball Point 1/8 in Ball Point 1/16 in Spit stylus Hoffman Scratch Tool Stylus Holder Weight Set Weight 1000 gm Weight 2000 gm Weight 5000 gm Accessories Replacement; U shaped stylus Replacement needle stylus: 0.15 mm (0.006 inch) diameter Tungsten steel, 1.6 mm (0.064 inch) diameter 3.2 mm (1/8 inch) ball 1.6 mm (1/16 inch) ball Larger diameter needle stylus, 60° point, 1.9 mm (0.077 inch) diameter To perform the Hoffman scratch test Replacement Cylindrical steel rod Replacement; 1 x 10 gm; 2 x 20 gm; 1 x 50 gm; 1 x 100 gm; 2 x 200 gm; 1 x 500 gm Replacement; 1 x 1000 gm Replacement; 1 x 2000 gm Replacement; 1 x 5000 gm BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com PosiTest Family Pull-Off Adhesion Test Comes complete with: Adhesion Tester with digital display Hydraulic pump and actuator Aluminum test dollies (20 mm) Cutting tool for 20 mm dollies Adhesive, 1.5 meter (5 ft.) flexible hose Adhesive mixing sticks and palettes (5 each) 2-year warranty and carrying case USB Cable Certificate of calibration The automatic model has a electronically controlled hydraulic pump that applies continuous pressure. The pull-off rate is userselectable. Simple push button operation, eliminates the need to close values or reset scales. A rechargeable NiMH battery is built-in providing up to 200 tests per charge. A universal AC Adapter is supplied. The Model ATA-20 has a high resolution screen, a wireless connection to a smart device, and records the nature of the failure: cohesion, adhesion, or glue failure. Standards ASTM ISO D 4541, D 7234 4624, 16276-1 Technical Specifications Adhesion Strength Resolution 0-20 MPa (0-3000 psi) ± 0.01 MPa (± 1.0 psi) 0-20 MPa (0-3000 psi) ±0.01 MPa (±1.0 psi) Case Dimensions 43 x 33 x 15 cm (17 x 13 x 6 in) Unit Weight 5.5 kg (12 lbs) BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Dolly Size 20 mm 20 mm 161 Index Description PosiTest AT PosiTest ATA-20 PosiTest Model ATA-20 Technical Service Cat. No. 2201 5142 Model ATA-20 Physical Properties Adhesion Ordering Information Model AT Color There are two models available. The model AT-A Automatic Pull-Off Adhesion Tester and Model AT manual version. Both models have the following features: ■ Portable, hand-operated instrument can be used in any position and requires no external power source-ideal for the lab and on-site ■ Large scale reads clearly and easily in PSI and MPa ■ Inexpensive, single-use dollies eliminate the need for heating, cleaning, or brushing for re-use ■ Self-aligning dolly enables measurement on smooth or uneven surfaces without adversely affecting the test results. ■ Heavy-duty hydraulic pump with safety valve helps prevent damage to pressure system ■ Quick-coupling makes securing dollies in actuator simple, fast and trouble-free ■ Multi-purpose, high-tensile two-part adhesive suitable for use with a wide variety of coatings and coating thicknesses ■ Cutting tool for isolating test area is included ■ Coating adhesion tester pressure system is calibrated and certified to 1 % accuracy (full-scale) and comes with a two-year warranty ■ Internal memory stores up to 200 pulls. This includes maximum pull-off pressure, rate of pull, test duration, and dolly size ■ Optional PosiSoft software available to upload test results ■ USB Port PC interface ■ 10, 14, 20, and 50mm dollies to maximize the measurement resolution and test range Appearance The PosiTest pull-off adhesion testers measure paint adhesion on metal, wood and other rigid substrates. This easy-to-use, reliable and versatile instrument uses hydraulic pressure and a revolutionary self-aligning dolly to ensure uniform pull distribution over the surface being tested, preventing a one-sided pull-off. This is done using a ring of small ball bearings to engage the articulating dolly head. PosiTest AT Verifer Allows the user to verify the accuracy of PosiTest Adhesion Testers ■ High precision load cell and hand-held smart sensor ■ Fitted with a permanent 20 mm dolly ■ A conversion factor is used to verify the other dolly sizes ■ Portable – requires no external power supply ■ Comes with a NIST traceable certificate of calibration for load cell and smart sensor ■ Range 34.5 MPa (5,000 psi), accuracy ± 0.044 MPa (±6.33 psi) Dollies Several dolly sizes are available: 10, 14, 20, and 50 mm. The larger surface area dolly provides improved low range repeatibility. Dolly Size (mm) 10 14 20 50 Maximum Pull-off Pressure 70 MPa (10,000 psi) 40 MPa (6,000 psi) 20 MPa (3,000 psi) 3.5 MPa (500 psi) Self-aligning dolly Ordering Information Cat. No. 0032 0035 5138 0030 5139 0031 0033 0036 5141 162 Description Adhesive Kit Accessory Kit 50 mm Dolly Set 10 mm Dolly Set 20 mm Dolly Set 14 mm Dolly Set 50 mm Cutting Tool, 50mm Cutting Tool, 14mm PosiTest Verifier Kit Accessories Includes adhesive, mixing sticks, palettes, cotton swabs Includes 50 mm stand-off, hole saw, and test dollies (12) set of 10pcs set of 10pcs set of 10pcs set of 4pcs For 50 mm dollies For 14 mm dollies Includes load cell, smart sensor, certificates, carry case, AC adapter BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Single Impact Tester – esp-10 Appearance Chip Resistance Test Resistance to chipping of multi-coat systems is an important factor in automotive finishing. To protect auto body parts, a multi-coat system is applied for corrosion and mechanical stress. The complete coating structure is decisive for its resistance to chipping. Changes to the coating formulation or application process can have an effect on the extent of the damage. The multi-impact test method – sharp-edged, chilled casting pieces are thrown against a test panel by compressed air – simulates the actual stress as closely as possible. However, the multiimpact test is difficult to reproduce. To improve the precision a single impact mechanism was developed. Color The esp-10 was developed to test the resistance to chipping of multicoat systems. In addition, not only the size of the damaged area, but also its depth, i.e. the so-called “separation plane” can be evaluated. DIN EN ISO 20567-2 Ordering Information Cat. No. 5200 Technical Specifications Ordering Information Accessories Description Precision Microscope Standard for esp-10 esp-10 Impact Tool R 1/8’’ 5 bar 3 bar approx. 1000 impacts 1750 g (3.9 lbs) 35 x 32 x 23 cm (13.8 x 12.6 x 9.1 in) 8.6 kg (19 lbs) 10 kg (22 lbs) Technical Service Comes complete with: Single Impact Tester esp-10 Weight Connection hose Operating instructions Connection for Compressed Air Compresses Air Supply Working Pressure Operational Life of Impact Tool Additional Weight Dimensions Net Weight Shipping Weight Cat. No. 5824 5205 5201 Description esp-10 steel panel phosphate e-coat primer topcoat approx. 100µm Standards Physical Properties Adhesion ■ Portable instrument can be run in cooling chambers (≥ -10 °C) and outside the laboratory ■ Impact tool with wedge-shaped blade ■ Compressed air of 3 bar accelerates the ball ■ Testing instrument in accordance with BMW standard To check performance of instrument with Certificate 163 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com High Quality Test Charts Eliminate Erroneous Lot Rejects Consistent color and gloss guaranteed from print batch to print batch Variations in gloss as well as color on test charts can cause erroneous rejection of paint batches. Pigments are added to improve contrast ratio when in fact it was not necessary, resulting in wasted raw materials and increased production costs to the paint manufacturer. In order to avoid costly reject costs, it is crucial to control the quality of test charts for color (L*, a*, b*) as well as gloss within tight tolerances for each new print batch. Consistent color and gloss on test charts provide improved product quality, reduced raw material usage due to improper batch adjustments, greater production throughput, and reduced customer complaints. All of these improvements result in measurable cost savings in manufacturing and R&D. BYK-Gardner specifications for byko-charts are considerably tighter than the paint manufacturer’s specification for color and gloss, and as a result, byko-charts have never been rejected. Over the last 10 years, BYK-Gardner has kept meticulous product consistency records from all print batches. This data shows the clear superiority of the byko-charts versus competitive charts from print batch to print batch. Black L* (D65, 10°) 7.00 6.00 5.00 Black a*, b* (D65, 10°) 0.00 -0.50 -1.00 X a* X b* White L* (D65, 10°) 93.00 92.00 91.00 byko-charts see page 167 164 White a*, b* (D65, 10°) 6.00 2.00 -2.00 X a* X b* Gloss (60°) 90.00 80.00 70.00 X Black X White BYK-Gardner goes to great lengths to assure the quality of all the charts before, during and after the production process. A BYK-Gardner quality technician is on site testing the charts as lots are being produced. Prior to a lot being released for sale, random samples are collected across the entire chart run and subjected to extensive testing in the BYK-Gardner laboratory. Storage of drawdown charts has also been found to be a serious problem when less than “ideal” storage conditions are used. For instance, in the hot humid days of summer, boxes of drawdown charts that are stacked in a warehouse or a delivery truck can quickly deteriorate making them totally unusable. Charts can stick together causing the coatings to be pulled off when attempts are made to separate the charts. Charts can also curl under high humidity conditions if not properly protected. ASTM D-4946 is a procedure to test for blocking (resistance of surfaces to stick together). BYK-Gardner had an independent laboratory conduct a test on byko-charts and the competitive drawdown charts using the ASTM D-4946 method. The bykocharts passed the test and the competitive charts failed. To prevent blocking and curl, BYK-Gardner wraps each box of byko-charts with a protective film that guards against humidity in the warehouse and during shipment. Introduction Wet Film Preparation Appearance An accurate and uniform film thickness is essential for achieving uniform color, appearance and specific physical properties such as scrub resistance, chip resistance, flexibility etc. Therefore, international specifications as well as company internal testing methods specify not only a minimum film thickness, but also require controlling the film thickness within a defined range. The most common method of applying a liquid finish in the laboratory is with a drawdown bar or often referred to as a “doctor blade”. This type of film applicator can lay down wet films of almost any desired thickness from a few µm up to 1000 µm (0.1 mil up to 40 mils). PhysicalApplication Properties Stainless steel, aluminum, or plated steel are the preferred materials of construction, due to their resistance to corrosion. Plated and stainless steel types are harder and will withstand more rigorous use. Regardless of the material of construction, corrosion can damage the region of the drawdown bar controlling thickness of the applied film, therefore affecting the repeatability of the instrument. Good lab practices dictate immediate cleaning of the instrument after each use to eliminate potential corrosion or residue which could affect future results. Color A typical blade type applicator consists of a metal bar containing a gap of known clearance on one or more faces. It is placed near one end of a flat panel or drawdown chart . A sufficient volume of sample is placed in front of the applicator. The applicator is then “drawn down” the panel/chart, either automatically or manually, leaving a uniform film. The automatic method is more repeatable and will result in a more uniform film thickness over the entire range, as operator deviations are minimized. APPLICATION Technical Service Drawdown Charts 165 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com It is recommended that all units be periodically checked for accuracy by using a feeler gauge, as normal use and cleaning will, after time, render any applicator inaccurate. Should an applicator be dropped or the blade become nicked, it needs to be replaced as the applied film will no longer be equally distributed over the applicator’s film width. Numerous types of applicators have evolved over the years and can be divided into two types: adjustable and fixed gap clearance. Applicators may also have single or multiple gaps. Most applicators have shoulders or side arms that hold the pool of sample in front of the gap, while the device is drawn down. The gap on most applicators has a flat shearing edge which yields a wet film to gap ratio of approximately 1 to 2, although this ratio varies with several factors, such as application technique and coating composition. Fixed models are easier to clean and maintain; adjustable models should be disassembled and cleaned after every use. The quality of the draw down is governed by three main factors: – Viscosity of the paint – Speed and uniformity of the application – Flatness of the surface A variety of viscometers can be used to control viscosity. Viscosity Cups Rotational Viscometers BYK-Gardner also offers an automated film applicator which controls the rate of application and planeness of the applicator, assuring a uniform film thickness. The wet film to gap ratio is a result not only of the shape of the shearing edge, but the fluid’s viscosity, the speed of the applicator and other factors. The exact wet or dry film thickness can be determined only by measuring the wet or dry film with a film thickness gauge. Wet film thickness measurement Dry film thickness measurement For very thin films, the use of wire-wound rods is recommended. These applicators are drawn across the surface in the same manner as the blade type, but the coating flows through the grooves between the wires and produces a thin, uniform drawdown. Wire-wound rods Due to liquid evaporation, dry film thickness will always be less than the wet film thickness of a particular coating. Likewise, because of physical properties, wet film thickness will always be less than the gap of the applicator. An operator will learn through experience the approximate wet film thickness that will be obtained with a specific combination of coating, applicator, and application method. Likewise, knowledge of the composition of the coating will tell the operator what dry film thickness to expect. A good rule of thumb for a beginning estimate of dry film thickness is as follows: Dry film thickness = wet film thickness x Vol. % solids 100 The following table helps to estimate the relationship between the gap depth of the applicator and wet film thickness: Gap Depth milsmicrons 1-4 15 - 100 5-12 101-300 13-20 301-500 >20 >500 Approximate Wet Film Thickness 50% of gap depth 60% of gap depth 80% of gap depth 90% of gap depth Automatic Film Applicator 166 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com byko-charts Drawdown Test Charts Appearance BYK-Gardner offers a wide range of drawdown cards and charts for virtually any application and coating material. Stringent quality control during the production process assures that they have the most consistent color and gloss in the industry. Test charts are easy to use and an inexpensive substrate to test a variety of coating properties, such as opacity, spreading rate, penetration behavior, and flow & leveling behavior. They are used for testing architectural, industrial, automotive, wood finishes or even cosmetic products (e.g. nail polish). Depending on the material properties of the product to be tested and its usage different types of drawdown cards are available. Depending on the type of solvent used in paint formulations a drawdown chart needs to be more or less solvent resistant. The resin type requires different solvent types and dependent on the polarity of the solvent, the organic ingredients will be more or less activated. Therefore, BYK-Gardner offers two types of drawdown cards and charts: ■ Opacity charts: Instrumental check of % - opacity ■ Penetration charts: Evaluation of color and gloss uniformity on surfaces of varying porosity ■ Visual evaluation of hiding power: – Display / Spreading Rate Charts – Checkerboard / Spreading Rate Charts ■ Brushout Cards for informal brushouts ■ Uncoated test charts to simulate wood or unsealed wallboard substrates ■ Specialty charts for sag and leveling test Save! Additional discounts are available for large quantity byko-charts drawdown charts purchases. Info! Custom made or private label charts are available upon request. Technical Service byko-charts, clearcoated: ■ Clearcoat top coated drawdown charts are ideal for a wide range of coating systems: water and solvent borne technologies ■ Guaranteed non-fluorescent paper in compliance with ASTM D 344 ■ Repeatable color and gloss – lot after lot ■ Superior film adhesion characteristics ■ Rugged design (15 mils [381 micron] thickness) to prevent warping and bending after the coating is applied ■ Draw-down chart box is shrink-wrapped with low permeability plastic to prevent moisture absorption during shipping and storage. ■ Lot numbers are printed on every chart byko-charts, film laminated: ■ Plastic film laminated chart for excellent solvent resistance from achromatic hydrocarbons, esters, ketones and acids ■ Repeatable color and gloss – lot after lot ■ Smooth, structure free surface ■ Superior adhesion properties and flexibility – the test chart will not warp and bend – even in high humidity environments 167 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com PhysicalApplication Properties Selection of test charts dependent on application: Color Selection of test charts dependent on coating technology: Opacity Drawdown Charts Comprised of a simple combination of black and white areas with ample space for reflectance measurement. Opacity drawdown charts are used to test the hiding power of coatings. Black and white areas have the tighest tolerances in the industry, ensuring repeatable opacity measurements paint batch after paint batch. Clearcoated charts have the lot number printed on every chart. Standards ASTM ISO Cat. No. 2810 2813 2860 Cat. No. 2811 Cat. No. 2812 Cat. No. 2851 Ordering Information Cat. No. Description 2810 2813 byko-chart Opacity 2A 2811 2812 2851 2852 2860 byko-chart Opacity 2C byko-chart Opacity 3B byko-chart Opacity 5C byko-chart Opacity L byko-chart Opacity S byko-chart brightened 2A D 344, D 2805 6504-3 Cat. No. 2852 Technical Specifications Material Clearcoated Clearcoated Clearcoated Clearcoated Film laminated Film laminated Clearcoated Size Qty/Box 140 x 254 mm (5.5 x 10 in) 250 194 x 260 mm (7.6 x 10.25 in) 194 x 289 mm (7.6 x 11.4 in) 194 x 260 mm (7.6 x 10.25 in) 148 x 210 mm (5.8 x 8.3 in) 105 x 140 mm (4.1 x5.5 in) 140 x 254 mm (5.5 x 10 in) 250 250 250 250 250 250 The 2860 byko-chart brightened drawdown chart has a brighter white section compared to the other opacity charts. The CIE L* value is approximately 2 units higher and the CIE b* value is approximatey 2 units lower compared to the standard byko-charts. The black section is comparable to standard byko-charts. The paper does not have a brightening agent to achieve the whiter appearance. Save! SAVE up to 30% when you buy 4 or more boxes! 168 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Penetration and Opacity Charts – Penopac Cat. No. 2815, 2816 SAVE up to 30% when you buy 4 or more boxes! Color Cat. No. 2818,2814 Save! Cat. No. 2817 Cat. No. Description Technical Specifications Material Size Qty/Box 2814 2818 byko-chart Penopac 1A Clearcoated / uncoated 140 x 254 mm (5.5 x 10.0 in) 250 2815 2817 2816 Clearcoated / uncoated Clearcoated / uncoated Clearcoated / uncoated Clearcoated / uncoated 194 x 289 mm (7.6 x 11.4 in) 140 x 254 mm (5.5 x 10.0 in) 194 x 289 mm (7.6 x 11.4 in) 194 x 289 mm (7.6 x 11.4 in) 250 250 250 250 Opacity Measurement PhysicalApplication Properties Ordering Information byko-chart Penopac 1B byko-chart Penopac 18A byko-chart Penopac 19BR byko-chart Penopac 18B Appearance The test areas and functions of a penetration and opacity drawdown chart / drawdown card are combined with these charts. The penetration resistance is of special importance to architectural finshes. The ability to maintain a uniform appearance (color and gloss) on substrates with varying porosity can be evaluated by applying the paint over a test chart which has a coated and uncoated area. Thus, the penetration resistance is tested under severe conditions. The penetration resistance is visually evaluated and can also be objectively evaluated by measuring color and gloss. Essential sales criteria for architectural paint are hiding power and yield. In other words: – How many layers are necessary for complete coverage? – And how many cans will be needed? Technical Service Opacity is a measure for hiding power: Opacity (%) = YBLACK x 100 (%) YWHITE 100% opacity means complete hiding, no differences can be seen between the drawdown over black and white. Procedure A uniform paint film is applied on a black / white contrast chart. After air drying the drawdown can be objectively evaluated using the BYK-Gardner spectro-guide. The operator is menu guided through the measurement procedure and the opacity value is displayed automatically in a second. The same procedure can be applied for transparent films and plastics. spectro-guide color spectrophotometer 169 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Display Charts / Checkerboard Charts – Spreading Rate Charts Large size drawdown charts, referred to as display or spreading rate charts, were designed for visual evaluation of hiding power. The diagonal striped patterns or the checkerboard respectively have a strong visual impact and emphasize variations in film opacity. In order to calculate the spreading rate ASTM D 344 uses Forms 8H and 10H. In this test the paint is spread uniformly on a defined test area (0.1 square meters ̴ 1 square foot) and the spreading rate is calculated from the weight and density of the applied coating. Cat. No. 2819 2820 Cat. No. 2821 Cat. No. 2834 Cat. No. 2823 Ordering Information Cat. No. Description 2819 2820 byko-chart Opacity-Display 9A 2821 2834 2823 2824 2802 2804 2822 byko-chart Opacity-Display 9B byko-chart Opacity-Display 21B byko-chart Display 8B byko-chart SR-Display 8H byko-chart SR-Checkerboard 10H byko-chart Spreading Rate L byko-chart Spreading Rate S byko-chart Opacity-Display 12H Standards ASTM ISO D 344, D 2805 6504-3 Cat. No. 2824 Technical Specifications Material Clearcoated Clearcoated Clearcoated Clearcoated Clearcoated Clearcoated Film laminated Film laminated Clearcoated Cat. No. 2822 Cat. No. 2804 Cat. No. 2802 Size Qty/Box 140 x 254 mm (5.5 x 10 in) 250 194 x 289 mm (7.6 x 11.4 in) 194 x 289 mm (7.6 x 11.4 in) 194 x 289 mm (7.6 x 11.4 in) 286 x 438 mm (11.25 x 17.25 in) 286 x 438 mm (11.25 x 17.25 in) 283 x 438mm (11.1 x 17.2 in) 148 x 210 mm (5.8 x 8.3 in) 286 x 438 mm (11.25 x 17.25 in) 250 250 250 125 125 250 250 125 Forms 12H and 15H provide also a large enough area for objective color and gloss measurement. Plain Black Drawdown Chart An all black chart can check opacity of a coating used over a dark primer or substrate. A visual assessment of sparkle or pearl appearance of special effect coatings and cosmetics can be easily viewed with a black background. Ordering Information Cat. No. Description 2845 byko-chart Plain Black BK 170 Technical Specifications Material Size Qty/Box Clearcoated 218 x 288 mm (8.6 x 11.25 in) 250 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Brushout Drawdown Cards Made from heavy, rigid stock paper; used mostly for informal brushout applications. The paper stock is almost twice the thickness of regular drawdown chart paper to give greater rigidity for easier handling. Appearance Cat. No. 2856 Cat. No. 2857 Cat. No. 2858 Ordering Information Description 2856 2857 2858 byko-chart Brushout 5DX byko-chart Brushout 2DX byko-chart Brushout WDX Technical Specifications Material Size Qty/Box Clearcoated Clearcoated Clearcoated 100 x 152 mm (3.9 x 6.0 in) 100 x 152 mm (3.9 x 6.0 in) 100 x 152 mm (3.9 x 6.0 in) 500 500 500 Plain White Drawdown Charts Ordering Information Cat. No. Description 2827 2828 byko-chart plain white WB* Plain white Technical Specifications Material Clearcoated Clearcoated Clearcoated Clearcoated Clearcoated uncoated Chromolux Chromolux Chromolux Size Qty/Box 193 x 288 mm (7.63 x 11.33 in) 250 286 x 438 mm (11.25 x 17.25 in) 76 x 140 mm (3.0 x 5.5 in) 140 x 254 mm (5.5 x 10 in) 218 x 288 mm (8.6 x 11.25 in) 193 x 288 mm (7.63 x 11.33 in) 283 x 438 mm (11.1 x 17.2 in) 210 x 297 mm (8.3 x 11.7 in) 148 x 210 mm (5.8 x 8.3 in) 125 1000 250 250 250 250 250 200 *Note: These drawdown charts have a 6 mm (0.25 in) hole, centered 5 mm (0.2 in) from the top edge. Birch Veneer Panel Real wood laminated on paper. Birch has a neutral color with minimal grain pattern for color matching of stains. Ordering Information Cat. No. 5096 Description Birch Venner Panel, R7D Technical Service 2825 2826 2837 2835 2891 2892 2893 byko-chart plain white WH byko-chart plain white WG byko-chart plain white WA* byko-chart plain white WK byko-chart plain white NWK* byko-chart Chromolux L byko-chart Chromolux M byko-chart Chromolux S SAVE up to 30% when you buy 4 or more boxes! PhysicalApplication Properties These drawdown charts are plain white with the coating on one side and no text or label on top (except 2835). The 2835 is an uncoated stock paper with a nominal thickness of 0.38 mm (15 mils). Chromolux drawdown cards are for determination of whiteness. The Chromolux chart has a very smooth, high gloss surface, achieved by the paper being pressed against a hot metal plate. Save! Color Cat. No. New! Technical Specifications Material Birch Wood Dimensions 76 x 152 mm (3.0 x 6.0 in) 171 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Qty/Box 100 Uncoated Drawdown Cards Use these uncoated drawdown cards to simulate wood or unsealed wallboard. Save! Cat. No. 2831 2832 Cat. No. 2838 Cat. No. 2805 Cat. No. 2855 Ordering Information Cat. No. Description 2831 2832 byko-chart, uncoated N2A 2838 2805 2855 2885 byko-chart, uncoated N2C byko-chart, uncoated N9A byko-chart, uncoated L byko-chart, uncoated M byko-chart, uncoated S SAVE up to 30% when you buy 4 or more boxes! Cat. No. 2885 Technical Specifications Material uncoated uncoated uncoated uncoated uncoated uncoated Size Qty/Box 140 x 254 mm (5.5 x 10 in) 250 194 x 260 mm (7.6 x 10.25 in) 140 x 254 mm (5.5 x 10 in) 210 x 297 mm (8.27 x 11.7 in) 105 x 148 mm (4.13 x 5.83 in) 75 x 185 mm (3.0 x 7.3 in) Drawdown Plate 250 250 250 250 250 New! Provides an economical and convenient means for making drawdowns of uniform film thickness. ■ Easy to use and easy to clean ■ Holds charts securely for drawdowns ■ Helps to achieve uniform results The drawdown plate consists entirely of glass 12.7 mm (0.5 in) in thickness. The all glass plate has rubber feet and a spring clip to hold the drawdown chart firmly in place. Ordering Information Cat. No. Description 4262 Drawdown Plate, Glass 172 Technical Specifications Glass plate Size Dimensions 254 x 355.6 mm 254 x 355.6 x 12.7 (10 x 14 in) mm (10 x 14 x 0.5 in) Net Application Weight 3.2 kg general purpose for (7.0 lbs) drawdowns on paper charts BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Sag and Leveling Test Charts Standards ASTM Appearance This drawdown chart is designed for use with the NYPC Leveling Test Blade and the Anti-Sag Meter. The extra large black area allows measurements to be made over the black area only, in accordance with specifications that require the operator to ignore the leading and trailing edges of the drawdown. D 4400 Cat. No. 2833 Ordering Information Cat. No. Description 2833 byko-chart Sag and Leveling 7B Technical Specifications Material Size Qty/Box Clearcoated 193 x 286 mm (7.6 x 11.25 in) 250 Color Spray Monitors Ordering Information Cat. No. 2840 2841 Description Spray Monitors M12-BW Spray Monitors M33-BW Cat. No. 2840 Cat. No. 2841 Technical Specifications Material Clearcoated Clearcoated Dimensions 25 x 25 mm (1.0 x 1.0 in) 50 x 50 mm (2.0 x 2.0 in) Qty/Box 2000 500 PhysicalApplication Properties These spray monitors are self-adhering, pressure-sensitive labels with a hiding power test pattern and a sealed, solvent-resistant surface. They are used with metal panels and other substrates where a uniform surface appearance provides no visual clues as to the thickness of the applied film. It adheres firmly whether air-dried or baked. They are useful for visually checking for film opacity during the painting process. Inter-leaf Paper Ordering Information Cat. No. 2839 2842 2843 2844 Description Inter-leaf Paper 1P-1B Inter-leaf Paper 1P-1A Inter-leaf Paper 1P-1C Inter-leaf Paper 1P-1K Technical Service The Inter-leaf Paper is designed to protect a dry paint film. Place the Inter-leaf Paper between the byko-charts. The Inter-leaf Paper has a non-stick surface. They protect the paint film from being marred and prevents the paint film from adhering to the chart stacked over it. The Inter-leaf Paper should be used when storing or shipping test charts. Save! SAVE up to 30% when you buy 4 or more boxes! Technical Specifications Material non-stick non-stick non-stick non-stick Dimensions 194 x 286 mm (7.62 x 11.25 in) 140 x 254 mm (5.5 x 10 in) 194 x 260 mm (7.62 x 10.25 in) 219 x 286 mm (8.62 x 11.25 in) 173 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Qty/Box 1000 1000 1000 1000 Clear Polyester Film The clear polyester film can be used as a substrate for coatings to evaluate color, gloss, and transparency. It is used to check for foam stabilization and de-flocculation of pigments, or placed over a black and white background for evaluation of hiding power. In addition, it is used as an overlay to protect a drawdown after drying without obscuring visibility. Clear polyester film Ordering Information Technical Specifications Cat. No. 2870 2871 2872 Description byko-chart PE film, 100 µm byko-chart PE film, 50 µm byko-chart PE film, 76 µm Save! Material Clear Polyester Film Clear Polyester Film Clear Polyester Film SAVE up to 30% when you buy 4 or more boxes! Dimensions 127 x 194 mm (5.0 x 7.62 in) 127 x 194 mm (5.0 x 7.62 in) 216 x 280 mm (8.50 x 11.00 in) Qty/Box 250 250 250 Scrub Test Panel Used in conjunction with the BYK-Gardner Abrasion Testers. These scrub test panels are the perfect substrate for all types of abrasion tests. The plastic panels are 0.25 mm thick (10 mils). Standards ASTM ISO Cat. No. 5015 Cat. No. 5016 Abrasion Tester Ordering Information Cat. No. 5015 5016 D 2486, D 3450, D 4213 11998 Description Black Scrub Panel P121-10N White Scrub Panel P122-10N Technical Specifications Material Plastic Plastic Size 165 x 432 mm (6.5 x 17 in) 165 x 432 mm (6.5 x 17 in) Qty/Box 100 100 Black Glass Panel Black glass is used in widely referenced high-precision ASTM method D2805, and related hiding power test methods. The coating is applied directly to the glass surface. The accuracy of this test method depends on the unique hardness and levelness characteristics of the glass substrate. Standards ASTM Ordering Information Cat. No. 3720 174 Description Black Glass Panel D 2805 Technical Specifications Material Glass Dimensions 203 x 203 mm (8 x 8 in) Weight/Box 0.9 kg (2 lbs) BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Bar Film Applicators Info! Ordering Information Cat. No. Comes complete with: Drawdown Bar applicator Reuseable storage case Calibration Certificate – NIST traceable Note: Drawdown bars can only be returned unused and in original packaging. Military Spec. D 823, D 3258 TT-P-29, TT-E-508A, PD-220A 141a JAN-P-630, JAN-P-700 MIL-P-13341 Technical Specifications Theoretical Wet Film Thickness (mils) 3.0 Dimensions Shipping Weight 6.0 1.0 1.5 3.0 6.0 1.5 3.0 5.0 6.0 10.0 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 8.0 10.0 12.0 20.0 Gap Clearance mils (µm) 6.0 (152.4) Film Width inches (cm) 2 (5.08) 12.0 (304.8) 2 (5.08) 2.0 (50.8) 3 (7.64) 3.0 (76.2) 3 (7.64) 6.0 (152.4) 3 (7.64) 12.0 (304.8) 3 (7.64) 3.0 (76.2) 3.5 (8.91) 6.0 (152.4) 3.5 (8.91) 10.0 (254) 3.5 (8.91) 12.0 (304.8) 3.5 (8.91) 20.0 (508) 3.5 (8.91) 1.0 (25.4) 6 (15.24) 2.0 (50.8) 6 (15.24) 3.0 (76.2) 6 (15.24) 4.0 (101.6) 6 (15.24) 5.0 (127) 6 (15.24) 6.0 (152.4) 6 (15.24) 8.0 (203.2) 6 (15.24) 10.0 (254) 6 (15.24) 12.0 (304.8) 6 (15.24) 16.0 (406.4) 6 (15.24) 20.0 (508) 6 (15.24) 24.0 (609.6) 6 (15.24) 40.0 (1016) 6 (15.24) approx. 2.5 x 1.5 cm (1 x 0.6 in), length is 3.81 cm (1.5 in) greater than film width 0.7 kg (1.5 lbs) 175 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Technical Service 5552 5553 5554 5555 5556 5557 5558 5559 5560 5561 5562 5563 5564 5565 5566 5567 5573 5568 5569 5570 5571 5572 Single Bar 2″, 3 mils Single Bar 2″, 6 mils Single Bar 3″, 1 mil Single Bar 3″, 1.5 mils Single Bar 3″, 3 mils Single Bar 3″, 6 mils Single Bar 3.5″, 1.5 mils Single Bar 3.5″, 3 mils Single Bar 3.5″, 5 mils Single Bar 3.5″, 6 mils Single Bar 3.5″, 10 mils Single Bar 6″, 0.5 mils Single Bar 6″, 1 mil Single Bar 6″, 1.5 mils Single Bar 6″, 2 mils Single Bar 6″, 2.5 mils Single Bar 6″, 3 mils Single Bar 6″, 4 mils Single Bar 6″, 5 mils Single Bar 6″, 6 mils Single Bar 6″, 8 mils Single Bar 6″, 10 mils Single Bar 6″, 12 mils Single Bar 6″, 20 mils ASTM Federal Spec. FTMS JAN PhysicalApplication Properties 5550 5551 Description Standards Color Trade in your old drawdown bar and get a new certified bar for less than the cost of recertification. Appearance BYK Drawdown Bar film applicators are the highest quality and easiest to clean and maintain due to their simple design and rugged construction. The theoretical wet film thickness is etched onto every drawdown bar. The theoretical wet film thickness is roughly one-half the actual gap clearance. If you have a gap clearance of 6 mils, the theoretical wet film thickness etched on the bar applicator is 3 mils. We can not guarantee that you will drawdown the theoretical wet film thickness. The drawdown process consists of many variables. The actual wet film thickness can vary from 50% to 90% of the gap depending on the gap clearance. ■ Every drawdown bar is certified in our lab and comes with a calibration certificate ■ Packaged in a handy reuseable storage box to help prevent damage ■ Made of 440-grade stainless steel, ground to tight tolerances for repeated use. Multiple Clearance Applicators Multiple Clearance Applicators are designed for the production of uniform films of paints, adhesives and similar products on plane substrates. They combine the accuracy of fixed applicators with the versatility of multiple clearance / gap choices in one unit. These applicators are suitable for use of aqueous, acid, and alkaline products. How to choose the right applicator. ■ Low viscous paint: applicator frame ■ High viscous paint: 4-sided or bar applicator ■ Flexible substrates like foils: wire wound applicators Applicator Frame ■ Stainless steel – corrosion resistant ■ 4 clearances ■ Packaged in a handy reuseable box to prevent damage ■ 2057: 2-chamber design for assessing 2 paint formulations side by side 4-Sided Applicator ■ Stainless steel – corrosion-resistant ■ 4 clearances 60 120 90 Procedure – – – – – 30 Place substrate to be coated on smooth surface Place film applicator with desired gap depth on substrate Pour coating in front of gap in pulling direction Pull at uniform speed (approx. 25 mm / s) Put applicator immediately into diluted cleaning solvent and clean with brush Ordering Information Cat. No. 2020 2021 2040 2041 2030 2031 2056 2057 Description 4-Sided Bar 60, 30-120 µm 4-Sided Bar 80, 30-120 µm 4-Sided Bar 60, 50-200 µm 4-Sided Bar 80, 50-200 µm Applicator Frame 60, 30-120 µm Applicator Frame 80, 30-120 µm Applicator Frame 70, 50-200 µm Applicator Frame 2x35, 50-200 µm Standards ASTM FTMS D 823 No. 141a, Meth. 2161, Meth. 2162, Meth. 4255, Meth. 6226 Technical Specifications Gap Clearance 30 & 60 & 90 & 120 µm 30 & 60 & 90 & 120 µm 50 & 100 & 150 & 200 µm 50 & 100 & 150 & 200 µm 30 & 60 & 90 & 120 µm 30 & 60 & 90 & 120 µm 50 & 100 & 150 & 200 µm 50 & 100 & 150 & 200 µm Film Width 60 mm 80 mm 60 mm 80 mm 60 mm 80 mm 70 mm 2 x 35 mm* Material Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Comes complete with: Applicator Reuseable storage case *Note: 2-chamber design 35 mm length per chamber 176 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Multiple Clearance Applicators Multiple Clearance Applicators combine the accuracy of fixed applicators with the versatility of multiple clearance / gap choices in one unit. U Shaped ■ 440C Stainless steel ■ 2 clearances ■ Tool steel ■ 2 clearances Appearance Bar Type 3 mils Color Ordering Information Description 6957 5302 Double Bar 2″ – 2 & 4 mils Gap Clearance µm (mils) 50.8 & 101.6 µm (2 & 4 mils) 152.4 & 254.0 µm (6 & 10 mils) 50.8 & 101.6 µm (2 & 4 mils) 152.4 & 254.0 µm (6 & 10 mils) 50.8 & 101.6 µm (2 & 4 mils) 152.4 & 254.0 µm (6 & 10 mils) 50.8 & 101.6 µm (2 & 4 mils) 152.4 & 254.0 µm (6 & 10 mils) 50.8 & 101.6 µm (2 & 4 mils) 152.4 & 254.0 µm (6 & 10 mils) 50.8 & 101.6 µm (2 & 4 mils) 152.4 & 254.0 µm (6 & 10 mils) 50.8 & 101.6 µm (2 & 4 mils) 152.4 & 254.0 µm (6 & 10 mils) 50.8 & 101.6 µm (2 & 4 mils) 152.4 & 254.0 µm (6 & 10 mils) 50.8 & 101.6 µm (2 & 4 mils) 152.4 & 254.0 µm (6 & 10 mils) 50.8 & 101.6 µm (2 & 4 mils) 152.4 & 254.0 µm (6 & 10 mils) Film Width mm (inch) 50.8 mm (2 in) 50.8 mm (2 in) 76.2 mm (3 in) 76.2 mm (3 in) 101.6 mm (4 in) 101.6 mm (4 in) 127.0 mm (5 in) 127.0 mm (5 in) 152.4 mm (6 in) 152.4 mm (6 in) 38.1 mm (1.5 in) 38.1 mm (1.5 in) 63.5 mm (2.5 in) 63.5 mm (2.5 in) 88.9 mm (3.5 in) 88.9 mm (3.5 in) 114.3 mm (4.5 in) 114.3 mm (4.5 in) 139.7 mm (5.5 in) 139.7 mm (5.5 in) Material Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Technical Service 5303 5304 5305 5306 5307 5308 5309 5310 5326 5327 5328 5329 6948 5331 5332 5333 5334 5335 Double Bar 2″ – 6 & 10 mils Double Bar 3″ – 2 & 4 mils Double Bar 3″ – 6 & 10 mils Double Bar 4″ – 2 & 4 mils Double Bar 4″ – 6 & 10 mils Double Bar 5″ – 2 & 4 mils Double Bar 5″ – 6 & 10 mils Double Bar 6″ – 2 & 4 mils Double Bar 6″ – 6 & 10 mils U-Bar 2″, 2 & 4 mils U-Bar 2″, 6 & 10 mils U-Bar 3″, 2 & 4 mils U-Bar 3″, 6 & 10 mils U-Bar 4″, 2 & 4 mils U-Bar 4″, 6 & 10 mils U-Bar 5″, 2 & 4 mils U-Bar 5″, 6 & 10 mils U-Bar 6″, 2 & 4 mils U-Bar 6″, 6 & 10 mils Technical Specifications PhysicalApplication Properties Cat. No. Comes complete with: Applicator bar Reuseable storage case 177 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Multiple Clearance Square Applicator Multiple Clearance Applicators combine the accuracy of fixed applicators with the versatility of multiple clearance/gap choices in one unit. ■ Greatest versatility ■ 8 clearances ■ Highest quality stainless steel ■ Packaged in a handy reuseable box to prevent damage Ordering Information Cat. No. Description 5361 Square Frame 2″, 1-8 mils 5351 Square Frame 2″, 5-50 mils 5363 Square Frame 2″, 0.5-6 mils 5353 Square Frame 3″, 1-8 mils 5354 Square Frame 3″, 5-50 mils 5355 Square Frame 3″, 0.5-6 mils 5356 Square Frame 4″, 1-8 mils 5357 Square Frame 4″, 5-50 mils 5358 Square Frame 4″, 0.5-6 mils Technical Specifications Gap Clearance Film Width µm (mils) cm (inch) 25.4, 50.8, 76.2, 101.6, 127.0, 152.4, 177.8, 203.2 µm 5.08 cm (1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8 mils) (2 in) 127, 254, 381, 508, 635, 762, 1016, 1270 µm 5.08 cm (5,10,15,20,25,30,40,50 mils) (2 in) 12.7, 25.4, 38.1, 50.8, 76.2, 101.6, 127.0, 152.4 µm 5.08 cm (0.5,1,1.5,2,3,4,5,6 mils) (2 in) 25.4, 50.8, 76.2, 101.6, 127.0, 152.4, 177.8, 203.2 µm 7.62 cm (1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8 mils) (3 in) 127, 254, 381, 508, 762, 1016, 1270 µm 7.62 cm (5,10,15,20,25,30,40,50 mils) (3 in) 12.7, 25.4, 38.1, 50.8, 76.2, 101.6, 127.0, 152.4 µm (0.5,1,1.5,2,3,4,5,6 mils) 25.4, 50.8, 76.2, 101.6, 127.0, 152.4, 177.8, 203.2 µm (1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8 mils) 127, 254, 381, 508, 762, 1016, 1270 µm (5,10,15,20,25,30,40,50 mils) 12.7, 25.4, 38.1, 50.8, 76.2, 101.6, 127.0, 152.4 µm (0.5,1,1.5,2,3,4,5,6 mils) 7.62 cm (3 in) 10.16 cm (4 in) 10.16 cm (4 in) 10.16 cm (4 in) Material Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Comes complete with: Square frame Reuseable storage case 178 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Film Casting Knife The applicator consists of two end plates joined by a bridge and an adjustable blade below the bridge. Two micrometers extend through the bridge and contact the upper edge of the blade, allowing it to be adjusted upward or downward to control the gap and ultimately the film thickness. The blade and end plates are constructed of 6.4 mm (1/4 in) aluminum. The end plates effectively contain the sample pool during the drawdown process. Appearance The BYK-Gardner Film Casting Knife is an adjustable clearance film applicator. Its extended end plates confine the coating sample during drawdown. The micrometer adjusted gate allows clearance / gap settings from 0 to 150 mils in 1 mil increments. Metric versions produce clearances / gaps of 0 to 3800 microns in 10 micron increments. Most versatile manual model Standards ASTM FTMS Technical Specifications Blade Width Clearance/Gap 2 in 0-150 mils 4302 Film Casting Knife 4″ 4 in 0-150 mils 4303 Film Casting Knife 6″ 6 in 0-150 mils 4304 Film Casting Knife 8″ 8 in 0-150 mils 4305 Film Casting Knife 12″ 12 in 0-150 mils 2325 Film Casting Knife, 5 cm 5.1 cm 0-3800 µm 2326 Film Casting Knife, 10 cm 10.2 cm 0-3800 µm 2327 Film Casting Knife, 15 cm 15.2 cm 0-3800 µm 2328 Film Casting Knife, 20 cm 20.3 cm 0-3800 µm 2329 Film Casting Knife, 30 cm 30.5 cm 0-3800 µm Dimensions 76.2 x 102 x 63.5 mm (3 x 4 x 2.5 in) 76.2 x 102 x 114 mm (3 x 4 x 4.5 in 76.2 x 102 x 165 mm (3 x 4 x 6.5 in) 76.2 x 102 x 216 mm (3 x 4 x 8.5 in) 76.2 x 102 x 317.5 mm (3 x 4 x 12.5 in) 76.2 x 102 x 63.5 mm (3 x 4 x 2.5 in) 76.2 x 102 x 114 mm (3 x 4 x 4.5 in) 76.2 x 102 x 165 mm (3 x 4 x 6.5 in) 76.2 x 102 x 216 mm (3 x 4 x 8.5 in) 76.2 x 102 x 317.5 mm (3 x 4 x 12.5 in) Weight 0.5 kg (1.2 lbs) 0.7 kg (1.6 lbs) 0.8 kg (1.8 lbs) 1.0 kg (2.1 lbs) 1.2 kg (2.8 lbs) 0.5 kg (1.2 lbs) 0.7 kg (1.6 lbs) 0.8 kg (1.8 lbs) 1.0 kg (2.1 lbs) 1.2 kg (2.8 lbs) Comes complete with: Film Casting Knife Reuseable Storage case 179 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Technical Service Description Film Casting Knife 2″ PhysicalApplication Properties Cat. No. 4301 Color Ordering Information D 823-53 (1970) No. 141a, Meth. 2161, 2162, 4255, 6266 Wire-wound rods Wire-wound rods, 200 mm film width Each rod has a 10 mm diameter with a 200 mm film width. There is a 20 mm space on both ends to grip the rod. The rods can be attached to a holder to secure the rod during a drawdown. An adapter is also available to attach the wire-wound rods to the 2101 and 2105 Automatic Film Applicators. Ordering Information Cat. No. 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2428 Description Wire-wound rod 200 - 0,4 mils Wire-wound rod 200 - 0,6 mils Wire-wound rod 200 - 1 mils Wire-wound rod 200 - 2 mils Wire-wound rod 200 - 3 mils Wire-wound rod 200 - 4 mils Wire-wound rod 200 - 5 mils Wire-wound rod 200 - 6 mils Wire-wound rod 200 - 7 mils Ordering Information Cat. No. 2440 2430 4102 Description Wire-wound Rod Holder Wire-wound Rod Adapter* Wire-wound Rod Stand – 24 cm Technical Specifications Wet Film Thickness 10 µm (0.4 mils) 15 µm (0.6 mils) 25 µm (1.0 mils) 50 µm (2.0 mils) 75 µm (3.0 mils) 100 µm (3.9 mils) 125 µm (4.9 mils) 150 µm (5.9 mils) 200 µm (7.9 mils) Film Width 200 mm (7.9 in) 200 mm (7.9 in) 200 mm (7.9 in) 200 mm (7.9 in) 200 mm (7.9 in) 200 mm (7.9 in) 200 mm (7.9 in) 200 mm (7.9 in) 200 mm (7.9 in) Dimensions 24 cm x ø 1.0 cm (9.4 in x ø 0.4 in) 24 cm x ø 1.0 cm (9.4 in x ø 0.4 in) 24 cm x ø 1.0 cm (9.4 in x ø 0.4 in) 24 cm x ø 1.0 cm (9.4 in x ø 0.4 in) 24 cm x ø 1.0 cm (9.4 in x ø 0.4 in) 24 cm x ø 1.0 cm (9.4 in x ø 0.4 in) 24 cm x ø 1.0 cm (9.4 in x ø 0.4 in) 24 cm x ø 1.0 cm (9.4 in x ø 0.4 in) 24 cm x ø 1.0 cm (9.4 in x ø 0.4 in) Accessories Information for item numbers 2419 - 2428 for item numbers 2419 - 2428 for item numbers 2419 - 2428 *Note: Adapter lengthens the wire-wound rod to fit the 2101 and 2105 Automatic Film Applicator. Sold as a pair. 4102 – Rod Stand – 24 cm 180 2440 – Rod Holder BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Wire-wound rods, 10″ inch (254 mm) film width 4103 4104 Wire-wound rod 10″ – 0,2 mils 4106 4108 4110 4112 4116 4122 4128 4134 4140 4152 Wire-wound rod 10″ – 0,3 mils Wire-wound rod 10″ – 0,4 mils Wire-wound rod 10″ – 0,5 mils Wire-wound rod 10″ – 0,65 mils Wire-wound rod 10″ – 0,8 mils Wire-wound rod 10″ – 1 mil Wire-wound rod 10″ – 1,5 mils Wire-wound rod 10″ – 2 mils Wire-wound rod 10″ – 2,5 mils Wire-wound rod 10″ – 3 mils Wire-wound rod 10″ – 4 mils Technical Specifications Wet Film mils 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.65 0.8 1.0 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0 4.0 Thickness microns 5 8 10 13 16 20 25 38 50 63 75 100 Wire mils 3 4 6 8 10 12 16 22 28 34 40 52 Diameter mm 0.075 0.10 0.15 0.20 0.25 0.30 0.41 0.56 0.71 0.86 1.02 1.32 Dimensions 1.3 x 30.5 cm (0.5 x 12’’) 1.3 x 30.5 cm (0.5 x 12’’) 1.3 x 30.5 cm (0.5 x 12’’) 1.3 x 30.5 cm (0.5 x 12’’) 1.3 x 30.5 cm (0.5 x 12’’) 1.3 x 30.5 cm (0.5 x 12’’) 1.3 x 30.5 cm (0.5 x 12’’) 1.3 x 30.5 cm (0.5 x 12’’) 1.3 x 30.5 cm (0.5 x 12’’) 1.3 x 30.5 cm (0.5 x 12’’) 1.3 x 30.5 cm (0.5 x 12’’) 1.3 x 30.5 cm (0.5 x 12’’) Net Weight Shipping Weight 3.8 kg (8.5 lbs) 5.4 kg (12 lbs) 0.4 kg (0.9 lbs) 0.9 kg (2 lbs) Technical Service Description PhysicalApplication Properties Cat. No. Color Ordering Information Appearance Each rod is 1/2 inch in diameter and 12 inches in length, allowing 1 inch at either end to grip. The approximate wet film thickness that will result after a coating passes through the grooves between the wires and then levels off to a uniform thickness has been computed for each diameter of wire and is shown in the table below. Note: Additional rod sizes are available upon request. A complete set of 12 wire-wound rods can be ordered. This will allow for a large range of wet film thickness capability from 0.2 mils (5 microns) to 4.0 mils (100 microns). A convenient bench stand comes with the set for easy handling and storage. Ordering Information Cat. No. 4100 4101 Description Wire-wound rod set 10 Wire-wound rod Stand Accessories Dimensions 30.4 x 26.0 x 3.8 cm (12 x 10.25 x 1.5 in) 29.5 x 26.0 x 2.8 cm (11.6 x 10.25 x 1.1 in) Comes complete with: Wire-wound rod set: 12 wire-wound rods Bench stand 181 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Step Gap Film Applicator This applicator produces film thickness increasing step by step. Provides an easy comparison of opacity changes based on film thickness differences. ■ 4 clearances with 4 steps each ■ Film width is 25 mm per step Ordering Information Cat. No. 2120 Description Step Gap Frame Technical Specifications Gap Clearance (µm) 25 & 50 & 75 & 100 µm 50 & 100 & 150 & 200 µm 150 & 200 & 250 & 300 µm 300 & 350 & 400 & 450 µm Film Width 4 x 25 mm Material Stainless Steel Comes complete with: Applicator Frame Storage case Dow Latex Film Applicator A U-shaped film applicator designed to allow the application of a second coat of paint directly upon a hardened first coat while the ends of the applicator remain on the uncoated panel surface. The gap on one edge of the Dow Applicator has both greater clearance and width than the gap on the other edge. Paint is applied within the channel formed by the “U” shape of the bar; as the bar is drawn down, the pool of paint is contained within the channel, yielding a consistent width. ■ Allows two coats on a single substrate Standards ASTM Federal Spec. Ordering Information Cat. No. 2230 Description Dow Latex Applicator D 823, D 2486, D 3258 TT-P Technical Specifications Gap Clearance Film Width Material 175 and 250 µm (7 and 10 mil) 13.3 and 14 cm (5.25 and 5.5 in) Stainless Steel Comes complete with: Applicator Storage case 182 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Leveling/Sagging Tester ■ Simple comparison test of the leveling and sagging properties of paints in the period between application and drying ■ One applicator to test leveling and sagging ■ Corrosion resistant stainless steel construction Appearance In most cases, leveling is a desired property of paints expressed in the fact that the cured film shows a surface as plain as possible with brush marks, spray drops or other unevennesses occuring as little as possible. Sagging, however, is considered a paint defect, particularly occuring on vertical surfaces, in edges and corners. The most common terms, for example streaks or tear drops, perfectly describe its characteristic appearance. It is not always possible, or only with difficulties, to measure this type of flow behavior by means of viscometers. Standards ASTM FTMS D 2801 141a, Method 4494 Leveling Test Procedure PhysicalApplication Properties Sagging Test Procedure Technical Service ■ Apply the coating, forming 10 streaks of various thicknesses ■ Immediately after application, place the test panel into a vertical position, with the thinnest film streak at the top, avoiding any shock ■ Depending on the sagging tendency the separate streaks converge ■ For a reproduction of the results, which is difficult anyway, it is important to work under constant climatic conditions, to apply film streaks uniformly, and to set a time for evaluation Ordering Information Cat. No. 0810 Color ■ Draw the paint to be tested over a plane substrate (test chart), producing 5 pairs of streaks of various film thicknesses ■ Hold the test panel in a horizontal position, and observe which of the pairs of streaks converge ■ Generally, the gap depth of that pair of streaks is indicated, where the intervals between the streaks are slightly visible Description Leveling/Sagging Tester Comes complete with: Leveling/Sag Tester frame applicator Storage case 5 pairs of gaps for leveling test: 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 1.0 mm 10 steps for sagging test:75 100 125 150 175 200 225 250 275 300 µm 183 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com NYPC Leveling Test Blade This instrument provides a means of evaluating the ability of a freshly applied coating to level before curing while reducing or eliminating marks caused by brushing or other means of application. Evaluations of leveling using this specially designed applicator correlate with, but are more consistent than, evaluations done by brushout. Since different factors influence leveling and sagging, tests for these properties should not be confused with each other. The leveling test is performed on a horizontal plane and is not a measure of sagging. The New York Paint Club (NYPC) Leveling Test Blade is a U shaped film applicator with a shallow gap cut into one edge. Into this shallow gap is cut an evenly spaced series of five pairs of narrow notches having total clearances of 10, 20, 40, 80 and 160 mils. The applicator will produce a 4” wide drawdown, and has an overall width of 5”. A drawdown is made on a panel or chart using normal procedures. This produces five parallel pairs of ridges with a very thin (<0.5mil) distance between them. The drawdown is kept flat on a horizontal plane until the coating is dry and it is then evaluated. Leveling is rated on the basis of which ridge pairs of coating merged together and to what extent. Ordering Information Cat. No. 0812 VEL . LE .P.C N.Y ADE T BL TES Complies with New York Society for Paint Technology Standards New York Society for Paint Technology Official Digest No. 44, Vol. 32 No. 430, p. 1435 Technical Specifications Description NYPC Leveling Test Blade Shipping Weight 450 g (1 lbs) Net Weight 340 g (12 oz.) Dimensions 127 x 32 x 44.5 mm (5 x 1.25 x 1.75 in) Comes complete with: Test blade Storage case Leveling Test Blade The Leveling Test Blade is designed to comply with ASTM method D 4062 to measure the leveling properties of water and solventbased architectural coatings. The leveling blade creates parallel ridges to simulate brush marks. After the coating dries the drawdown is compared to plastic leveling standards. New! The leveling test bar is a cylinder rod with alternating gap clearances of 100 and 300 microns (4 and 12 mils). Plastic side arms are a guide to maintain a straight blade movement. Standards ASTM Ordering Information Cat. No. 0813 Description Leveling Test Blade D 4062 Technical Specifications Dimensions 185 x 100 x 25 mm (7.25 x 4.0 x 1.0 in.) Weight 531 gm (1.2 lbs) Comes complete with: Test blade Storage case 184 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Anti-Sag Meter Appearance Coatings applied on non-horizontal surfaces will sag due to gravity. Sag resistance is a factor of the composition and viscosity of the coating, as well as the applied thickness. The Anti-Sag meter allows quantification of the sagging properties of coatings. ■ Quick test of the sagging of coatings on non-horizontal surfaces ■ Available in most coating thickness ranges Ordering Information Description Anti-Sag Meter 3-12 mils Anti-Sag Meter 1-6 mils Anti-Sag Meter 14-60 mils Anti-Sag Meter 4-24 mils Comes complete with: Anti-sag meter bar Storage case ASTM D 3730. D 4400 Technical Specifications Clearance Range Standard Range 76 to 305 µm (3 to 12 mils) Low clearance 25.4 to 152.4 Μm (1 to 6 mils) High clearance 355.6 to 1524 Μm (14 to 60 mils) Medium clearance 101.6 to 609.6 Μm (4 to 24 mils) Dimensions 12.7 x 3.8 x 2.5 cm (5 x 1.5 x 1 in) Net Weight 0.3 kg (0.625 lbs) Shipping Weight 0.6 kg (1.25 lbs) PhysicalApplication Properties Cat. No. 5401 5402 5403 5404 Standards Color The applicator is a U-shaped drawdown bar with a series of 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) wide notches of varying clearances, spaced 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) apart. The bar is 5 inches (127 mm) wide and produces a total film width of 3 3/8 inches (86 mm). When a drawdown is made, a series of parallel stripes of different wet film thickness will be formed. This panel is placed on a vertical surface with the stripes horizontal and the thickest stripe lowest. As the film stripes sag downward, some of the uncoated 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) spaces may become entirely covered. The clearance of the gap that produces the thickest film stripe, not sagging completely to the stripe below, is the anti-sag index of the coating. Leslie Applicator Ordering Information Cat. No. 5409 Description Leslie Applicator Comes complete with: Applicator Storage case Technical Service This applicator is used for flow/leveling and sag testing. The design is similiar to the anti-sag meters with an extended gap range of 1 to 18 mils (25.4 - 457.2 microns). The 6 mil (152.4 microns) gap section is extended relative to the other gaps. Technical Specifications Clearance Range Dimensions Net Weight 24.4 to 457.2 µm (1 to 18 mils) 17.8 x 5.56 x 2.54 cm (7.0 x 2.19 x 1.0 in) 0.8 kg (1.76 lbs) 185 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Pfund Cryptometer Wet Hiding Power Test The cryptometer is a wedge type film applicator, which determines the wet hiding power of a coating within a few minutes. ■ Quickly and reliably checks wet hiding power ■ Determines thickness needed for complete hiding ■ Gives estimate of coverage in square feet per gallon ■ Can be used with any color of coating ■ Small sample size (3 - 5 mls.) makes this ideal for QC tests It consists of two plates of glass separated at a fixed angle. The bottom glass plate is engraved with a scale, and the top plate is transparent. Procedure A coating is placed into the open area between the plates, forming a wedge shaped film (Fig. 1). By sliding the top plate back and forth, a sharp line of demarcation alternatively appears and disappears (Fig. 2). The point at which the demarcation line appears is read on the engraved scale (Fig. 3). These scale readings are easily converted into thickness in mils, or coverage in square feet per gallon using the table furnished with the instrument. The value of the “wedge constant” of a top plate is the thickness in mils of the wedge of wet paint exactly over the demarcation line when the top plate is centered over this line and the scale reading is 25. Top plates with different wedge constants are included, depending on the opacity of the material to be tested: – Wedge constant 0.007 for coatings with lesser opacity – Wedge constant 0.002 for more opaque coatings Ordering Information Technical Specifications Cat. No. 3301 Description Pfund Cryptometer Dimensions 16.5 x 10.1 x 3.8 cm (6.5 x 4 x 1.5 in) Net Weight 1.2 kg (2.75 lbs) Shipping Weihgt 1.8 kg (4 lbs) Comes complete with: Base Plate; Top Plate, wedge constant 0.002 Top Plate, wedge constant 0.007 Accessories: Extra Top Plates Due to friction, top plates wear and should be replaced periodically. (Fig. 1) Ordering Information Cat. No. 3302 3303 3304 3305 186 Description Top plate 0.002 Top plate 0.007 Top plate 0.0035 Bottom plate black / white (Fig. 2) (Fig. 3) Accessories Information Wedge constant 0.002 Wedge constant 0.007 Wedge constant 0.0035 1/2 black and 1/2 white BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Vacuum Pump Vacuum Pump Appearance For use with vacuum plates, as well as other applications where a reliable source of low vacuum is needed. Compact and rotary in design, this pump provides a quiet and constant source of vacuum. ■ Low maintenance design ■ Rugged construction ■ Carrying handle for easy transport ■ Compact size for laboratory use Vacuum Plate Ordering Information Description 3879 Vacuum Pump 115 V 3877 Vacuum Pump 230 V, with European Power Plug 3875 Vacuum Pump, 230V with UK Power Plug Technical Specifications Motor Power 0.09 kW (0.125 hp) 0.09 kW (0.125 hp) 0.09 kW (0.125 hp) Power Supply 115 V 60 Hz 230 V 50 Hz 230V 50 Hz Capacity Dimensions 1.9 m³/h (1.1 cfm) 1.9 m³/h (1.1 cfm) 1.9 m³/h (1.1 cfm) 193.6 x 130 x 272 mm (7.8 x 5.12 x 10.69 in) 193.6 x 130 x 272 mm (7.8 x 5.12 x 10.69 in) 193.6 x 130 x 272 mm (7.8 x 5.12 x 10.69 in) Net Weight 7.3 kg (16.1 lbs) 7.3 kg (16.1 lbs) 7.3 kg (16,1 lbs) Color Cat. No. Comes complete with: Vacuum gage, Pressure gage, Regulator, Power cord with plug, Rubber feet, Flexible tube 1,5 m PhysicalApplication Properties Vacuum Plates Also known as suction plates, these perforated metal plates are ideal for most manual drawdowns. ■ Holds charts securely during drawdowns ■ Helps to achieve uniform results ■ Uniform flatness across the entire surface Ordering Information Cat. No. 3876 Description Vacuum Plate S, aluminum 3878 Vacuum Plate L, aluminum 3882 Vacuum Plate S, stainless steel Comes complete with: Vacuum plate Hose fitting Rubber footings Technical Specifications Surface Size 229 x 305 mm (9 x 12 in) 305 x 457 mm (12 x 18 in) 229 x 305 mm (9 x 12 in) Dimensions 229 x 305 x 32 mm (9 x 12 x 1.25 in) 305 x 457 x 32 mm (12 x 18 x 1.25 in) 229 x 305 x 32 mm (9 x 12 x 1.25 in) Net Weight 2.7 kg (6 lbs) 7.2 kg (16 lbs) 9.0 kg (20 lbs) Shipping Weight 5 kg (11 lbs) 10 kg (22 lbs) 12 kg (26.4 lbs) Technical Service Consists of a perforated machined aluminum or stainless steel to which a vacuum is applied to hold the drawdown card in place. The card should be slightly flexible and stiff enough to resist dimpling. Flatness tolerance: ≤ 25.4 microns (1.0 mils) of entire plate surface 187 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Automatic Film Applicator L Drawdowns made by hand can show irregularities caused by variations in speed and pressure on the applicator tool. The quality of the drawdown will be dependent on the shear rate and the weight on the applicator. Measurements of film properties such as abrasion resistance, hiding power and gloss are greatly affected by the application quality. Using an automatic film applicator guarantees a linear and even movement of the film applicator – repeatable and high quality results are guaranteed: ■ Precise application speed settable in 10 mm/s increments from 50 to 500 mm/s ■ Wide range of operating speeds allowing optimum settings of shear rate ■ Real time display of application speed ■ Memory function to store commonly used speeds ■ Constant downward force applied to coated surface ■ A wide variety of film applicators can be accommodated ■ Applicators may be used side by side for comparison tests ■ Wire wound bar attachment included ■ Solvent resistant touch key panel that is easily cleaned ■ Built-in vacuum plate with vacuum pump ■ Two stroke lengths Ordering Information Cat. No. 2101 Description Automatic Film Applicator L Comes complete with: Automatic Film Applicator L Vacuum plate Built-in vacuum pump Clamp for sample holding Weight set Operating manual Automatic Film Applicator 2101 Standards ASTM D 823 The weight set is included to hold down the applicator bar when high viscosity coatings or inks are drawn down at a fast speed setting. Technical Specifications Traverse Speed Traverse Speed Accuracy Display Resolution Wire Bar Diameter Note: Applicators and test charts must be ordered separately. Wire Bar Test Length Wire Bar Minimum Length Stroke Length Test Panel Size Preset Speed Memories Power Supply Power Consumption Dimensions Weight Ordering Information Accessories Cat. No. 2113 2430 Description Weight Set, for 2101, 2105 Wire-wound Rod Adapter 50 - 500 mm/s (2 - 20 in/s) 10 mm/s (0.4 in/s) 10 mm/s (0.4 in/s) 10 - 13 mm (0.4 - 0.5 in) 320 mm max. (12.4 in max.) 407 mm (16.0 in) 170 mm (6.7 in); 340 mm (13.4 in) 420 x 300 mm (16.5 x 11.8 in) 2 230/115 V, 50/60 Hz selectable 130 Watts 632 x 220 x 500 mm (24.9 x 8.7 x 19.7 in) 45 kg (99.2 lbs) Information Consists of weight holder, weight, and bracket clamp. Total weight 1361 gm (3 lbs) Required to fit Wire Rods 2419 - 2428 onto 2101 & 2105 Automatic Film Applicators, sold as a pair. Note: Weight set is for Automatic Film Applicators 2101 and 2105 only. 188 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Automatic Film Applicator S Appearance Smaller footprint version of the 2101 Automatic Film Applicator. The Small Film Applicator has a clipboard to hold the drawdown chart. The clipboard size will accommodate a 19 x 26 cm (7.5 x 10.25 in) chart. One stroke length is available. The weight set is included to hold down the applicator bar when high viscosity coatings or inks are drawn down at a fast speed setting. 2105 Small Automatic Film Applicator Ordering Information Cat. No. 2105 Description Automatic Film Applicator S Note: To use the wire rods 2419-2428 on the 2105 Automatic Applicator the Rod Adapter 2430 must be used. Cat. No. 2113 2430 Description Weight Set, for 2101, 2105 Wire-wound rod Adapter Display Resolution Wire Bar Diameter Wire Bar Test Length Wire Bar Minimum Length Stroke Length Test Panel Size Preset Speed Memories Power Supply Power Consumption Dimensions Weight 50 - 500 mm/s (2 - 20 in/s) 10 mm/s (0.4 in/s) 10 mm/s (0.4 in/s) 10 - 13 mm (0.4 - 0.5 in) 200 mm max. (7 in max.) 305 mm (12.0 in) 240 mm (9.4 in) 250 x 195 mm (9.8 x 7.7 in) 4 230/115 V, 50/60 Hz selectable < 100 Watts 310 x 200 x 565 mm (12.2 x 7.8 x 22.2 in) 16.4 kg (36 lbs) Accessories Information Consists of weight holder, weight, and bracket clamp. Total weight 1361 gm (3 lbs) Required to fit Wire Rods 2419 - 2428 onto 2101 & 2105 Automatic Film Applicators, sold as a pair. PhysicalApplication Properties Ordering Information Traverse Speed Traverse Speed Accuracy Color Comes complete with: Small Automatic Film Applicator Rubber mat and clamp for sample holding Weight set Operating manual Technical Specifications Technical Service 189 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com byko-drive Automatic Film Applicator The byko-drive Automatic Applicator is an economical film applicator that improves the consistency of drawdowns. When more than one operator is drawing down the same coating or ink, the dry film appearance will vary because of different drawdown techniques. Drawdown speed and pressure on the applicator tool will impact the result. Film thickness, gloss, opacity, and color can vary with differing drawdown techniques. The byko-drive is available with a vacuum plate or glass plate with clamp. Applicator bars, U-shaped bars, applicator frames, film casting knifes, and wire-wound rods are acceptable applicators. The byko-drive has a compact design consisting of a light-weight aluminum chassis and impact resistant thermo-plastic cover. 2121 byko-drive V Automatic Film Applicator ■ User selectable start and stop positions to accommodate different chart sizes ■ Power assist carriage return for ease of operation ■ Drip pan for faster cleanup ■ Weight and bar fixture for consistent pressure on applicator devices ■ Small footprint to save on counter space ■ Easy to operate user controls ■ Adjustable push bar gap clearances The byko-drive has two user selectable speeds: ■ 10 mm/sec – complies with ISO method 11998 ■ 1 in/sec – same speed setting as the BYK-Gardner Mechanical Drive Ordering Information Technical Specifications Cat. No. 2121 2122 Description byko-drive V byko-drive G Comes complete with: byko-drive Weight bar (2123) External power supply Drip pan Instruction manual Note: Applicators and Vacuum Pump must be ordered separately. Standards ASTM D 823 Platform with vacuum plate with glass plate and clamp Voltage Traverse speeds Traverse speed accuracy Wire bar diameter limits Wire bar length maximum Stroke length Weight Test panel size maximum Dimensions Gap between push-bar and plate 100 - 240 V/50 - 60 Hz 10 mm/sec or 1 in/sec ±5% 6 - 19 mm (0.25 - 0.75 in) 406 mm (16 in) 25 - 235 mm (1 - 9.25 in) 6 kg (13 lbs) 229 x 305 mm (9 x 12 in) 365 x 229 x 127 mm (14.38 x 9 x 5 in) 3.7 mm, 10.0 mm, 16.4 mm Accessories Cat. No. 3879 3877 3875 3876 2129 2123 2128 2124 2125 2127 2126 2130 190 Description Vacuum Pump, 115V Vacuum Pump, 230V, European plug Vacuum Pump, 230V, UK Plug Vacuum Plate S Weight Bar, 1,362 gm (3.0 lbs) Weight Bar, 454 gm (1.0 lb) Weight Bar, 908 gm (2.0 lbs) Power supply, for byko-drive Drip pan Glass plate + clamp O-ring Set (10 pcs) Long Push Arm, pair, Adjustable gap BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Introduction Laboratory Balances Appearance Balances are one of the most universal laboratory instruments used in virtually every lab in the world today. BYK-Gardner offers the Sartorius balances to further enhance our ability to provide a "total solution" for the coatings and plastic laboratory market. These balances will meet the needs of virtually any lab, from routine QC checks to sophisticated R&D tasks. The Sartorius brand provides world class performance with a durable, rugged design. BYK-Gardner offers two Sartorius balances series. The Entris Series that are affordable analytical and toploading balances. The Quintix Series incorporates the latest features of balance design. The product offering includes analytical balances for the most critical weighting tasks and the easy to use toploading design. Color When selecting a balance the capacity and the readability are the two most important specifications. The capacity is the maximum limit of the balance. The readability is the minimum unit value that can be displayed. The pan size is another feature that should be considered. Physical Properties Balances BALANCES Technical Service 191 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Sartorius Balances Entris Analytical Balances The Entris series from Sartorius offers excellent performance for even the most demanding users. They meet all requirements for efficient workflow and accurate results needed in many of todays laboratory applications. All Entris models are made with state-of-art technology to provide accurate and outstanding performance at remarkably affordable prices. Entris balances are distinguised by an attractive design, durable ABS housing and user-friendly operation. ■ Advanced microprocessor for accurate weighing results and fast stabilization ■ Built-in application programs for weighing, percentage, density determination, counting, conversion ■ Backlit display ■ Pan size 90 mm (3.5 inch) ■ Anti-theft lock for cable or chain ■ Durable ABS housing ■ Integrated under-floor weighing ■ RS232C interface ■ External calibration ■ 2 year warranty Ordering Information Cat. No. 1636 1637 Description Entris 124-1S Entris 224-1S Comes complete with: Balance Draft shield, Anti-theft lock, Below balance weighing, Glass level 192 Technical Specifications Readability 0.0001 g 0.0001 g Voltage Net Weight, approx. Dimensions (DxWxH) Capacity Repeatibility 120 g 0.0001 g 220 g 0.0001 g 100-240V, 50-60Hz, 0.2A 4.4 kg (9.7 lb) 230 x 303 x 330 mm (9.1 x 11.9 x 13.0 in) BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Sartorius Balances Entris Toploading Balances Appearance The performance specifications of the Sartorius Entris series of balances set new standards in the compact and affordable laboratory balances market. Whether you need to weigh in a lab or in the field, with a Sartorius Entris series balance you will always have just the right equipment. ■ Easy navigation with function keys and simple to read level indicators ■ Built-in application programs: Weighing, percentage, density determination, counting, conversion ■ Backlit Display ■ Battery-operable with battery pack accessory ■ Extra large feet for easy leveling ■ Anti-theft lock protection ■ RS 232 C interface ■ Draft Shield for 323-1S and 623-1S models Cat. No. 1638 1639 1640 Entris 2202-1S Entris 6202-1S Entris 8201-1S Comes complete with: Balance Glass level, Anti-theft lock, Below balance weighing Technical Specifications Readability 0.001 g 0.001 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.1 g Voltage Net Weight, approx. Dimensions (DxWxH) Capacity 320 g 620 g 2200 g 6200 g 8200 g Repeatibility 0.001 g 0.001 g Pan Size 115 mm ø 115 mm ø 0.01 g 180 x 180 mm 0.01 g 180 x 180 mm 0.1 g 180 x 180 mm 100-240V, 50-60Hz, 0.2A 4.9 kg (10.8 lb) For part numbers 1638, 1639: 230 x 303 x 136 mm 9.1 x 11.9 x 5.4 in. For part numbers 1640 - 1642: 230 x 303 x 91 mm 9.1 x 11.9 x 3.6 in. Physical Properties Balances 1641 1642 Description Entris 323-1S Entris 623-1S Color Ordering Information Accessories Description Printer Printer paper, for 1607 Dust Cover, for Analytical Balance Data Cable RS232C/USB 193 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Technical Service Cat. No. 1607 1643 1609 1038 Sartorius Balances Sartorius Quintix Series The Quintix series of balances set new standards for design and performance. The Quintix Series provide a wide range of analytical and toploading solutions combining innovative design and highly advanced weighing technology. With the input from experienced lab users a new operating interface was developed. Selfexplanatory icons and plain-text prompts on a large touch screen display have all the information for easy operation. ■ Easy-to-run application programs at the touch of a button: % weighing, density, mass unit conversion, counting, statistics and more ■ Checkweighing to determine if a sample is within the tolerance range ■ Convenient filling mode for reliable filling to target value ■ isoCAL function to automatically compensate for drift caused by temperature fluctuations ■ Menu lock for protection against unintentional changes ■ Chemically and vibration resistant housing ■ Below balance weighing feature ■ USB interface with direct connectivity with Microsoft® Office program. No additional software is needed. ■ GLP/GMP compliant records Sartorius Quintix Analytical Balances ■ Draft shield with removable side panels ■ Easy to clean design ■ Resolution down to 0.1mg Ordering Information Cat. No. 1026 1027 Description Quintix 124-1S Quinitix 224-1S Comes complete with: Balance In use cover, Anti-theft lock Below balance weighing Draft shield 194 Technical Specifications Readability 0.0001 g 0.0001 g Voltage Net Weight, approx. Dimensions (DxWxH) Capacity 120 g 220 g Reproducibility Pan Size 0.0001 g 90 mm (3.54 in) 0.0001 g 90 mm (3.54 in) 100-240V, 50-60 Hz, 0.2A 5.2 kg (11.4 lb) 360x216x320 mm (14.1x8.5x12.6 in.) BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Sartorius Balances Quintix Toploading Balances Ordering Information Quintix 513-1S Quintix 612-1S Quintix 1102-1S Quintix 2102-1S Quintix 3102-1S Quintix 5102-1S Quintix 5101-1S Quintix 5100-1S Comes complete with: Balance In use cover, Anti-theft lock Below balance weighing Draft shield (for Quintix 213-1S, 313-1S, 513-1S only) Technical Specifications Readability 0.001 g 0.001 g 0.001 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.01 g 0.1 g 1.0 g Voltage New Weight, approx. Dimensions (DxWxH) Capacity 210 g 310 g 510 g 610 g 1100 g 2100 g 3100 g 5100 g 5100 g 5100 g Reproducibility 0.001 g 0.001 g Pan Size Diameter 120 mm 120 mm 0.001 g 120 mm 0.01 g 180 mm 0.01 g 180 mm 0.01 g 180 mm 0.01 g 180 mm 0.01 g 180 mm 0.1 g 180 mm 0.5 g 180 mm 100-240V, 50/60Hz, 0.2A 5.2 kg (11.4 lb.) For models 213,313,513: 360x216x320 mm (14.1x8.5x12.6 in.) For models 612, 2102, 3102, 5102, 5101, 5100: 360x216x95 mm (14.1x8.5x3.75 in.) Cat. No. 1607 1643 1608 1609 Technical Service Accessories Description Printer Printer Paper, for Printer 1607 Data Cable, USB/USB-A Dust Cover, Analytical Balances with draft shield 195 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Physical Properties Balances 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 Description Quintix 213-1S Quintix 313-1S Color Cat. No. 1028 1029 1030 Appearance ■ isoCAL feature – fully automatic temperature and time controlled adjustment ■ Weigh cell mounted on heavy-duty die-cast plate made of aluminum alloy ■ Anti-theft device – Kensington lock and lug for attaching a chain or cable ■ Draft shield standard for models 213, 313 and 513 BYK LC 2 Conductivity Meter Provides measurement of electrical conductivity of solvents and solvent borne paint formulations for electrostatic spray applications. ■ Stainless steel measuring cell and electrodes ■ Solvent resistant housing When measuring conductivity, liquid builds up a specific ohmic resistance to the electric current, depending on the applied voltage. The reciprocal value is the conductivity. The measured resistance depends on the geometric arrangement of the electrodes within the measuring cell. In order to be independent of the measuring cell, the measured resistance has to be divided by the cell constant “C” which yields specific resistance. The specific resistance describes the application and performance properties of electrocoating paints. The BYK-Gardner LC 2 Conductivity Meter was developed in cooperation with the VDA (Association of German Automotive Industry) following VDA standards. Measurement of the resistance of liquid paints is carried out in the annular passage of the measuring cell. The measuring cell consists of two separable parts. The electrodes are arranged concentrically (Cat. No.1710) or parallel (Cat. No.1712), thus forming an annular passage. They are insulated from each other. The electrodes of the measuring cell are made of stainless steel, with the surface polished and therefore easy to clean. Only an absolutely clean measuring cell guarantees that the entire surface of the electrode is available for measurement. The probe is impervious and can be immersed in solvents for a short time. Measuring Cell Conductivity Meter Standards ASTM DIN ISO Info! D 5682 55667 15091 This conductivity meter works only with solvents and solvent based paints. The presence of water will cause electrolysis and results in false readings. Ordering Information Cat. No. Description Technical Specifications 1722 Conductivity Meter LC 2 1710 1712 1713 Conductivity tube cell, LC 2 Conductivity plate cell, LC 2 Space holder for 1712 105 x 55 x 145 mm (4.1 x 2.2 x 5.7 in) Width Cell Length Cell Qty/Box Constant C 42 mm (1.6 in) 250 mm (9.8 in) 7.55 x 10-3 cm-¹ 50 mm (1.9 in) 380 mm (14.5 in) 7.55 x 10-3 cm-¹ 100 Measuring Range 50 kΩ - 19.99 MΩ, 20 µS - 0.05 µS Diameter Measuring Voltage 15 V (AC/DC) Power Supply 9 V battery Dimensions Note: BYK LC 2 Meter and measuring cell must be ordered separately. Please order 1713 space holders when ordering the 1712 measuring cell. The space holders are necessary to maintain the proper distance between the plates. Very easy to clean – Measuring Cell 196 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Density Cups Regular US Cup Tare weight Midget Cup with tare weight Appearance Density is defined as weight per unit volume at a specified temperature. Density cups are used for quality control because errors in paint composition will result in different density readings. Density cups have also been described as liquid pycnometers. Imperial Cup BYK-Gardner Density cups use a cylindrical shape which provides a large opening for easy filling, emptying, and cleaning. The tightly fitted stainless steel covers have an upward slope to a small hole in the center to allow excess sample material to be expelled without entrapping air bubbles, which increases accuracy. ASTM Cup Volume Made of corrosion resistant steel In North America the term “weight per gallon” (wpg) is used in the coating industry. The volume of the weight per gallon cup is such that, at a specified temperature, the numerical value in grams of water that it can hold is equal to, or ten times greater than, the numerical value in pounds of water that a gallon container can hold. A US gallon of water weighs 8.32 pounds, thus a Regular US weight per gallon cup holds ten times this amount in volume, 83.2 ml. When taking a measurement, the cup and the sample must be brought to the same equilibrium temperature (usually 25 °C or 77 °F). Regular and Imperial Cup tolerance are 0.5%; the Midget Cup tolerance is 1.2% measured at 25 ℃ with distilled water. Standards Determination of Density and Specific Gravity Volume (ml) 83.2 8.32 100 or 50 100 Procedure ■ Weigh cleaned density cup empty and record weight ■ Temper density cup and test liquid (Refer to appropriate test standard for proper temperature) ■ Fill density cup ■ Put cover on without tilting ■ Avoid air bubbles ■ Remove overflowing liquid carefully with absorbent cloth ■ Weigh filled density cup ■ Calculate density Density [weight full (g) – weight empty (g)] x 0.1 = lbs/gal [weight full (g) – weight empty (g)] = lbs/gal [weight full (g) – weight empty (g)] / volume (ml) = g/cm³ [weight full (g) – weight empty (g)] / volume (ml) = g/cm³ Specific Gravity (relative to water) [weight full (g) – weight empty (g)] x 0.01202 = specific gravity [weight full (g) – weight empty (g)] x 0.1202 = specific gravity specific gravity = density specific gravity = density 1 ml = 1 cm³; 1 liter = 1000 ml; specific gravity of water = 1 g/ml 1000 ml = 0.2646 U.S. gallon; 1 U.S. gallon = 3.785 liter 197 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Technical Service U.S. Standard Cup U.S. (Baltimore) Midget Cup ISO Cup British imperial Cup 2811 Density Physical Properties ISO Cups are machined from stainless steel, and use the metric system. The cups hold a defined volume of liquid of 50 or 100 ml. A tolerance of 0.1% is guaranteed. Testing is carried out in accordance with ISO at 23 °C ± 2 °C. D 333, D 1475, D 2805 3900 A 19 53217 Color ISO Cup Volume ASTM BS DIN ISO Density Cups BYK-Gardner offers four different sized density cups: ■ Regular US Cup with a volume of 83.2 ml ■ Midget cup with a volume of 8.32 ml. The Midget cup offers a direct conversion to lbs/gal, eliminating the need for dividing the full cup weight by 10. ■ British Imperial Standard size with a volume of 100 ml. ■ ISO standard size with a volume of 100 ml and 50 ml. All the BYK-Gardner Density Cups come uncertified except for the ISO Cups with part numbers 1130 and 1140. Certification is available for a fee. The certification is provided by BYK-Gardner’s ISO 17025 accredited service departments. Please contact your BYK-Gardner representative for pricing. ISO Density Cups Ordering Information Cat. No. 9654 9655 9664 9658 9659 1132 1130 1142 1140 198 Description US Density Cup US Density Cup w/tare weight US Midget Cup w/tare weight BSI Density Cup BSI Density Cup w/tare weight ISO Cup L ISO Cup L certified ISO Cup S ISO Cup S certified Technical Specifications Volume ml 83.2 83.2 8.32 100 100 100 100 50 50 Dimensions 38 x 76 mm (1.5 x 3 in) 38 x 76 mm (1.5 x 3 in) 25 x 32 mm (1.0 x 1.25 in) 38 x 89 mm (1.5 x 3.5 in) 38 x 89 mm (1.5 x 3.5 in) 52 x 62 mm (2.05 x 2.44 in) 52 x 62 mm (2.05 x 2.44 in) 52 x 34 mm (2.05 x 1.34 in) 52 x 34 mm (2.05 x 1.34 in) Shipping Weight 0.23 kg (0.5 lbs) 0.45 kg (1 lbs) 0.23 kg (0.5 lbs) 0.23 kg (0.5 lbs) 0.45 kg (1 lbs) 0.45 kg (1 lbs) 0.45 kg (1 lbs) 0.23 kg (0.5 lbs) 0.23 kg (0.5 lbs) BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Fineness of Grind Gages The Fineness of Grind Gage is used to indicate the fineness of grind or the presence of coarse particles or agglomerates in a dispersion. It does not determine particle size or particle size distribution. Grind gages are used in controlling the production, storage, and application of dispersion products produced by milling in the paint, plastic, pigment, printing ink, paper, ceramic, pharmaceutical, food, and many other industries. Wedge Printing Plates The Wedge Printing Plate offers a convenient quality check for ink prior to use on the press. The ink can be evaluated for color, gloss, holdout, varnishability, drying time, rub and fade resistance. The plate consists of a precisely made channel of a fixed depth to control the ink film thickness. The channel has a large surface area to evaluate ink properties. The ink is precisely hand-drawn using a scraper. The plate is easy to clean for quick turnaround. 1 80 2 3 60 Made of corrosion resistant stainless steel 4 5 40 6 20 7 8 100 Standards ASTM ISO FTMS D 333, D 1210, D 1316 1524 141a, Method 4411.1 The Hegman scale or National Standard scale may be abbreviated “NS” on the gage. The scale ranges from 0 to 8 with numbers increasing as the particle size decreases. 0 Hegman = 4 mil/100 micron particle size 4 Hegman = 2 mil/50 micron particle size 8 Hegman = 0 mil/0 micron particle size BYK-Gardner offers a wide variety of grind gages varying in scales, number of grooves, length and width of grooves and size of the block. Physical Dispersion Properties Most gages will have one scale marked in either mils or microns. 1 mil = 25.4 microns 1 mil = 0.001 inch 1 micron = 0.001 mm µm 100 Color The Fineness of Grind Gage is a flat steel block in the surface of which are two flat-bottomed grooves varying uniformly in depth from a maximum at one end of the block to zero near the other end. Groove depth is graduated on the block according to one or more scales used for measuring particle size. Hegman 0 Appearance Also called grind gages and Hegman gages. Many types of solid materials must be ground or milled into finer particles for dispersion in appropriate liquid vehicles. The physical properties of the resulting dispersions, often called “grinds”, depend not only on the actual size of the individual particles, but also on the degree to which they are dispersed. New! Technical Service Ordering Information Cat. No. 1518 2514 1522 Description Replacement Scraper, 50 mm Replacement Scraper, 95 mm Replacement Scraper, 117 mm Accessories for Grindometers 1509 - 1512 for Grind Gages 2500 - 2517 for Wedge Printing Plates 199 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Fineness of Grind Gages Ordering Information Technical Specifications Cat. No. 1509 Description Grindometer 15* 1510 Grindometer 25* 13 x 130 mm 2 1511 Grindometer 50* 13 x 130 mm 2 1512 Grindometer 100* 13 x 130 mm 2 2500 Grind Gage No. 25 0.5 x 2 in 2 2501 Grind Gage No. 45 0.5 x 4 in 2 2502 Grind Gage No. 65 0.5 x 6 in 2 2503 Grind Gage No. 5251 0.5 x 5 in 2 2504 Grind Gage No. 5252 0.5 x 5 in 2 2505 Grind Gage No. 5254 0.5 x 5 in 2 2506 Grind Gage No. 54 2 x 5 in 1 2507 Grind Gage No. 52 2 x 5 in 1 2508 Grind Gage No. 51 2 x 5 in 1 2509 Grind Gage No. 6251 - G1 1 x 6.25 in 2 2510 Grind Gage No. 6252 - G2 1 x 6.25 in 2 2511 Grind Gage No. 6254 - G4 1 x 6.25 in 2 2512 Grind Gage No. PD-250 1 x 6.25 in 2 2513 Grind Gage No. PB-20 0.5 x 8 in 2 2516 Grind Gage No. 5252-N 12.7 x 127 mm 2 2517 Grind Gage No. 5254-N 12.7 x 127 mm 2 1520 Wedge Printing Plate, Warren-2 76.2 x 165.1 mm 1521 Wedge Printing Plate, Warren-3 76.2 x 165.1 mm Comes complete with: Grind block, Scraper, Reusable Storage Case *Note: Designed to comply with ISO method 1524 200 Path Size No. Of Paths 13 x 130 mm 2 Scales Range Micron/ 0 - 15 Hegman 8 - 6.8 Micron/ 0 - 25 Hegman 8-6 Micron/ 0 - 50 Hegman 8-4 Micron/ 0-100 Hegman 8-0 Hegman/ 8-0 Mils 0-5 Hegman/ 8-0 Mils 0-5 Hegman/ 8-0 Mils 0-5 Microns/ 0 - 25 Mils/ 0-1 Hegman 8-6 Microns/ 0 - 50 Mils/ 0-2 Hegman 8-4 Microns/ 0-100 Mils/ 0-4 Hegman 8-0 Hegman/ 8-0 Microns 0-100 Hegman/ 8-4 Microns 0 - 50 Hegman/ 8-6 Microns 0 - 25 Hegman/ 8-6 Micron/ 0 - 25 NPIRI 0 - 10 Hegman/ 8-4 Microns/ 0 - 50 NPIRI 0 - 20 Hegman/ 8-0 Microns/ 0-100 NPIRI 0 - 40 Microns/ 0 - 50 Microns 0-250 Mils 0 - 20 Dimensions Net Weight 169 x 42 x 13 mm 1 kg (2.2 lbs) 169 x 42 x 13 mm 1 kg (2.2 lbs) 169 x 42 x13 mm 1 kg (2.2 lbs) 169 x 42 x 13 mm 1 kg (2.2 lbs) 0.5 x 2.5 x 4.80 in 0.9 kg (2.0 lbs) 0.5 x 2.5 x 6.69 in 1.6 kg (3.5 lbs) 0.5 x 2.5 x 8 in 1.8 kg (4.0 lbs) 0.5 x 2.5 x 6.69 in 1.8 kg (4.0 lbs) 0.5 x 2.5 x 6.69 in 1.8 kg (4.0 lbs) 0.5 x 2.5 x 6.69 in 1.8 kg (4.0 lbs) 0.50 x 3.5 x 6.75 in 3.6 kg (8.0 lbs) 3.6 kg (8.0 lbs) 3.6 kg (8.0 lbs) 5.0 kg (11 lbs) 0.50 x 3.5 x 6.75 in 0.50 x 3.5 x 6.75 in 0.75 x 3.5 x 9.5 in 0.75 x 3.5 x 9.5 in 5.0 kg (11 lbs) 0.75 x 3.5 x 9.5 in 5.0 kg (11 lbs) 0.75 x 3.5 x 9.5 in 5.0 kg (11 lbs) 3.0 kg (6.5 lbs) 1.8 kg (4.0 lbs) 0.75 x 2.5 x 9.5 in 0 - 50 4-8 5 - 10 0-100 0-8 0 - 10 0.3 12.7 x 63.5 x 171.5 mm 1 Microns Hegman North Microns Hegman North Mils 1 Mils 0.4 101.6 x 165.1 x mm 12.7 x 63.5 x 171.5 mm 1.8 kg (4.0 lbs) 101.6 x 165.1 x mm 3.4 kg (7.4 lbs) 3.4 kg (7.4 lbs) Tolerance range for 1509 - 1512: ± 2.5 microns Tolerance range for 2500 - 2517: ±5.1 microns BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Drying Time Recorder BYK-Gardner offers the versatile BK Drying Time Recorder to help quantify the various stages of film curing and drying, deliver reproducible results, and guarantee highest efficiency: ■ Simultaneous testing of 6 samples – saves time ■ Three different speeds: 6-12-24 hrs – for any application ■ Alternative speeds available upon request Appearance The various stages of drying and curing that occur in films are easy to detect but difficult to define in terms of chemical and physical principles. In order to evaluate them objectively it is necessary to use instrumentation under controlled conditions. BK Drying Time Recorder Typical Test Result Procedure Cat. No. 2711 2710 Description Drying Time Recorder 115V Drying Time Recorder 230V 0 2 1.5 3 2 Levelling Basic trace Ripped film Standards ASTM ISO DIN EN 4 5 4 5 Surface trace time Dry D 5895 9117-4 14022 Technical Specifications Power Supply 115 VAC/60 Hz 230 VAC/50 Hz Dimensions 49 x 25 x 11 cm (19.3 x 9.8 x 4.3 in) 49 x 25 x 11 cm (19.3 x 9.8 x 4.3 in) Shipping Weight 4.7 kg (10.4 lbs) 4.7 kg (10.4 lbs) Comes complete with: Drying Time Recorder 6 Glass panels, 6 Needles 1mm (2735), 6 Needles 2mm (2737) Note: This Drying Time Recorder can only be used at room temperature Ordering Information Description Needle Set, 1mm Needle Set 2 mm Glass Panel Set Glass Panel Holder Film Applicator, 12 mm Weight Set Accessories Description Set of 12; 1 mm diameter with rounded tip Set of 6, 2 mm diameter with rounded tip Set of 12 For coating glass panels. Use 2723; dimensions 36 x 4 x 2 cm (14 x 1.6 x 0.8 in) Sttainless steel, 2 gaps, gap clearance (38 and 76 µm) Set of 6, 5 grams per weight Technical Service Cat. No. 2735 2737 2730 2720 2723 2736 Physical Drying Properties Time Ordering Information 1 Color ■ Coat the glass strip using the film applicator and holder (order separately below) ■ The drying of the paint starts here. If you prepare multiple panels at different times note the time when the draw down was made and add it to the time the sample is in the recorder ■ Place needles on the sample strip and select the speed by adjusting the speed switch ■ Turn the recorder on – the unit will automatically switch off at the end of the test ■ Evaluate the results (see figure at right) Glass panels Film Applicator and Holder 201 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Permeability Cups The permeability of a coating to water vapor is measured by suspending a free film of the material across the top of a wide shallow cup. Then, in a controlled environment, a desiccant is used to draw water vapor through the film into or out of the cup. Weight loss or gain of the cup’s content over a specified period is used to determine the rate of vapor transmission through the film. The permeability of a film to many other substrates in the gaseous state can be tested in a similar fashion. Permeability Cup The BYK-Gardner PERM Cup is a shallow cylinder with a threaded flange, flat retaining washer and threaded ring cover. Rubber gaskets are used to tightly seal the specimen between the cup and the ring cover. The cup and cover are knurled for easier handling. Standards ASTM ISO D 1653 7783-2 Two different size cups are available: ■ Large 25 cm² cup meets the ASTM standard ■ Small 10 cm² cup allows the use of a smaller specimen and less desiccant Procedure During a test, vapor passes from the cup through the film specimen to an open container of desiccant or other absorbent material in a controlled environment. The permeability cup and other container are sealed together in a larger container to provide control of the vapor pressure. Testing may also be set up to allow passage of vapor from a solution in the open container through the test film to a desiccant or other absorbent material within the permeability cup. Ordering Information Cat. No. 2300 2301 Description Permeability Cup S Permeability Cup L Technical Specifications Exposed Area 10 cm² 25 cm² Dimensions 6.3 x 2.5 cm (2.5 x 1 in) 8.1 x 2.5 cm (3.25 x 1 in) Net Weight 76 g (2.7 oz.) 129 g (4.6 oz.) Comes complete with: Threaded flange, Cup bottom, Retaining washer, Neoprene gasket, Polyethylene gasket, Operating manual Ordering Information Cat. No. 2302 2303 2304 2305 202 Description Polyethylene Gasket L Neoprene Gasket L Polyethylene Gasket S Neoprene Gasket S BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Introduction Appearance Film thickness gages are among the most essential instruments used in the coatings industry. The generally accepted ratio of dry film to wet film thickness of most coatings is: Dry Film = Wet Film x % Vol. Solids of Coating 100 Errors in film thickness estimates result in a needless expenditure of time, material, and money. If a film is too thin, its hiding power and protective capabilities may be inadequate and time will be lost in recoating the surface. If a coating application results in a dry film being excessively thick, failures such as cracking, flaking, or excessive drying time may result. Also, there is the cost factor of applying too much coating. Wet Film Thickness Color In order to control the process variables when applying a coating to a surface, it is often desirable that measurements are made to determine thickness while the coating is still wet. Wet film measurement is done by devices based upon the shape of the surface area, and the expected range of thickness. In addition, wet film measurements are also very useful for coating systems where the dry film thickness can only be measured destructively. Measuring coating thickness accurately maximizes quality and minimizes material costs. Dry film checking can be carried out non-destructively or destructively, for e.g. multi-layer applications. FILM THICKNESS 203 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Technical Service Non-Destructive Tests Electronic type gages with digital display are used. These instruments measure the thickness of insulating coatings on non-magnetic, metal substrates (NFe) and of non-magnetic coatings on steel or iron (Fe). Two different measurement principles are being used: ■ Magnetic inductive measurement on Fe-substrates ■ Eddy-current measurement on NFe-substates ■ Examples for insulating and non-magnetic coatings: paint, plastic, enamel, chrome, copper, zinc, powder coatings, electro-plating, galvanizing, rubber, hard chrome, sprayed metal, ceramics ■ Examples for NFe substrates: aluminum, copper, brass, non-magnetic steel, bronze, magnesium, zinc ■ Examples for Fe substrates: steel, cast iron Physical Film Properties Thickness Dry Film Thickness Measurement Techniques Magnetic Induction (Fe): This method uses two magnet coils where the magnetic field changes if brought near a ferromagnetic substrate. The change of the magnetic field is related to the distance between the probe and the substrate – thus to film thickness. The second of the two coils takes up the magnetic current. This magnetic coupling between both magnetic poles is the measure used for film thickness. In addition, electromagnetic induction uses alternating magnetic fields, generated by a ferromagnetic coil. Today, highly precise Hall-effect semiconductors are integrated in modern ferrous probes. Eddy-Current Measurements (NFe): This method is required when measuring non-conductive coatings (NFe) on non-ferromagnetic substates (NFe) such as e.g. aluminum. The eddy-current measurement method is based on the principles of the electromagnetic induction technique. A coil of fine wire conducting a high frequency alternating current sets up a magnetic field which changes its direction according to the alternating current connected. When the NFe probe is brought near a conductive substrate, eddy currents are generated, which affect the magnetic field of the coil. The effect depends on the characteristics of the substrate and the distance between the probe and substrate – i.e. film thickness. Coating Aluminium Aluminium -Anodizing N Brass -Bronze -Cadmium -Chrome-hard -Copper -Eloxal N Epoxy N Galvanizing -Lacquer -Molybdenum disulphide -Nickel-electroless -Paint N Plastic N Rubber N Tin Varnish N Brass Choosing the Right Probe It is important to choose the appropriate test method for each application. The following table shows the recommended test methods for different combinations of substrate and coating. The type of substrate is very easily established with a magnet. In case the magnet adheres to the substrate, an Fe substrate is concerned. Calibration An accuracy check should be performed once a day by using a certified precision shim. If the measurement is outside of the certified ± range, a calibration procedure described in the gage’s operating manual should be performed. All electronic film thickness gages offer a zero (baseline) calibration function by measuring an uncoated substrate. The more advanced gages allow for two point calibration using a certified precision shim to adjust the gage’s calibration curve. The calibration should be performed on a flat, smooth surface. Substrate Bronze Copper --------N ----N N --------N ----N N --------N ----N N N N N F F F F F F F -F F F F F* F F F F F Steel Magnesium -N -----------N N --------N -N N -N N Stainless -------------N N Titanium --------N -N --N N Zinc -- -- -- -- N = non-ferromagnetic; F = ferromagnetic *Note: only if nickel content is 8% or greater 204 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Wet Film Thickness Gages Appearance Measuring the film thickness of freshly applied coatings in the wet stage is very important. On one hand, film thickness influences the quality of a product; on the other hand, applying too much coating can be expensive. Depending on the application method, it is advisable to measure wet film thickness. For measuring wet film thickness, BYKGardner offers a comb or “interchemical gage”. Comb Type Gage The comb is a ruler-shaped gage with two supports at each of its six sides, having tabs of varying lengths. ■ Hexagonal shape made of corrosion resistant stainless steel Cat. No. 3501 3505 3507 3509 3510 Description Comb Gage 25-2000 µm, stainless steel Comb Gage 1-80 mils, stainless steel Comb Gage 5-150 µm, stainless steel Comb Gage Set, plastic, set of 10 Comb Gage Set, plastic, set of 100 Technical Specifications Measuring Range 25 - 2000 µm 1 - 80 mils 5 - 150 Μm (0.2 - 6 mils) 25 - 2000 µm (1 - 80 mils) 25 - 2000 µm (1 - 80 mils) Outer Diameter 90 mm 90 mm 58 mm 90 mm 90 mm Physical Film Properties Thickness Ordering Information Color Procedure: ■ For measuring, push the comb gage perpendicularly into the film using the measuring range that corresponds to the expected film thickness ■ Remove the comb gage from the coating ■ The wet film thickness will fall between the clearance of the shortest tab that is wet and the clearance of the next shortest dry tab ■ The plastic comb gage may be used up to 60 °C (140 °F) Technical Service 205 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Interchemical Gages Wet Film Thickness Gages The Interchemical Thickness Gage has long been the standard for measuring wet film thickness in the coatings industry. (U.S. Patent No. 3,128,558). BYK-Gardner offers three basic models in various ranges. All models have an accuracy of +/- 0.0001 in (2.5 µm) or 2.5% full scale, whichever is greater. 1 8 6 0 0 4 0.8 6 2 6 0. 8 0.4 0.2 0 mils 0.1 1.5 0.5 Standards ASTM ISO 1 ■ For critical measurements ■ Has a rotating scale to facilitate accurate gage reading ■ No black plate on the opposite side of the wheel is present *Note: U.S. Patent No. 3,128,558 0.4 4 Model R * – Rotating Scale ■ For very thin coatings and accurate measurements on moving surfaces ■ Inside is hollowed out; very lightweight – only 0.3 lb ■ Black rotating scale to minimize reading errors *Note: U.S. Patent No. 3,128,558 0.6 1 ■ For general use (original Interchemical design) ■ Scale is stamped on the outside of the metal wheel; no rotating scale is used Model L * – Low Inertial with Rotating Scale 0.8 0.2 0 . Model S – General Use s 1 mil 2 The gage consists of an eccentric inner wheel, supported by two larger outer concentric wheels. At a specific point, the inner wheel touches and picks up wet film when the gage is rolled on the coated surface. This critical clearance may be read on a rotating scale. D 1212 2808 Gage Holder The gages may be held between the thumb and forefinger to take a reading, or it may be inserted into the gage holder. This holder is widely used to measure coatings safely on moving surfaces such as high-speed press rollers. It can also be used on stationary, flat, or curved surfaces since the holder makes it easier to exert a steady, even force on the gage. Ordering Information Cat. No. 6580 206 Description Holder for Inmont Gage Accessories Dimensions 6.4 x 5.1 x 17.8 cm (2.5 x 2 x 7 in) Net Weight 0.2 kg (0.4 lbs) Shipping Weight 0.5 kg (1.0 lbs) BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Interchemical Gages English Metric Metric Metric Metric Metric Metric Metric Metric Metric Metric Metric Metric Dimensions Net Weight Shipping Weight Inmont Gage S, 10-30 mils Inmont Gage L, 0-20 µm Inmont Gage L, 0-40 µm Inmont Gage R, 0-20 µm Inmont Gage R, 0-40 µm Inmont Gage R, 0-100 µm Inmont Gage R, 50-250 µm Inmont Gage R, 200-700 µm Inmont Gage S, 0-20 µm Inmont Gage S, 0-40 µm Inmont Gage S, 0-100 µm Inmont Gage S, 50-250 µm Inmont Gage S, 200-700 µm Comes complete with: Inmont Film Gage Operating instructions Note: Holder must be ordered separately Info! Scale English English English English English English English English English English English Full Scale Calibration Range 0 - 1 mil 0 - 2 mil 0 - 1 mil 0 - 2 mil 0 - 4 mil 2 - 12 mil 10 - 30 mil 0 -1 mil 0 - 2 mil 0 -4 mil 2 - 12 mil Recommended 0.2 - 0.8 mil 0.4 - 1.6 mil 0.2 - 0.8 mil 0.4 - 1.6 mil 0.8 - 3.2 mil 3 - 11 mil 11 - 20 mil 0.2 - 0.8 mil 0.4 - 1.6 mil 0.8 - 3.2 mil 3 - 11 mil Resolution 0.05 mil 0.2 mil 0.05 mil 0.1 mil 0.2 mil 0.5 mil 1.0 mil 0.05 mil 0.1 mil 0.2 mil 0.5 mil 10 - 30 mil 11 - 20 mil 1.0 mil 0 - 20 µm 4 - 16 µm 1 µm 0 - 40 µm 8 - 32 µm 2 µm 0 - 20 µm 4 - 16 µm 1 µm 0 - 40 µm 8 - 32 µm 2 µm 0 - 100 µm 20 - 80 µm 5 µm 50 - 250 µm 70 - 230 µm 10 µm 200 - 700 µm 250 - 650 µm 25 µm 0 - 20 µm 4 - 16 µm 1 µm 0 - 40 µm 8 - 32 µm 2 µm 0 - 100 µm 20 - 80 µm 5 µm 50 - 250 µm 70 - 230 µm 10 µm 200 - 700 µm 250 - 650 µm 25 µm 5 cm dia x 2.5 cm (2 in dia x 1 in) Model L: 0.1 kg (0.3 lbs) / Model R/S: 0.2 kg (0.5 lbs) Model L/R/S: 0.34 kg (0.75 lbs) * U.S. Patent No. 3,128,558 Certification available. Please contact Customer Service for pricing. Physical Film Properties Thickness 6964 6515 6965 6516 6541 6542 6543 6544 6550 6551 6552 6553 6554 Description Inmont Gage L, 0-1 mil Inmont Gage L, 0-2 mil Inmont Gage R, 0-1 mils Inmont Gage R, 0-2 mils Inmont Gage R, 0-4 mils Inmont Gage R, 2-12 mils Inmont Gage R, 10-30 mils Inmont Gage S, 0-1 mils Inmont Gage S, 0-2 mils Inmont Gage S, 0-4 mils Inmont Gage S, 2-12 mils Color Technical Specifications Cat. No. 6500 6958 6959 6511 6512 6513 6514 6960 6961 6962 6963 Appearance Ordering Information Technical Service 207 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com byko-test 4200/4500 Dry Film Thickness Gages The byko-test 4500/4200 film thickness gauges allows for the measurement of a variety of products. No cable exchange or calibration is needed when changing from a ferrous to a non-ferrous substrate. The large LCD display and 10 second retention of the last measured value makes the byko-test 4500/4200 easy to use. ■ Compact pocket size instrument ■ One-handed design for ease of use ■ Switchable from mils to microns ■ Strong, wear resistant ruby probe tip ■ V-groove in probe for positioning on cylindrical parts ■ Accoustic signal for measurement confirmation ■ Automatic substrate recognition ■ Extended measuring range ■ Faster measuring speed ■ Graphic display with backlight For sample areas that are difficult to reach, the byko-test 4500/4200 EC models come with an 1 meter length extension cable. The extension cable offers more flexibility to position the sensor. Standards ASTM BS DIN ISO B 499, D 1186, D 1400, D 7091 3900 Part C5, 5411 (3,11) 50981, 50984 2360, 2808, 2178 byko-test with extension cable Ordering Information Cat. No. 3634 3636 3635 3637 Description byko-test 4200 Fe byko-test 4200 Fe EC, probe 3638 byko-test 4500 Fe/NFe byko-test 4500 Fe/NFe EC, probe 3639 Cat. No. PG-3635 Comes complete with: byko-test gage Carrying case with zero plates Operating instructions Calibration Certificate 2 AA batteries Extension cable (1meter) for 3636, 3637 only Technical Specifications Substrate Fe Substrate NFe Measuring Range Accuracy Minimum Curvature Minimum Substrate Thickness Minimum Area of Measurement Operating Temperature Power Supply Dimensions Weight steel or iron non-magnetic metals: aluminum, copper, brass, zinc, stainless steel Fe: 0 - 3000 µm (0 - 120 mils) NFe: 0 - 3000 µm (0 - 120 mils) ± (2µm + 3 %*) 5 mm (0.2 in) convex; 30 mm (1.2 in) concave Fe: 0.2 mm (0.01 in) NFe 0,05 mm (0,002 in) 10 x 10 mm (0.4 x 0.4 in) 0 - 60 °C (32 - 140 °F) 2 x AA Batteries 100 x 62 x 27 mm (4 x 2.5 x 1.1 in) approx. 130 g (4.6 oz) with battery *Note: of measured value 208 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com byko-test 8500 Two models are available for different requirements: With all important functions needed to measure and evaluate the thickness of non-metal layers on metal substrates. Basic statistical functions, memory for up to 100 readings, optional wireless connection to a PC and data transfer to Excel. Standards ASTM BS DIN ISO B 499, D 1400, D 1186, D 7091 3900 Part C5, 5411 (3,11) 50981, 50984 Color Basic version Appearance The byko-test 8500 film thickness gage has a modular design to accommodate a wide range of applications. Multiple sensor probes are available for maximun flexibility. Coating thickness can be measured on a wide variety of metal substrates: iron, steel, copper, aluminum, zinc, brass, and titanium. ■ Illuminated graphical display and keypad ■ Easy to use menu ■ One-hand operation ■ Flip display by 180 degrees ■ Multi-language support ■ Modular design with exchangeable probes ■ Automatic and user specific calibration ■ Wireless data transfer to PC (optional) ■ Durable, wear-resistant ruby probe tip ■ V-groove in probe for measuring cylindrical parts ■ Acoustic signal for measurment confirmation 2178 ,2360, 2808,19840 Physical Film Properties Thickness Premium version Enhanced memory functions, batch measurement with up to 13000 measurements in 200 batches, memory for up to 100 custom calibrations, software and wireless data transfer, average zero adjustment for rough substrates, single and continous measurement modes included. Ordering Information Description byko-test 8500 B Fe byko-test 8500 B NFe byko-test 8500 B Fe/NFe byko-test 8500 P Fe byko-test 8500 P NFe byko-test 8500 P Fe/NFe byko-test 8500 basic comes complete with: Instrument ; 2 mm Standard Sensor; 2 Mignon-Batteries 1.5V (AA) (Alkaline); Adapter cable for external sensor; Instruction manual; Certificate for sensor; softbag; carrying case; Zero plates byko-test 8500 premium comes complete with: Instrument; 2 mm Standard Sensor; 2 Mignon-Batteries 1.5V (AA) (Alkaline); Adapter cable for external Sensor; Instruction manual; Certificate for sensor; Softbag; Carrying Case; Zero plates; Software; USB-wireless connector incl. Elongation cable Technical Specifications Resolution 0.1 µm 0 - 99.9 µm, 1 µm 100 - 999 µm 10 µm ≥ 1000 µm Accuracy ± (1 µm + 2%*) 0 - 2000 µm ± 3,5%* > 2000 µm (*) percent of measurement value Measurement Range 0 - 2000 Μm (0 - 78 mils) Minimum Area of MeaFe: 10 x 10 mm (0.79 x 0.79 in) surement NFe: 10 x 10 mm (0.79 x 0.79 in) Minimum Curvature convex 5 mm (0.20 in); concave 30 mm (1.2 in) Minimum Substrate Thick- Fe: 0.2 mm (0.008 in) ness NFe: 0.05 mm (0.002 in) Communication Wireless Connection 2.4 GHz, distance max. 10 m Temperature Range Storage -10°C (14°F)to 60°C (140°F) Usage 0°C (32°) to 50°C (122°F) Power Supply 2 x Mignon-Batteries (AA) 1.5V Alkali or rechargeable-Batteries (AA) 1.2V Dimensions 124 mm x 67 mm x 33 mm (4.9 x 2.6 x 1.3 in) Weight ca. 120g (instrument with batteries and probe) 209 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Technical Service Cat. No. 3661 3662 3663 3664 3665 3666 Wireless Sensor Wireless Sensor for areas difficult to access with internal and external sensors. The new wireless sensor for the byko-test 8500 is built for all applications requiring a small sensor without direct connection to the instrument. byko-test 8500 wireless sensor has a long lasting rechargable batteries, a broad reach of 12 m and is available as single or dual sensor. Thickness Standards For control and inspection purposes individual shims or sets of thickness standards are available. Accessories Cat. No. 3640 3641 Certified Calibration Shims These plastic shims (3740/3741) aid in the calibration of thickness gages on ferrous or non-ferrous metallic substrates. Plastic shims can be used to calibrate on the actual test substrate. 210 3642 3643 3644 3645 3646 3740 3741 3647 3648 3667 3668 3669 3649 Description byko-test 8500 B, no sensor byko-test 8500 P, no sensor Fe-sensor 2000 µm Fe-sensor 5000 µm NFe-sensor 2000 µm Dual-Sensor 2000/2000 Dual-Sensor 5000/2000 Calibration Shims 25-500 µm Calibration Shims 11-980 µm byko-test 8500 Software USB-wireless connector Wireless Fe-Sensor Wireless NFe Sensor Wireless Dual Fe/NFe Sensor Probe Cable, 1 meter BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com DUALSCOPE MP0R Appearance The DUALSCOPE MP0R film gage allows quick and easy measurements of coatings thickness on ferrous and non-ferrous substrates. The instrument automatically identifies the kind of substrate and selects the appropriate test method accordingly. The instrument is designed for one-hand operation. An integrated spring guarantees a constant pressure of the probe to the sample's surface. The instrument comes with an USB interface for bi-directional data transmission to the Data Center Software. Data can be exported to Excel spreadsheet. ASTM BS DIN ISO Ordering Information Technical Specifications Description DUALSCOPE MP0R B 499, D 1400, D 7091 3900 Part C5, 5411 (3,11) 50981, 50984 2178, 2360, 2808 Substrate Fe Substrate NFe Measuring Range Memory Accuracy Minimum Curvature Minimum Substrate Thickness Min. Measuring Area Operating Temperature Power Supply Dimensions Weight steel or iron non-magnetic metals: aluminum, copper, brass, zinc, stainless steel 0 - 2000 µm (0 - 78 mils) 10.000 values 0 - 75 µm: ≤1.5 µm (Fe) 0 - 50 µm ≤ 1.0 µm (NFe) 75 - 1000 µm: ≤ 2% of reading (Fe) 50 - 1000 µm ≤ 2% of reading (NFe) 1000 - 2000 µm: ≤ 3% of reading (Fe) 1000 - 2000 µm: 3% of reading (NFe) 5 mm (0.2 in) convex 32 mm (1.2 in) concave Fe: 0.1 mm; NFe: 0.02 mm 2.5 x 2.5 mm (0.1 x 0.1 in) 0 °C - 40 °C (32 °F - 104 °F) 2 x AA batteries 64 x 30 x 85 mm (2.5 x 1.2 x 3.3 in) approx. 137g (4.8 oz) with battery 211 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Technical Service Comes complete with: DUALSCOPE MP0R gage Manual 2 x AA batteries Protective bag Zero standard Fe/NFe Thickness standard Protective cap Lanyard Calibration certificate PC Datex software Data Center software USB cable Instrument case Standards Physical Film Properties Thickness Cat. No. 3686 Color DUALSCOPE MP0R: ■ Compact size instrument ■ Illuminated display ■ Statistic function, min., max., mean, Std. dev. ■ Two displays for easy view for measurement results ■ Magnetic-induction Fe-sensor particularly suitable for the automotive industry ■ Eddy current method for non-ferrous substrates ■ Large memory stores up to 10.000 values ■ Indicator LED for pass/fail ■ Conductivity compensation for measurements on aluminum alloys ■ Continuous scan of measurement surface ■ Easy to use menu navigation ■ Automatic turning display ■ Two special measuring modes to conform to IMO PSPC (90/10 rule) and SSPC-PA2 micro-TRI-gloss µ Gloss and Film Thickness in one Instrument Gloss and film thickness are important QC criteria for coatings. The new micro-TRI-gloss Μ measures both in seconds and at the same position. This saves time and is ideal for checks in the field. ■ Simultaneous display 20°, 60°, 85° – for high gloss to matte coatings ■ Dual sensor Fe/NFe – measures thickness on steel as well as on aluminum ■ Automatic check of glossmeter calibration standard ■ Easy, multilingual menu operation with scroll wheel ■ Statistics, Differences and Pass/Fail ■ Memory for 999 readings with name input ■ easy-link software included for professional documentation in Excel® ■ Data transfer from the glossmeter to PC via USB or Bluetooth® wireless technology Ordering Information Cat. No. 4448 107304448 Description micro-TRI-gloss µ Extended Warranty one year additional Comes complete with: micro-TRI-gloss µ glossmeter Calibration holder with certificate Zero standards Fe and NFe easy-link software USB-cable Operating manual Battery Durable carrying case Standards ISO ASTM DIN Gloss 2813 D 523 67530 Technical Specifications Gloss Geometry 20° 60° Application high gloss 85° Measurement Range Repeatability Reproducibility Thickness Substrate Measurement Range Accuracy Dimensions Weight Ordering Information Cat. No. 4405 4545 4449 4434 Description USB-Cable BYKWARE easy-link Calibration Holder Checking Standard TRI semi gloss low gloss 0 - 100 GU ± 0.2 GU ± 0.5 GU Measurement Area 10x10 mm (0.4x0.4 in) 9x15 mm (0.35x0.6 in) 5x38 mm (0.2x1.5 in) 100 - 2000 GU ± 0.2 % ± 0.5 % Fe: magnetic NFe: non magnetic 0 - 500 µm (0 - 20 mils) ± (1.5 Μm +2% of measured value) 155 x 73 x 48 mm (6.1x2.9x1.9 in) 400 g (0.9 lbs) Accessories For data transfer from the glossmeter to a PC, USB-A Software for direct data transfer and documentation in Excel® (see page easy-link) Replacement High gloss and 3 Semi gloss tiles, 170 x 103 x 26 mm (6.7 x 4.1 x 1 in) Certifi 212 Thickness 2178, 2360, 2808 B 499, D 1400 ed For Certification Services and Preventive Maintenance see pages about Technical Service. BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Thickness Standards Certified Precision Plastic Shims 0.5 mils 1 mil 0.2 mils 4 mil Appearance These plastic shims aid in the calibration of thickness gages on ferrous or non-ferrous metallic substrates. Plastic shims can be used to calibrate on the actual test substrate. ■ Traceable to NIST or BAM standard ■ Used to comply with ISO compliance Eight different thicknesses are available, with the mil thickness marked on each shim. An individual serial number is also placed on each shim to ensure accuracy of +/- 5%. 20 mils Cat. No. 3760 7100 Calibration Shims 11-980 µm* Thickness:25 µm (1 mils), 50 µm (2 mils),125 µm (4.9 mils), 250 µm (9.8 mils), 500 µm (19.7 mils), zero plates for Fe/NFe Thickness: 11 µm (0.43 mils), 49 µm (1.9 mils), 100 µm (3.9 mils), 348 µm (13.7 mils), 980 µm (38.6 mils), zero plates for Fe/NFe Technical Service 3741 Precision Plastic Shim 1.0 mils Precision Plastic Shim 2.0 mils Precision Plastic Shim 5.0 mils Precision Plastic Shim 6.0 mils Precision Plastic Shim 10.0 mils Precision Plastic Shim 20.0 mils Phenolic Standard 40.0 mils Precision Plastic Shim 5.5 µm Precision Plastic Shim 11 µm Precision Plastic Shim 22.5 µm Precision Plastic Shim 35.5 µm Precision Plastic Shim 48 µm Precision Plastic Shim 100 µm Precision Plastic Shim 200 µm Precision Plastic Shim 350 µm Precision Plastic Shim 485 µm Calibration Shims 25-500 µm* Technical Specifications Physical Film Properties Thickness 7101 7102 7105 7106 7110 7120 7140 3771 3772 3773 3774 3775 3776 3777 3778 3779 3740 Description Precision Plastic Shim 0.2 mils Precision Plastic Shim 0.5 mils Color Ordering Information 40 mils * Note for 3740 and 3741 only: Certification Certificate is stated in micron and mils. Comes with Fe & NFe zero plate 213 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com byko-cut universal Portable instrument providing sufficient accuracy for laboratory use but also usable at construction sites and in workshops. Ideal for customer service technicians and demonstrations. The BYK-Gardner byko-cut is a universal instrument for: ■ Measuring film thickness in the range of 2 - 2000 Μm (1/8 - 80 mils) on every substrate (steel, non-ferrous metal, plastics, wood, etc.) ■ Capable of multi-layer film thickness analysis ■ Adhesion test by means of cross-cut test in accordance with ASTM D 3359; DIN 53 151 ■ Indentation hardness test in accordance with ISO 2815 (Buchholz) ■ Microscopic research for pores, pits, cracks, blisters, flaking, intercoat adhesion of the individual film in coat systems, and quality control of the pretreatment of the substrate Special features: ■ LED illumination ■ Ergonomical design ■ Guiding wheels for smooth cutting ■ Cut finder Standards ASTM DIN ISO NCCA VTLA Ordering Information Description byko-cut thickness, Metric 3431 byko-cut thickness, English White LED 3432 byko-cut no cutters, Metric White LED 3433 byko-cut no cutters, English White LED Note: Cutters must be ordered separately for Cat. No. 3432 Tools for cross-cut and hardness must be ordered separately 214 II-13, X-1 003 Item 9 Technical Specifications Cat. No. 3430 Comes complete with: byko-cut universal film gauge Revolving rotary head with 3 cutters for film thickness (# 1-3) Built-in microscope (scale 0 - 2 mm) LED Battery Operation manual D 3002, D 3359 50 986, 53 151 2409, 2815 Lamp White LED Info! Batteries Microscope Dimensions 1.5 Volts Mignon type 50-fold magnification 110 x 80 x 75 mm (4.3 x 3.2 x 2.9 in) 1.5 Volts Mignon type 50-fold magnification 110 x 80 x 75 mm (4.3 x 3.2 x 2.9 in) 1.5 Volts Mignon type 50-fold magnification 110 x 80 x 75 mm (4.3 x 3.2 x 2.9 in) 1.5 Volts Mignon type 50-fold magnification 110 x 80 x 75 mm (4.3 x 3.2 x 2.9 in) For more information on Buchholz hardness see chapter “Hardness” The V-shaped cut can be easily stored as an image with the Digital Pocket Microscope. For more details please see chapter “Microscopes” BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Destructive Film Thickness Measurement Create a V-shaped cut through the coating down to the substrate and measure width of a’ (b’), which is proportional to the thickness a (b). Appearance The specially designed blades which are attached to the instrument are used to make a short incision in the film. Then, the depth of the layer is measured with the built-in 50 fold microscope and the film is inspected for flaws. Each of the cutting tips has two bevels which are made to precision with the mentioned slopes (see table). Since the slope of the cut is known, the measurement of the horizontal distance across this full slope (from the substrate to the top edge of the cut) is also a measurement of true vertical depth. Ordering Information Description 3421 Thickness Cutter 1, 2000, byko-cut Thickness Cutter 2, 1000, byko-cut 3422 3423 3419 3420 Thickness Cutter 3, 200, byko-cut Thickness Cutter 100, byko-cut Thickness Cutter 3000, byko-cut Technical Specifications Slope of Tip* (cutting angle) 45 ° 26.5 ° Maximum 1 Division on Accuracy Coating Reticle Scale in Microns Thichness Represents (Depth) ± 1 increment** 2000 µm (80 mils) 1000 µm (40 mils) 5.8 ° 200 µm (8 mils) 3.0° 100 µm (4 mils) 56 ° 3000 µm (120 mils) 20 µm (1.0 mils) 10 µm (0.5 mils) 2 µm (0.1 mils) 1 µm (0.05 mils) 30 µm (1.5 mils) 40 20 4 Physical Film Properties Thickness *Note: Angle measured from sample plane. **Note: For film thickness below 15 µm, accuracy is +1.5 µm DPM 300 Digital Pocket Microscope Info! For more information on DPM 300 please see section microscopes Technical Service Features of DPM 300 Digital Pocket Microscope ■ High resolution CCD-Camera offering clear images ■ Very portable and easy to use ■ USB Cable connection for the data transfer ■ Auto Gain function to adjust the lightness differences ■ 4 LED Illumination for better viewing ■ Capture button to save image Color Cat. No. The thickness of multiple-layered coatings can be easily determined. Destructive Film Thickness The V-shaped cut from the byko-cut can be easily stored as an image with film thickness info in mm. Also the width from the cut can be detected and recalculated to the film thickness of the coating depending on the cut-Angle. 215 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Buchholz Indentation Hardness Place the byko-cut universal equipped with tool (Cat. No. 3427) and slip-on weight (Cat. No. 3434) on measuring position in accordance with standard. After 30 seconds measure indentation length using the built-in microscope. Ordering Information Cat. No. 3427 3434 Description Buchholz Tool, byko-cut Buchholz Slip-on Weight, byko-cut Technical Specifications In accordance with DIN 53153 and ISO 2815 Increases weight of byko-cut universal to the standard weight of 500 g ± 5g Multi-Cut Tool for Cross-Cut Test Ordering Information Cat. No. 3429 3424 3425 3426 216 Description Cross-Cut Tool 11, 1-edge 1 mm Cross-Cut Tool 11, 1-edge 1.5 mm Cross-Cut Tool 6, 1-edge 1 mm Cross-Cut Tool 6, 1-edge 2 mm Technical Specifications Standard ASTM ASTM DIN, ISO ASTM, DIN ISO Cutter Spacing 1 mm (0.04 in) 1.5 mm (0.06 in) 1 mm (0.04 in) 2 mm (0.08 in) No. Of Cutters 11 11 6 6 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Introduction Hardness Appearance The definition of hardness has, in the past, caused misunderstandings within the paint industry. Most coatings are viscoelastic, and hence will indent to some extent. Therefore, DIN 55 945 defines hardness as follows: Hardness is the resistance of a coating to a mechanical force, such as pressure, rubbing or scratching. In practice, different testing methods are used: Pendulum Hardness – In accordance with methods described by König and Persoz Indentation Hardness Color – Buchholz Indentation Testers Scratch Hardness – Hardness Meter Dur-O-Test – Pencil Hardness BYK-Gardner offers instrumentation needed to perform various hardness tests. Physical Properties Hardness For clear communication of test results, the technician needs to document the type of test method used, for example, “Indentation Resistance in accordance with ISO 2815“ or “Damping Time in accordance with ISO 1522“. HARDNESS Technical Service 217 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Pendulum Hardness This method evaluates hardness by measuring the damping time of an oscillating pendulum. The pendulum rests with 2 stainless steel balls on the coating surface. A physical relationship exists between oscillation time, amplitude and the geometric dimensions of the pendulum. The viscoelastic behavior of the coating determines its hardness. When the pendulum is set into motion, the balls roll on the surface and put pressure on the coating. Depending on the elasticity, the damping will be stronger or weaker. If there are no elastic forces, the pendulum will damp stronger. High elasticity will cause weak damping. Two types of pendulums were standardized for this test method: Weight Diameter Deflection Start Deflection End König 200 g ± 0.2 0.2 in (5 mm) 6° 3° 1.4 s Period of Oscillation Damping Time on Glass 250 ± 10 s Persoz 500 g ± 0.1 0.3 in (8 mm) 12° 4° 1s 430 ± 10 s Scratch Hardness An ideal test for the quick evaluation of finished products. The results do not correlate with any of the other methods of hardness measurement. The scratch can be performed with either a metal pin (Dur-O-Test) or pencils. Pencils of various degrees of hardness are drawn over the coating surface to determine which pencil causes indentation. This method is only applicable for smooth surfaces. “Buchholz” Indentation Hardness This test method is suitable for coatings with plastic deformation behavior. Coatings with elastic deformation behavior should not be evaluated with this test method, because after removal of the instrument an elastic coating will show no or very little indentation. The instrument consists of a double cone block, which is placed on the coating for 30 seconds. Indentation is measured with the help of a precision microscope and is then calculated according to the following equation: Indentation Resistance = (Buchholz) 100 mm Indentation Length scale of hardness 6B-5B-4B-3B-2B-B-HB-F-H-2H-3H-4H-5H-6H softer 218 harder BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Pendulum Hardness Tester Appearance Simple laboratory measuring instrument for hardness measurements in accordance with the König and Persoz methods described on the previous page. ■ Automatic counter with acoustic signal when the deflection is below 3° (König) or 4° (Persoz) respectively ■ Registration of pendulum deflection by means of 2 light barriers ■ Digital counter ■ Changeable from König to Persoz by means of a third light barrier ■ Selector switch for display in seconds or number of oscillations Color Persoz Pendulum Ordering Information Cat. No. Description 5858 5859 Pendulum Hardness Test König 5861 Pendulum Hardness Test König/Persoz Pendulum Hardness Test Persoz Ordering Information Cat. No. 5860 5857 5856 Description Cable Release, 5858, 5859, 5861 Persoz Pendulum König Pendulum D 4366 1522 Technical Specifications Weight 200 g ± 0.2 500 g ± 0.1 Voltage Power Supply Dimensions Weight Ball Deflection Diameter Start/End 5 mm 6° / 3° 8 mm 12° / 4° Period of Oscillation 1.4 s 1s Damping Time on Glass 250 s ± 10 s 430 s ± 10 s according to ISO 115 V / 60 Hz, 230 V / 50 Hz 0.1 A 320 x 710 x 300 mm (12.6 x 30 x 12 in) 17.5 kg (39 lbs) Technical Service Comes complete with: Pendulum hardness tester; Protective cover; Cable release; Tools; Pendulum (for 5861 two pendulums) Glass plate; Spirit level; Power cord; Operating manual ASTM ISO Accessories Additional Description Additional Pendulum Additional Pendulum 219 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Physical Properties Hardness Standards König Pendulum Buchholz Indentation Tester The Buchholz indentation test is a reliable test method for evaluation of indentation resistance of plastic deformable coatings. ■ Dimensions and weight in accordance with standards ■ Block of stainless steel ■ Circular tool is a double cone block ■ Circular tool and support of tungsten carbide / hard metal ■ Marking triangle for precise positioning Precision Microscope Buchholz Tester Standards ISO 2815 Ordering Information Cat. No. 5825 5826 5824 Description Buchholz Tester Buchholz Tester w/microscope Precision Microscope Technical Specifications Comes complete with Instrument block (500g ± 5g), Instrument weight: 1.9 kg Instrument block (500g ± 5g) incl. precision microscope 20x magnification with graduated scale to measure indentation length, incl. light source; Weight: 0.8 kg DUR-O-Test Hardness Meter This pocket instrument allows hardness tests on flat and curved surfaces. The instrument consists of a sleeve with a pressure spring that can be bent to various tensions by using a slide. The spring acts on a tungsten carbide needle with its tip extending out of the sleeve. A locking screw fixes the slide, thus maintaining constant spring tension. Three pressure springs of varying strengths ranging from 0-20 N (0-2000g) are available to cover a large hardness range. Ordering Information Cat. No. 5810 5811 Description DUR-O-Test, 1 mm DUR-O-Test, 0.75 mm Comes complete with: Hardness tester DUR-O-Test 3 pressure springs in a leather case Standards DIN 55656 Technical Specifications Hardness tester with spherical test tool Dimensions Length: 160 mm (6.3 in), Diameter: 16 mm (0.6 in) Weight 0.3 kg (0.7 lbs) Springs No. 1 silver 0 - 3 N (0 - 300 g) division: 10 g, Tolerance: ±0.34N No. 2 red 0 - 10 N (0 - 1000 g) division: 50 g. Tolerance: ±1.03N No. 3 blue 0 - 20 N (0 - 2000 g) division: 100 g, Tolerance: ±1.84N Accessories Cat. No. 5813 5814 220 Description Hard Metal Needle 1 mm Hard Metal Needle 0.75 mm BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Pencil Hardness Tester (Wolf-Wilburn) Appearance The purpose of scratch hardness tests is to determine the resistance of coating materials or lacquers to scratch effects on the surface. This test is of particular value for furniture or vehicle lacquers, but is also a useful aid in the development of synthetic resins or other film forming materials. Generally, scratch hardness is measured by moving a sharp object under a known pressure over the test surface. The result may either be the value of the pressure required to scratch through the test material if a scratching tool of constant hardness is used, or the hardness of the scratching tool is varied while constant pressure is applied. Ordering Information Cat. No. 5800 5801 Description Wolf-Wilburn Pencil Hardness Pencil set (20 pcs), for 5800 Standards ASTM BS ECCA ISO DIN EN D 3363 3900-E19 ECCA T 15184 13523/4 :2001-12 Physical Properties Hardness Comes complete with: Pencil hardness tester 5800 Complete set of 20 pencils from 9B to 9H Pencil sharpener Abrasive 400 grit paper Carrying case Operating manual Color ■ Twenty pencils (grade 9B to 9H) are used with a standard holder ■ Pencils are moved with a fixed pressure of 750 grams and a fixed angle ensuring the least amount of operator error ■ Pencils can be easily exchanged to minimize down time during the test Technical Service 221 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Pencils The Pencil Hardness test is an effective method to test coatings for their hardness and their scratch wear resistance. ASTM test method D 3363 allows the use of pencils of known hardness to be moved over the surface of the test sample at a fixed angle and pressure to perform the test. Standards ASTM Ordering Information Cat. No. 9500 5802 9512 9513 9514 9515 9516 9517 9518 9519 9520 9521 9522 9523 9524 9525 Description Pencil Hardness Tester Set Lead Holder, for 9500 Replacement Leads, Grade 6B, for 9500 Replacement Leads, Grade 5B, for 9500 Replacement Leads, Grade 4B, for 9500 Replacement Leads, Grade 3B, for 9500 Replacement Leads, Grade 2B, for 9500 Replacement Leads, Grade B, for 9500 Replacement Leads, Grade HB, for 9500 Replacement Leads, Grade F, for 9500 Replacement Leads, Grade H, for 9500 Replacement Leads, Grade 2H, for 9500 Replacement Leads, Grade 3H, for 9500 Replacement Leads, Grade 4H, for 9500 Replacement Leads, Grade 5H, for 9500 Replacement Leads, Grade 6H, for 9500 D 3363 Accessories Quantity 1 12 per pack 12 per pack 12 per pack 12 per pack 12 per pack 12 per pack 12 per pack 12 per pack 12 per pack 12 per pack 12 per pack 12 per pack 12 per pack 12 per pack Comes complete with: Pencil Holder Set 9500, 9 grades of leads: B, HB, F, H, 2H, 3H, 4H, 5H, 6H, in packs of 12 each 222 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Introduction Flexibility / Elasticity Appearance In practice, three different empirical test procedures are used to assess the resistance of coatings and allied products to cracking and/or detachment from the substrate under different conditions of deformation. Bend Test Bending lacquered sheet metal over a defined radius allows an indication of the elongation and adhesion of a paint film due to bending stress. Color Physical Impact Film/Properties Thickness Flexibility The DIN EN ISO 1519 standard only permits the use of cylindrical mandrels. The ASTM D 522 and the DIN EN ISO 6860 standards describe the test method by means of a conical or cylindrical mandrel. The use of a conical mandrel bending tester enables testing of a large variety of bending radii at the same time. FLEXIBILITY Technical Service 223 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Impact Test – “Falling-weight Test” The impact tester has gained wide acceptance in testing the impact resistance of many types of coatings and substrates. International standards describe a method for evaluating impact resistance of a coating to cracking and peeling from a substrate when it is subjected to a deformation caused by a falling weight, dropped under standard conditions yielding rapid deformation. Impact Tester ■ Consists of a solid base with a guide tube support ■ The guide tube has a slot to direct a weight that slides inside the guide tube ■ A collar fits on the tube that helps the user slide the weight up to the accurate height ■ Graduations are marked along the slot to facilitate readings Procedure ■ Place sample under the punch ■ Lift the weight to desired height on guide tube and let it drop ■ View the damage of the sample visually or with low powered magnification ■ Adjust the height and weight of the impacter to determine exact point of failure or establish pass/fail specifications Top of tube is not shown guide tube guide tube punch base anvil anvil The impact force is calculated using the following equation: Falling Height x Weight = Impact Force in lbs in-lb m kg mkg Note: The coated or uncoated side of the panel can be tested to simulate either indentation or bulging. 1 2 1= ø27 ± 0,10 mm 2= ø20 ± 0,05 mm 3 3= ø33 ± 0,10 mm Cupping Test In addition to determining the deformability or elongation of a film, the cupping test method supplies information on adhesion properties. Single-layer systems can be tested as well as multiplelayer systems. The ISO standard describes a method for evaluating the resistance of a coating to cracking and/or detachment from a metal substrate when it is subjected to a gradual deformation by indentation under standard conditions. CuppingTest A.eps 224 A die having a hardened and polished surface and a sample holder with a retaining ring are the heart of a cupping tester. The indenter that contracts the test panel is of hardened polished steel and forms a hemisphere of 20 mm ( 8 in ) diameter. The maximum cupping depth is approx. 14 mm. The test process is observed through a microscope or magnifying glass. When evaluating the test results, it must be carefully assessed when the coating system starts cracking. BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Impact Tester Falling Dart Impact Tester New! Appearance The Falling Dart Impact Tester determines the mechanical properties of packaging materials such as plastic film, laminates, and paper. The impact tester is designed to determine the amount of energy required for sample failure from a free falling dart. The tester consists of a base with a sample clamping device and a rubber gasket to prevent sample slippage. The cylinder below the clamping device has 3 mm thick soft rubber to prevent dart damage. The dart is polished aluminum with a vertical shaft to add additional weights. The stand has vertical column made of steel with a release mechanism to attach the dart. The release mechanism is adjustable for positioning the height. ASTM ISO Ordering Information Description 5530 Dart Drop Impact Tester, A 5531 Dart Drop Impact Tester, A/B D 1709 7765-1 Technical Specifications Falling Height 660 mm (26 in.) 1500 mm (59 in.) Dart Dart Diameter Weight 38.1 mm 50 gm ± 0.5% (1.5 in.) 50.8 mm 300 gm ± 0.5% (2.0 in.) Weight Dimensions 19 kg (42 lb) 48 kg (105 lb) 100 x 60 x 49 cm (39.4 x 23.6 x 19.3 in.) 193 x 60 x 60 cm (76.0 x 23.6 x 23.6 in.) 225 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Technical Service Comes complete with: Base with holding device, Vertical column, Dart, Release mechanism, Nylon clamp, Additional weights: For 5530: 10 pcs of 5 grams 8 pcs of 15 grams 8 pcs of 30 grams 8 pcs of 60 grams For 5531: 8 pcs of 15 grams 8 pcs of 45 grams 8 pcs of 90 grams Physical Impact /Properties Flexibility Cat. No. Color Standards Impact Tester Top of tube is not shown Light-Duty Impact Tester Use with materials that can be damaged or penetrated by small impact forces such as products mildly abused in households, offices or labs through years of normal use. Measures impact resistance of plastics and other materials. ■ 2 lb steel cylindrical impacter with 1.27 cm (0.5 in) diameter round-nosed end ■ Tolerance of ± 56.7 gm (± 2 oz); capacity 908 gm (2 lbs) ■ Graduated 40.6 cm (16 in) guide tube ■ Maximum force of 28 inch-pounds ■ 1.43 cm (0.563 in) diameter hole in the base allows deformation of thin specimen panels Light-Duty Impact Tester Ordering Information Cat. No. Description 1115 Light-Duty Impact Tester Technical Specifications Scale English Weights included 0.9 kg (2 lbs) Dimensions 64 x 25 x 25 cm (25 x 10 x 10 in) Net Weight 3.4 kg (7.5 lbs) Shipping Weight 4.1 kg (9.0 lbs) Comes complete with: Basic plate Guide tube with collar Scale in inches Weight Impact tester Operating instructions Accessories Cat. No. 1187 1188 1189 1191 1192 226 Description Strike Plate Falling Weight 2 lbs, for 1115 Falling Weight 4 lbs, for 1115 Falling Weight 0.5 lbs, for 1115 Guide Tube, for 1115 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com BYK-Gardner ISO Impact Tester Top of tube is not shown Appearance Used for testing impact resistance of coatings on metal substrates. In accordance with ISO standard, the test panel is fixed on the die using a clamping device, so that the panel surface outside the test area is not affected by the rapid deformation caused by the falling weight. ■ Anodized guide tube with a scale in inches and mm ■ Tolerance for ISO falling weights ± 1 g ■ Maximum falling weight 2 kg ■ Exchangeable falling weights and dies ■ Can be easily converted for testing in accordance with ASTM Impact Tester Color The impact tester consists of a solid base stand with a guide tube support. The guide tube has a slot that directs a cylindrical weight that slides up and down with the use of a collar that fits into the weight. Graduations are marked along the slot to facilitate reading where the weight is dropped. The base of the instrument includes a die support. The weights have built-in steel balls that provide different geometrical configurations. It is important that the ball diameter fits into the die to prevent shearing the test samples at the inner rim of the die. In order to limit the indentation depth of the falling weight, distance rings of different thickness can be fitted. Also, different weights can be used. Standards ISO 6272-1 Ordering Information Cat. No. 5512 Physical Impact /Properties Flexibility Note: Please order the correct accessories on the following page to comply with standards Description ISO Impact Tester Technical Specifications Scale Metric, English Dimensions 127 x 25 x 25 cm (50 x 10 x 10 in) Weight with guide tube 9.4 kg (20.7 lbs) Technical Service Comes complete with: Basic plate with clamping device Guide tube with collar Scale in mm and inch Note: Die and falling weight must be ordered separately 227 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Accessories for ISO 6272-1 and DIN 55669 for 5512 To follow this method, please order the falling weight and the die listed below, in addition to the impact tester from the previous page. Additional weights can also be purchased. Ordering Information Cat. No. 5532 5525 5527 Description Falling Weight 1kg, for 5512 Die, for 5512 Added Weight 1kg, for 5512 Ordering Information Cat. No. 5533 Description Set of Distance Rings, for 5512 Accessories Extended description For Ball diameter 20 mm; With lifting pin; for DIN For Cat. No. 5532; For ball diameter 20 mm; Inner diameter 27 mm For Cat. No. 5532; 1 kg; Attachable to falling weight Accessories Extended description Use to limit the indentation depth of the falling weight from 2 mm to 10 mm Accessories for ASTM D 2794 for 5512 Impact Tester 5512 does not fully comply with ASTM D 2794. For users that want to continue with using the 5512 for the ASTM method the following accessories are available. Ordering Information Cat. No. 5520 5522 5521 5528 5523 5529 5526 228 Description Falling Weight 2 lbs, 0.5 in, for 5512 Falling Weight 2 lbs, 0.6 in, for 5512 Large Die 0.5 in, 5512 Small Die 0.5 in, 5512 Large Die 0.6 in, 5512 Small Die 0.6 in, 5512 Added Weight 2lbs, for 5520/5522 Accessories Extended description Ball diameter 12.7 mm (0.5 in); With lifting pin Ball diameter 15.9 mm (0.625 in); With lifting pin Inner diameter ø 17 mm (0.7 in); for ball diameter 0.5 in Inner diameter ø 13.9 mm (0.55 in); for ball diameter 0.5 in Inner diameter ø 21.2 mm (0.83 in); for ball diameter 0.625 in Inner diameter ø 16.3 mm (0.63 in); for ball diameter 0.625 in For Cat. Nos. 5520 and 5522; 2 lbs; Attachable to falling weight BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Heavy-Duty Impact Tester Top of tube is not shown Appearance This impact tester has gained wide acceptance in testing the impact resistance of many types of coatings from paints to varnishes to tough plated, plastic or laminated coatings. It is also widely used to establish quality control standards for resistance to impact surface damage and penetration of many construction materials including plastics, resins, fiberglass, sheet metals, and plywood. Two models are available: English Model ■ Two and four pound weights included ■ Maximum allowable force of 80 and 160 inch-lbs ■ Round nose punch, 0.625 in diameter ■ Guide tube 40 in ■ Die inside diameter 0.64 in Standards ASTM ISO D 2794, D 3029, D 4226, D 5420 6272-2 Heavy-Duty Impact Tester 1120 Technical Specifications Cat. No. Description Scale 1120 Heavy-Duty Impact Tester, English English 5545 Heavy-Duty Impact Tester Metric Metric Weights included 0.9 kg & 1.8 kg (2 lbs & 4 lbs) 1 kg & 2 kg (2.2 lbs & 4.4 lbs) Dimensions 127 x 14 x 29 cm (50 x 5.5 x 11.5 in) 127 x 14 x 29 cm (50 x 5.5 x 11.5 in) Net Weight 10.4 kg (23 lbs) 10.4 kg (23 lbs) Shipping Weight 15.9 kg (35 lbs) 15.9 kg (35 lbs) Note: Sample thickness maximum is 12.7mm (0.5 in) Accessories for 1120 impact tester Accessories for 5545 impact tester Note: * The Base Assembly set contains: base, anvil, arm, and arm support Additional accessories available – please call our applications department for further information Cat. No. 1240 1241 1231 1243 1264 1248 5542* Description Falling Weight 2 lbs, 1120/5545 Falling Weight 4 lbs, 1120/5545 Lift Screw, 1120 Ball Punch 0.625″, 1120 Die 0.640 in, 1120/5545-5547 Guide Tube, 1120 Base Assembly, 1120, 5545 Cat. No. 5539 1249 1250 5538 5543 5544 Technical Service Comes complete with: Anvil Guide tube with collar Scale in inch or cm Weight(s); Die Punch (Tup) Operating instructions Description Falling Weight 500 g, 1120/5545 Falling Weight 1 kg, 1120/5545 Falling Weight 2 kg, 1120/5545 Guide Tube, 5545 Label 0 - 100 kg-cm Label 0 - 200 kg-cm 229 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Physical Impact /Properties Flexibility Ordering Information Color Metric Model ■ One and two kilogram weights included ■ Maximum allowable force of 100 and 200 kg-cm ■ Round nose punch, 1.59 cm diameter ■ Guide tube 100 cm ■ Die inside diameter 1.63 cm SPI Modified Impact Tester (Extra Heavy-Duty) Top of tube is not shown This impact tester was developed in cooperation with the Society of the Plastics Industry (SPI) for evaluating impact resistance of rigid sheets of PVC (30-60 mils thick) and other plastics and materials exceeding the 160 inch-pounds limit of the Heavy-Duty Impact Tester (1120). ■ Graduated 102 cm (40 inch) guide tube with included 8 lb weight ■ Redesigned arm on the base allows the impact tester to be used in tough applications ■ Stop position clamp ensures you can always test at the same height, if needed ■ Optional alignment tool helps to ensure the impact tester is lined up correctly (order separately below) ■ Maximum force of 320 inch-pounds with 8 lb weight ■ 12.7 mm (0.500 in) diameter punch ■ 16.3 mm (0.640 in) die ■ Guide tube OD 44.5 mm (1.75 in), ID 39.6 mm (1.56 in) Standards ASTM D 2794, D 3029, D 4226, D 5420 SPI Heavy-Duty Impact Tester 5513 Ordering Information Cat. No. Description 5513 SPI Heavy-Duty Impact Tester Comes complete with: Basic plate; Guide tube with collar; Scale in inches-pounds, Weight (8lb); Die; Punch (Tup); Operating instructions Technical Specifications Scale English Weights included 3.6 kg (8 lbs) Dimensions 127 x 15 x 33 cm (50 x 6 x 13 in) Net Weight 16.8 kg (37 lbs) Shipping Weight 19.5 kg (43 lbs) Note: Maximum sample thickness is 12.7 mm (0.5 in) Accessories Cat. No. 1190 1260 1231 1220 5514 1264 5516 1266 1269 1271 1275 1274 5515 5517 5519 Description Calibration Tool, for 5513 Falling Weight 8 lbs, for 5513 Lift Screw Ball Punch 0.50 in Anvil, 3.0 in. ID, for 5513 Die 0.64 in Sampe Platform, for 5513 Guide Tube, for 5513 Base Plate Arm Base, for 5513 Stop Position Clamp, for 5513 Die Adapter, 1.25 in. ID Anvil Kit, includes 5515 & 5516 ASTM G14 Accessory Kit* *Note: G14 Accessory Kit includes a base with pipe holder, 3 lb falling weight with 5/8 inch diameter indenter. 230 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com ASTM Methods for Impact Testers The various ASTM methods for impact testers require certain punches and dies that are not normally included with the impact testers. Please refer to the ASTM standards below to inquire about the parts needed to do the test. Method ASTM D 2794 Die 0.64 in 0.64 in Punch 0.625 in 0.50 in Instrument used 1120 5513 1115 Die 0.64 in 0.64 in hole is 0.563 in ASTM D 3029 – Impact Resistance of Flat Rigid Plastic (Method G) Method GB Die 1.25 in Punch 0.625 in GC 0.64 in 0.625 in Instrument used 1120 5513 1120 5513 Die anvil without die is 1.25 in anvil without die is 1.25 in 0.64 in 0.64 in Punch 0.625 in 0.500 in 0.500 in Additional parts needed to meet the method No additional part needed No additional part needed No additional part needed Punch 0.625 in not included Additional parts needed to meet the method No additional parts needed 1243 needed 0.625 in not included No additional parts needed 1243 needed Color Note: An 8 lb weight is available for the 1120 2 and 4 lb weights are available for the 5513 General requirements: 2, 4, or 8 lb weight 40 in giude tube Method ASTM D 4226 Die 0.64 in 0.64 in Punch 20°, 0.125 in radius (C.125) 0.500 in (H.25) diameter Instrument used 1120 Die 0.64 in Punch not included 5513 0.64 in 0.500 in Physical Impact /Properties Flexibility ASTM D 4226 – Impact Resistance of PVC Appearance ASTM D 2794 – Impact Resistance of Coatings Additional parts needed to meet the method 1224 needed 8 lbs weight 1203 needed No additional parts needed General requirements: 8 pound weight 40 in guide tube ASTM D 5420 – Impact Resistance of Flat Rigid Plastic by means of Gardner Impact Die 3.00 in Punch 0.625 in Instrument used 5513 Die anvil without die adapter Punch not included Additional parts needed to meet the method 1243 needed GB 1.25 in 0.625 in GC 0.64 in 0.625 in GD 3.00 in 0.500 in 1120 5513 1120 5513 5513 anvil without die is 1.25 in anvil without die is 1.25 in 0.64 in 0.64 in anvil without die adapter 0.625 in not included 0.625 in not included 0.500 in No additional parts needed 1243 needed No additional parts needed 1243 needed No additional parts needed GE 0.64 in 0.500 in 1120 5513 0.64 in 0.64 in not included 0.500 in 1220 needed No additional parts needed Technical Service Method GA Note: An 8 lb weight is available for the 1120 2 and 4 lb weights are available for the 5513 General requirements: 2, 4, or 8 lb weight 40 in guide tube 231 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Accessories for Impact Testers 1120, 5545, 5513 These items are not included with the instrument and may be needed for a specific ASTM method, or to expand the inch-lb capacity of the impact tester. Other items may be available on special request. Dies for 1120, 5545, 5513 Punches for 1120, 5545, 5513 Accessories Accessories Weights for 5513 ONLY Weights for 1120 & 5545 ONLY Accessories Ordering Information 1201 1209 1202 1214 1260 1215 1204 1206 1252 1253 5539 1249 Cat. No. 1210 1211 1264 1212 1213 Cat. No. 1207 1208 Description Die 0.313 inch Inner Diameter Die 0.563 inch Inner Diameter Die 0.640 inch Inner Diameter Die 1.00 inch Inner Diameter Solid, 1.25 inch Diameter Description Weight 0.5 lbs, for 5513 Weight 1 lbs, for 5513 Weight 2 lbs, for 5513 Weight 3 lbs, for 5513 Weight 4 lbs, for 5513 Weight 6 lbs, for 5513 Weight 8 lbs, for 5513 Weight 10 lbs, for 5513 Weight 12 lbs, for 5513 Weight 16 lbs, for 5513 Additional Parts for 1120 & 5546 Ordering Information Cat. No. 1228 1229 1230 1274 232 Cat. No. 1243 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 Description Ball Punch 0.625 inch Diameter Ball Punch 0.500 inch Diameter Ball Punch 0.375 inch Diameter Ball Punch 0.250 inch Diameter Ball Punch 0.125 inch Diameter 20° Punch, 0.125 inch radius (for ASTM D4226) Detachable Tip Punch, 1 inch Radius Detachable Tip Punch, 1 inch Diameter 3-sided Tip Punch (Boeing BSS7271) Cat. No. 1219 1218 1240 1241 1242 1203 1250 Info! Description Weight 0.5 lbs, for 1120/5545 Weight 1 lbs, for 1120/5545 Weight 2 lbs, for 1120/5545 Weight 4 lbs, for 1120/5545 Weight 6 lbs, for 1120/5545 Weight 8 lbs, for 1120/5545 Weight 100 g, for 1120/5545 Weight 300 g, for 1120/5545 Weight 500 g, for 1120/5545 Weight 1 kg, for 1120/5545 Weight 2 kg, for 1120/5545 For technical assistance please call our Applications Department Description Scale 4 lbs weight Scale 2 lbs weight Scale 8 lbs weight Stop Position Clamp, for 5513 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com BYK-Gardner “Coverall” Bend and Impact Tester Top of tube is not shown Appearance Used to test both flexibility and impact resistance. By simply reversing the impacter, the instrument can evaluate the flexibility of can-stock coating during double seaming and to test its impact resistance in handling. ■ Tests both flexibility and impact resistance ■ Graduated (inches) guide tube ■ Maximum force of 160 inch-pounds Procedure: Impact Test For impact studies, the top block is leveled with the plug removed exposing a 1.43 cm (0.563 in) hole. The 1.27 cm (0.50 in) diameter, round-nosed end of the 4 lb weight may now be dropped from any height along the graduated scale on the guide tube from 0 to 160 inch-pounds. Color Procedure: Bend Test To make a bend test, the coated panel 3” x 4” (0.048” thickness) is first bent 180° over the 1/8” rod. The bent panel is placed between the parts of the hinge. Then the impact tool, flat face down, is dropped from any desired height onto the upper part of the hinge. The cylindrical fold in the panel is squeezed into a conical shape. Standards ASTM Cat. No. Description 1125 Coverall Bend – Impact Tester Technical Specifications Scale English Weights included 4 lbs Dimensions |Base Unit 127 x 25 x 25 cm (50 x 10 x 10 in) Net Weight 8.2 kg (18 lbs) Shipping Weight 11 kg (24 lbs) Comes complete with: Base with arm support; Guide tube with collar; Scale in inches; Four pound weight; Punch; Operating instructions Impact /Properties Flexibility Physical Ordering Information D 3281 Accessories Description Hinge Plate, for 1125 Anvil, for 1125 Technical Service Cat. No. 1574 1573 1568 1571 1231 1128 Guide Tube Weight 4 lbs, for 1125 Lift Screw Weight 2 lbs, for 1125 233 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Mechanical Cupping Tester The BYK-Gardner Mechanical Cupping Tester is designed to test the elongation and deformability of lacquers and protective coatings applied to metal substrates. The punch is applied under pressure to the uncoated side of the test panel. The panel is held in place by a clamping ring. Two test procedures can be performed the “Predetermined depth” (go/no go) or “Minimum depth required to cause failure”. ■ New ergonomic design to save counter space ■ Two hand crank operation for ease of operation ■ Precision gearbox to provide reproducible results ■ Chrome steel spherical punch ■ Illuminated 2.5X magnifier on a pivoting arm ■ Battery powered with auto-off feature ■ LCD displaying indent depth to 0.01 mm resolution Test Panels The recommended test panel size is a minimum of 70 mm (2.75 in) square with a maximum size of 100 mm (3.9 in) wide and 150 mm (6.0 in) high. For burnished steel the minimum thickness is 0.3 mm (0.01 in) to a maximum of 1.25 mm (0.05 in). The maximum tensile strength of a 1.25 mm thick panel can not exceed 280 N/mm². For aluminum panels the maximum thickness is 3 mm (0.12 in). Ordering Information Cat. No. 5405 5406 5407 5408 Description Mechanical Cupping Tester Indenter, PF-5405 Magnifier, PF-5405 Zero Plate, PF-5405 Comes complete with: Mechanical cupping tester indenter zero plate magnifer glass alkaline batteries 2 D size, 4 AA size Operating instructions 234 Standards BS DIN ISO JIS 3900 53166, 53232 1520, K 5600-5-2, B 7729 Technical Specifications Spherical Punch Full Travel Accuracy Calibrated Range Gearing Display Dimensions Weight ø 20 mm (ø 0.8 in) 0.00- 20.50 mm (0.0 - 0.81 in) ±0.05mm (0.002 in), full range -0.5 to 20.5 mm (0.02 - 0.81 in) 1 revolution of handle moves punch 0.2mm under load LCD 4-digit 420 x 350 x 500 mm (16.5 x 13.8 x 19.7 in) 16 kg (35.2 lb) Power Main 2 alkaline D cells; Magnifier 4 alkaline AA cells Operating Temperature +15 - +35 °C (59 - 95 °F) BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Cupping Tester Appearance The BYK-Gardner cupping tester has been designed for determining the elongation and deformability of single- and multiple-layer systems on metal substrates. ■ Electrohydraulic drive for highly reproducible results ■ Easy to use eccentric clamping ring ■ C-opening accepts large and small test panels ■ For test panels with a thickness of up to 1.5 mm (0.06 in) ■ Uniform cupping speed of 0.2 mm/s (0.008 in/s) ■ 3 keys to control all functions ■ Digital display, resolution 0.1 mm Stereo Microscope for cupping tester Ordering Information Cat. No. 5400 5411 Description Automatic Cupping Tester Stereo Microscope, 5400 Standards ISO Erichsen Cupping 1520 EC Technical Specifications Spherical Punch Sheet Holder Die Voltage Current Indicator Dimensions Weight ø 20 mm (ø 0.8 in) ø 33 mm (ø 1.3 in) ø 27 mm (ø 1.06 in) 230 V / 50 Hz or 115 V / 60 Hz; built-in switch max. 4 A (230 Volts) 650 x 280 x 600 mm (26 x 11 x 24 in) 65 kg (143 lbs) (incl. microscope and packing) Technical Service Comes complete with: Cupping tester Connection cable and plug Operating instructions cupping tester with stereo microscope Impact /Properties Flexibility Physical Procedure – Insert the test panel into the C-opening of the instrument – Clamp in the sample firmly – Start cupping and simultaneously observe the process through the stereo-microscope – Apparatus presses the cap of the spherical punch into the test panel at a uniform speed (0.2 mm/s) – As soon as the first cracking is visible, stop the movement of the punch – Read the cupping depth on the digital display and reset the punch – Always carry out 3 tests for each sample Color This stereo microscope with illumination and brightness control is designed to observe the paint surface during the test. ■ 2x and 4x magnification ■ 3D-image with shadowless illumination ■ Ergonomic working position Stereo Microspcope for cupping tester: Stereo microscope Microscope rest and illumination Operating instructions Note: Stereo microscope must be ordered separately 235 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Cylindrical Mandrel Tester Bending coated sheet metal over a defined radius is an indicator of the elongation and adhesion of a paint film at bending stress. BYK-Gardner offers two types of mandrel bending testers – a cylindrical mandrel and a conical mandrel. BYK-Gardner Cylindrical Mandrel ISO Version This mandrel is used for simple and quick testing of the flexibility of a coating by bending a coated panel over a rod of known diameter and then examining the coating for cracking, flaking, or other damage. ■ Made of anodized aluminum ■ 12 mandrels of stainless steel ■ Panels up to 65 mm (2.56 in) width can be tested ■ Rod diameter sizes: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 16, 20, 25, 32 mm 5710 ISO Version ASTM Version ■ “V” shaped cuts for holding a mandrel during a test ■ Slots at the base of the frame hold the rods not in use ■ Panels up to 14 cm (5.5 in) x 22 cm (9.0 in) can be tested ■ Rod diameter sizes: 1/8, 3/16, 1/4, 5/16, 3/8, 7/16, 1/2, 3/4, 1.0 inch ■ Compliant with ASTM D522 Method B Procedure – Apply the paint film on sheet metal strips – Coat and dry film carefully to ensure reproducible results – For testing, uniformly bend the coated samples over the bending mandrels within 1-2 sec at 180 degrees – Starting with the largest bending radius, the test is continued until reaching the bending radius at which the film shows cracks 1412 ASTM version Standards ASTM DTMS 141a ISO D 522 Method 2012 Method 6051 Method 6221 Method 6223 1519 Ordering Information Technical Specifications Comes complete with: Cylindrical Mandrel Bending Tester, ISO Version: Set of 12 SS rods from 2 mm to 32 mm; Frame; Operating instructions Cylindrical Mandrel Set, US Version: Set of 9 SS rods from 1/8 in to 1.0 in, Frame, Operating instructions Note: Maximum panel thickness for 5710 Cylindrical Mandrel – 0.79 mm (0.031 in.) Cat. No. 5710 1412 236 Description Cylindrical Mandrel Set, ISO Cylindrical Mandrel Set, ASTM Dimensions 38 x14 x 15 cm (15 x 5.5 x 5.9 in) 300 x 180 x 180 mm (12 x 7 x 7 in) Net Weight 4.4 kg (9.7 lbs) 2.3 kg (5.0 lbs) Shipping Weight 5.0 kg (11 lbs) 3.6 kg (8.0 lbs) BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Conical Mandrel Tester The varying mandrel diameter (3.2 mm - 38.1 mm, 1/8 to 1.5 inches) stretches a coating through a gradient of distension, allowing precise determination of adhesion characteristics. Appearance ■ Aluminum panels up to 20.3 cm (8 inches) wide and 1.6 mm (.063 inches) thickness can be tested ■ Steel panels up to 20.3 cm (8 inches) wide and 0.8 mm (.031 inches) thickness can be tested ■ Durable sturdy stainless steel mandrel ■ Built-in ruler to measure the failure point ■ Compliant with ASTM D522 Method A ASTM ISO Ordering Information Technical Specifications Description Conical Mandrel Tester Standards D 522, D 1737 6860 Net Weight 4.1 kg (9.0 lbs) Dimensions 510 x 150 x 180 mm (20 x 6 x 7 in) shipping Weight 5.5 kg (12.0 lbs) Comes complete with: Stainless Steel Conical Mandrel Operating instructions Impact /Properties Flexibility Physical Cat. No. 5750 Color Procedure ■ Carefully cover test panel with paper between mandrel and draw bar, and clamp the probe ■ Fold the test panel around the cone by using the manually operated arm that is pivoted at the ends of the axis of the cone ■ Bend uniformly at 180 degrees within 15 seconds ■ Remove panel and examine the coating for cracks ■ Mark the point at which the cracking stops and measure the distance from the farthest end of the crack to the small end of the mandrel ■ Appropriate calibration curves also permit determination of the elongation values of the paint film Technical Service 237 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Publications Books Paint and Coating Testing Manual Gardner-Sward Handbook, 14th Ed. The Paint and Coating Testing Manual is the perfect guide for the coating technologist. This guide provides in-depth information on test procedures, standards, and environmental regulations that can help everyone from the newcomer to the experienced researcher. ■ Current industry regulations ■ The main polymeric species, colorants, special pigments, extenders, and additives used in the coatings industry ■ Testing instruments used in the industry ■ Analysis of paint and paint-related defects ■ ASTM and other International standards Paint & Coating Testing Manual Contents: Part 1: Regulations Part 2: Naturally Occurring Materials Part 3: Synthetic Materials Part 4: Plasticizers Part 5: Solvents Part 6: Pigments Part 7: Additives Part 8: Physical Characteristics of Liquid Paints and Coatings Part 9: Films for Testing Part 10: Optical Properties Part 11: Physical and Mechanical Properties Part 12: Environmental Resistance Part 13: Specific Product Testing Part 14: Analysis of Paints and Paint Defects Part 15: Instrumental Analysis Part 16: Specifications Ordering Information Cat. No. 9095 238 Description Paint Testing Manual The Measurement of Appearance, 2nd Edition by Richard Hunter, Richard Harold This second edition identifies the appearance attributes of objects and the methods for measuring them. The primary premise here is that object appearance involves not only color, but also gloss, luster, and translucency. The first part draws from the fields of physiology and psychology and considers the eye-brain combination and the way it receives and interprets light signals. The second part deals with the numerical scales used to measure object appearance. The third part covers instruments for the measurement of the attributes of object appearance, their principles of design, and a survey of the major ones in use. ■ In-depth analysis and discussion on total appearance measurement ■ Great reference resource for the color research scientist or the QC technician on the production line Table of Contents 1 Attributes of the Appearance of Objects 2 Light Sources and Illumination 3 Interaction of Objects with Light 4 The Human Observer and Visual Evaluation of Appearance 5 Psychophysical Scales for Appearance Measurement 6 Scales for Gloss and Other Geometric Attributes 7 The CIE Standard Observers 8 Uniform Color Scales 9 Scales for the Measurement of Color Difference 10 Special Scales for White Colors 11 Other Scales for Color Identification 12 Instrument Classification and Components 13 Instruments for the Geometric Attributes of Appearance Ordering Information Cat. No. 9096 Description The Measurement of Appearance BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Introduction Appearance Microscopes have been used for centuries as visual aides to assess small structures. BYK-Gardner has several products that use microscopes either as an integrated component of the instrument or as a stand-alone product. This section summarizes the stand-alone microscopes that are currently available. Digital Microscope An electronic image available on a personal computer has opened new opportunities to evaluate surface quality and document results. Many physical property tests are evaluated by visual analysis: cross-cut adhesion, impact resistance, flexibility, abrasion resistance, and scratch/mar. An electronic image can be used to provide a more comprehensive evaluation and documentation of the test results. Color A digital microscope combined with image analysis software has created a new line of analytical tools to assess appearance. The Print and Paper Industry has developed several tests to maintain product quality. Assessment of the printing process and the paper’s appearance has well defined measurement parameters. Digital microscopes offer a comprehensive analytical analysis for an objective evaluation. Traditional Microscope Physical Film Microscopes Properties Thickness BYK-Gardner offers two microscope designs specific for physical property testing. The microscope for the Automated Cupping Tester has a unique design that attaches to the Cupping Tester. The microscope provides a detailed observation of the test panel. The Buchholz Indentation hardness tester also requires a specific microscope design to measure the indentation length. The microscope incorporates a graduated scale for a precise assessment. MICROSCOPES Technical Service 239 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com DPM 300 Digital Pocket Microscope The NEW DPM 300 Digital Pocket Microscope offers varying magnification up to 200x suitable for most quality inspection work. The microscope features integrated white LED illumination which can be turned on and off depending on the application. The DPM contains a high-resolution color camera which provides crisp, clear images. To capture an image simply press the silver button on the microscope. The microscope can be used for many applications, such as print quality, paper structure, coatings, textiles, plastics, etc. By using a special polarization filter, the DPM 300 is the right choice when working with high glare materials such as coatings, plastics and metals. DPM 300 Digital Pocket Microscope Features: ■ High resolution CMOS-camera offering clear images ■ Very Portable and easy to use ■ USB cable connection for data transfer ■ Auto Gain function to adjust lightness differences ■ 8 LED Illumination for crisp images ■ Capture button to save an image ■ Polarization Filter for a better view on high glare materials DPM 300 Software Features: ■ Database function to store images and test results ■ DPM Standard Measurement: Region Tool, Distance Tool, Angle Tool, Circle Tool, Area Tool, Step Distance Tool ■ Special software for coatings to analyze cross-cut, byko-cut (V-Cut), Buchholz-Indentation, Hardness- and Impact testing ■ Automatic Image Analysis: Dots, Lines, Text, Barcodes, Shapes, Satellites, Voids, Graininess, Mottling, Missing Dots etc. ■ Calibration function for the camera with calibration sheet Ordering Information Cat. No. 9093 Description DPM 300 Digital Pocket Microscope Comes complete with: DPM 300 Instrument DPM Software (1 License for 2 installations) Metal Cup Operating manual (digital on CD English) Protective bag Polarization Filter 240 Technical Specifications Interface Dimensions Weight Resolution 1280 x 1024 Pixel (≈ 1.3 µm per pixel) Magnification 200x Power supply USB Port (5 VDC) USB 2.0 Cable 2 m ø 32 mm x 114 mm 115 gr. BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Typical Application Print and Paper Industry Destructive Film Thickness The V-shaped cut from the byko-cut can be easily stored as an image with film thickness info in mm. The width from the cut is automatically recalculated to the film thickness of the coating if you select the right cut-Angle (45°, 26.5°, 5.8°). Lines The “Line” function will automatically characterize the leading and trailing edges of the line with respect to the angle, blurriness, raggedness together with the width (mm) and contrast of the line according to the ISO 13660 specifications. Shapes The “Shape” function will automatically characterize the area (mm²), width (mm), height (mm) and perimeter (mm) of the selected object inside the defined region. Adhesion Test Evaluation of the adhesion of a coating. The DPM Paint Software view the cross-cut on the screen and evaluate the defects of the edges, lines, shapes and defects of the image according to DIN EN ISO 2409. Color Voids “Voids” are detected when a solid black area has white, unprinted spots in it. The voids must be within the size limits defined by the voids parameter. The DPM software will count the number of detected voids inside the selected area. Buchholz Indentation The indentation test as per Buchholz is a reliable test method for evaluation of indentation resistance of plastic deformable coatings. The indentation length is automatically measured from the software and can be converted with the “Buchholz Indentation Table”. Elasticity and flexibility The result of the impact or cupping test is automatically calculated in length and average of the rings by the paint software. The impact, cupping and mandrel bending test result can be saved as a digital image. 241 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Technical Service The “Mottling” describes the low frequency pattern and here only a single grid size of 1.27 mm is used to calculate the variation. According to ISO 13660, the region must be at least 161 mm² (12.7 mm x 12.7 mm) in which case the DPM instrument must be installed on a stand to obtain 100 tiles for mottling. Physical Microscopes Properties Mottling & Graininess This function characterizes how evenly a uniform printed area appears to the human eye. For “Graininess”, the high frequency variations are characterized from sub-images (tiles) of different sizes from 0.042 mm (0.0018 mm²) up to 1.02 mm where the smaller tiles will divide the defined region into more sub-images (counts). The variation between the sub-images of a particular grid size (Grid) is then calculated as the standard deviation (S.D). Finally the different standard deviations are averaged into one single “Total” number. Appearance Dots & Satellites The “Dot” function determines the number of dots, average area size (mm²) and their covered area (%) together with the corresponding data for detected satellites inside the defined region. Paint and Coating Industry Precision Microscope This precision microscope usually is used to measure indentation length. ■ 20x magnification ■ inclusive light source Ordering Information Cat. No. 5824 242 Description Precision Microscope Technical Specifications Comes complete with 20x magnification with graduated scale to measure indentation length, incl. light source; Weight: 0.8 kg BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Surface Tension Pocket Goniometer PGX+ New! Appearance The PocketGoniometer PGX+ is a convenient device to quality control surface properties for contamination, adhesion, surface tension, and printability. The sample substrates can be coatings, plastic polymers, paper, and glass. The PGX+ is a portable device that is placed directly onto the sample surface eliminating sample preparation. The instrument has a video camera and dosing pump to precisely delivery a 0.5 µl droplet. The PGX+ is connected directly to a laptop or PC using a USB port. The camera image can be analyzed for static contact angle, dynamic contact angle, surface tension, and surface energy. Ordering Information Cat. No. 1937 Description PocketGoniometer PGX+ Note: Software for Windows XP, Vista, 7, 8, 8.1, (32 and 64 bit) PG Dosing Unit Standards ASTM ISO TAPPI D724, D5946 15989 T458 Physical Surface Properties Tension Comes complete with: Calibration kit, Spare pump tubing, Droplet dispenser, Software, Carry case Color ■ Surface energy determination using more than one probing liquids ■ Surface tension measurement from droplet shape – tangent angle analysis ■ Dynamic contact angle to measure the wetting, absorption, spreading rate properties ■ Automatic droplet application for static or dynamic mode ■ Portable size for convenient sample measurement New! The PG Dosing Unit is a stand-alone pump used in unison with the PocketGoniometer PGX+ to measure contact angle. The PG Dosing unit has disposable syringes for quick change-over of different liquids to conduct surface energy studies. If tacky liquids or hard to clean liquids are used, the disposable syringes save time and expense. Description 1938 PC Dosing Unit Technical Specifications Preset Droplet Programmable Voltage Volumes volumes 2, 4, 8 µl 0.1 - 20 µl 100 - 240V Dimensions Weight 160x55x55mm 500 grams 243 Index Cat. No. Technical Service Ordering Information Comes complete with: 5 disposable syringes, 5 Dispensing tips 0.2 mm, 5 Dispensing tips 0.5 mm, 5 Dispensing tips 0.9 mm, Carrying case, Power adapter Ordering Information Cat. No. 1939 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 Description Syringe, Disposable PTFE tubing 1.5/0.2 mm PTFE tubing 1.5/0.5 mm PTFE tubing 1.5/0.9 mm Dispensing tip 0.2 mm Dispensing tip 0.5 mm Dispensing tip 0.9 mm Accessories Information 100 pieces, 1 ml volume 100 pieces, Length - 250 mm 100 pieces, Length - 250 mm 100 pieces, Length - 250 mm 50 pieces 50 pieces 50 pieces BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Document, Analyze and Optimize your Production Cure Process Is the paint cured at all points of the body? On a car body we are dealing with parts that have different geometries, thickness and might even have different substrate materials. Heat transfer is dependent on the material, the thickness and the body shape. The goal of the process engineer is to optimize the line speed at the lowest possible temperature. temp-gard see page 289 In the following example the cure performance of an e-coat oven before and after some re-modeling was analyzed. After reconstruction the entire baking process was running a few degrees higher than before the construction. The temperature curves of an A-pillar before and after reconstruction of the e-coat oven are shown in the following graph. Analyze your cure process: “Equivalence Method“ Temperature °C 180 Recommended data for curing: 165 °C:12 min 170 °C:10 min 175 °C: 8 min 100 20 0 10 20 30 X After construction X Before construction 40 50 Time min The new BYK-Gardner Cure Index calculated by the temp-chart software allows a detailed analysis of all temperature data contributing to the cure process. The paint manufacturer’s recommended data for curing were as follows: 165 °C 12 min / 170 °C 10 min / 175 °C 8 min › Equivalence time = 15.6 min relative to the reference tem- Traditional methods judge a baking process by comparing the paint manufacturer’s recommended temperature/time (high reference – low) to the actual production oven data. Based on this traditional cure evaluation 170 °C was only touched and 165 °C was only reached and surpassed for 7 minutes. The new cure index method objectively proves that a lower temperature bake is absolutely sufficient to guarantee a well cured system. Consequently, the conclusion would have been: “Insufficient curing”. Nevertheless, the e-coat showed good sanding properties which means the system was cured. The traditional comparison does not take into consideration that crosslinking already starts at temperatures below the specified low temperature and accelerates at higher temperatures. 244 perature 170 °C. Consequently, the coating system was completely cured. › Reliable data on cure status allow true optimizing of the cure process: line speed and baking temperature Reference: By Dipl. Ing. Eide Wilckens, Porsche AG, JOT, page 66-71, May 1998 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Introduction Baking Temperature Appearance Today’s industrial mass production would not be possible without the use of baked coatings. Drying times (baking times) varying between a few minutes to half an hour are common in the production process. Physical Temperature Properties The traditional range of baked coating systems has changed considerably with the introduction of environmentally friendly systems. The following types of paint technologies are being used: – Conventional, solvent borne systems with 50% to 60% organic solvents – High-solids with 10% to 30% solvents – Water-borne paint systems – Powder coatings, 100% solids and 0% solvents Color Today’s finishes must meet very high mechanical and appearance QC requirements, including – Optimum adhesion – Sufficient elasticity in case of deformation through mechanical stress – Long-term weather stability, e.g. corrosion resistance – Gloss and color stability – Optimum hardness Optimum curing is the prerequisite for achieving these specifications. The properties and the exact temperature distribution of the oven must be known in order to avoid rejects and ensure consistent quality. Poor curing can lead to failure: – Insufficient adhesion to the substrate – Insufficient elasticity to resist mechanical stress – Insufficient surface hardness – Premature aging, brittleness and chipping, leading to rust and corrosion – Discoloration and loss of gloss Any of these damages can be costly to repair. TEMPERATURE Technical Service Thermoset coatings (acrylic, polyester, epoxy or alkyd resins) are established finishes for industrial applications. The right catalysts and amount of heat initiate the cross-linking process among the various components. The result is a compact paint system consisting of polymers, resins, binders and pigments, which is to be chemically resistant and long-lasting. Paint properties largely depend on cross-linking quality. Today’s binders are very sensitive to insufficient cross-linking. 245 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Baking Ovens Insufficient cross-linking causes – Soft films with low hardness – Poor or no chemical resistance – Poor weather resistance (UV, SO2, etc.) Sufficient cross-linking can result in – Increased gloss – Lower haze values – Better adhesion – Better flexibility – Better intercoat adhesion Over-cross-linking causes – Increased hardness – Less flexibility – Less gloss – Higher haze values – Poor adhesion or intercoat adhesion – Improved solvent resistance – Yellowing or discoloring – Less outdoor resistance, especially when subjected to UV radiation In order to determine the optimal cross-linking parameters of a system, a series of tests must be carried out at different baking temperatures. Minimum and maximum baking temperatures determine the limits of an optimal curing process. In this process, time and temperature can vary. The reaction speed changes with the temperature, but in a non-linear manner. The heat-up speed is another key factor for solvent based and aqueous systems. If the heat-up speed is very high the solvent evaporates too quickly and pinholes may occur causing poor appearance. Baking properties of new paint systems need to be tested and optimized in the laboratory. This is usually done with a convection oven. The coated tet panel is put into the preheated oven for a set time. To this point the process in the laboratory is identical with the process in the production line. This stage in development is very time and labor intensive. Many test panels have to be baked at various temperatures and times. This is the only way to accurately determine the optimum temperature and baking time. In addition It is difficult to accurately reproduce a constant sample temperature and heat-up speed of the sample using several convection ovens. gradient-oven BYK-Gardner offers a well established type of baking oven, the gradient-oven, for better control, higher precision, and production simulation in the laboratory. The gradient-oven houses a microprocessor-controlled heating bank consisting of 45 heating elements, each equipped with a PT-100 temperature probe. Each element is separately insulated allowing the setting of different temperatures at two adjoining elements. The coated test panel 560 x 100 mm (22 x 4 inches) is automatically transported onto the heating bank with the help of a sample pressure device guaranteeing quick heat transfer. The heating area is enclosed by a special cover situated approximately 50 mm (2.0 inches) above the test panel. The example below shows three different theoretical temperature profiles with identical curing. Slight temperature changes have a big impact on the curing time. In the production process the temperature profile will rarely be so simple, since material thickness is never constant and oven temperatures vary due to external influences. 250 200 ∞C 212∞C 200∞C 190∞C 150 Tolerance 246 5 10 12 min 0 7 min 50 9 min 100 15 Time BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Comparison of convection ovens with the gradient-oven Comparison measurements between convection ovens and the gradient-oven show the following profiles. In order to gain maximum output of a production line the baking oven must fit perfectly into the process. The method of heating the oven (gas, oil, electricity), and air distribution as well as the assembly line speed are parameters which must be taken into account for the control of the oven. The oven temperature is influenced by power variations and oven construction. The object temperature depends on parameters such as material, material thickness, the place of suspension (top, middle, bottom), and assembly line speed. It is essential to check whether an oven works properly to ensure right heat-up of an object, guaranteeing optimal cross-linking and curing.Geometrical shape, size and material type also play a major role in the heating characteristics of the object. In order to guarantee a consistent temperature at a set baking time it is necessary to directly measure the object temperature – this is especially true for complex-shaped objects with varying thickness. Color The internal temperature distribution of an oven needs to be controlled at regular intervals. Quality assurance according to DIN ISO 9000 also requires professional documentation and increased accuracy. BYK-Gardner’s oven temperature recorders fulfill these requirements. Appearance Temperature Physical Properties Testing with the gradient-oven provides major benefits: ■ QC of color, appearance, and physical properties can be performed with continuous temperature variation on one panel ■ Heat-up speed and baking time can be set to simulate production baking conditions ■ High accuracy allows reproducible results and avoid repetitive tests ■ Major savings in application time, coating materials, the number of test panels, and energy ■ A panel can be baked with various temperature profiles: ■ constant temperature over the entire panel ■ linear gradients with maximum difference of 100 °C ■ step gradients of different temperatures Oven Temperature Recorders Mp 2 (Air) Mp 1 Mp 3 °F Mp 4 247 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Technical Service t temp-gard A significant improvement in the recording of oven processes has been made with the temp-gard. This measurement system stores the analog signals of temperature probes in digital form. A measurement module accompanies the object on its way through the oven without needing a trailing cable. The recording module is protected by a thermal barrier made of stainless steel with absolutely temperature safe insulation. The digital data is transferred to a computer for further processing. Each measurement is saved as a file. temp-gard collects temperature data in production oven. The temp-gard system controls the curing process and immediately evaluates the results. Within a few minutes all important information is available on the screen and can be printed out: – The measurement points of the object – Date and time of the measurement – Name of the operator and identification of the oven – Temperatures in °F or °C – 4-color graphic of the entire measurement curve with display of temperature and time temp-gard 12p recorder with thermal barrier The peak temperature and a warning message occur when the maximum temperature of a probe is above the control value. It is possible to quickly and regularly check and document the quality of daily production. In addition, this temperature measurement system allows control of oven performance without risking loss of quality. 248 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com gradient-oven A linear gradient or step gradient can be programmed to precisely determine the cure temperature. The ramp up temperature rate and bake time can also be programmed to similuate production conditions. The gradient-oven can be used for accelerated acid-etch tests. By using the temperature gradient and bake time features a precise evaluation can be performed. gradient-oven 2610 with optional printer Iron oxide temperature stability test on two pigment types Color ■ Saves time and energy ■ Generates various curing temperatures on one panel ■ Simulates the temperature profile of a production oven in the laboratory ■ Safety devices that comply with the current standards ■ Automatic program control – for precise results Appearance The gradient-oven is a test apparatus for evaluating the baking and drying behavior of liquid coatings, powder coatings, and resins. The gradient oven consists of 45 heating elements each micro-processor controlled. Every element has PT-100 temperature probe to precisely record the temperature. A steel test panel is automatically positioned onto the elements. The panel is pressed down for rapid heat transfer. Automotive top-coat chemical etch resistance test panel Ordering Information Description gradient-oven 250 gradient-oven 300 Extended Warranty one year additional Comes complete with: gradient-oven exhaust tube 1 pc. glass plate 25 pcs. test panels 25 pcs. marking strips Operating Manual Technical Specifications Temperature 30 - 250 °C (86 - 482 °F) 30 - 320 °C (86 - 608 °F) Voltage Power Comsumption Heating Surface Test Surface Heating Elements Pressure Platform Linear Gradient Heat-Up-Speed Baking Time Memory Accuracy Dimensions Weight 230 V, 50/60 Hz 3400 VA 520 x 100 mm (20.4 x 3.9 in) 500 x 70 mm (19.6 x 2.7 in) 45 pcs. traverses automatically (16 kp) for insertion and removal of panel max. temp. difference between: 30 and 250 (320) °C: 100 °C; 86 and 482 (608) °F: 180 °F with 2, 3 or 4 steps: max temp. difference betw. 2 steps: 50 °C (90 °F) 2 °C to 30 °C/min, programmable (3.6 °F/min to 54 °F/min) in sec. and min. max. 10 gradients control accuracy of the heating elements: < ± 2 °C (< 3.6 °F) surface temperatures on 0.8 mm test panels from element 3 to 43: to 200 ° ± 2 °C (to 392 ° ± 3.6 °F) to 250 ° ± 3 °C (to 482 ° ± 5.4 °F) to 320 ° ± 5 °C (to 608 ° ± 9.0 °F) measured under specific test conditions Technical Service Step Gradient Connection for temp-gard oven recorder included included Temperature Physical Properties Cat. No. 2602 2610 107302602 465 x 720 x 595 mm (18 x 28 x 23 in) 50 kg (110 lbs) 249 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com gradient-oven Accessories If you have any questions about the accessory items their availability and pricing please contact your BYK-Gardner representative. Ordering Information Test Panel with Marking Strip Application Device Printer with paper types Film applicators Accessories Cat. No. 2636 Description Self-Adhesive Paper, 2630 2637 Self-Adhesive Strips, 2630 2645 2626 2623 Jig for Powder Coatings Glass Plate, for 2602, 2610 Test Panels gradient-oven 2628 Film Application Device, 2623 2630 2634 Flat Bed Printer, gradient-oven For flat bed printer, Cat. No. 2630; for printing reports; Set of 100 sheets for 200 reports For flat bed printer, Cat. No. 2630; for printing panel marking strips; Set of 100 sheets for 200 marking strips To facilitate application of powder For gradient-oven, Cat. No. 2602 and 2610 to protect heating bank For application of samples for the gradient-oven; made of ST 14 O 5 steel; dimensions: 568 x 98 x 0.8 mm (22.36 x 3.86 x 0.03 in); Set of 100 Solid aluminum construction, 6 knurled screws for secure clamping of test panel during paint application, free floating slide jig holds film applicator; Recommended film applicators 2056, 2057 For gradient-oven, Cat. No. 2602 and 2610; incl. accessories Marking Strip Set, 2623 Self-adhesive strips for test panels, Cat. No. 2623; Set of 100 2621 2622 Printer Ribbon, 2630 Exhaust Tube For flat bed printer, Cat. No. 2630 Length 2.5 m (98.4 in.); ø 80 mm (3.1 in.) Info! For precise monitoring of your production ovens BYK-Gardner offers the temp-gard oven recorder system. 250 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com gradient-oven Applications Temperature stability of iron oxide pigments: Depending on the chemical composition the various iron oxide pigment types show different temperature stabilities: Whenever low temperature stable iron oxide pigments are used in baked coating systems or composite materials, it is very critical to define the production window in which the baking temperature will not affect the mechanical, chemical or the optical specifications. The high repeatability and reproducibility of the gradient-oven helps to accurately determine the tolerance range. Depending on the gradient-oven type, coatings can be tested with temperatures up to 320 °C. By applying the coating system with a duplex frame applicator two different coating systems can be applied & tested simultaneously on the same panel. This makes the comparison easier, saving application time and material cost. Appearance The gradient-oven saves time and money in R & D as well as QC testing of raw materials (e.g. additives, pigments, resins, and coatings). It allows you to simulate the conditions of a production oven in the laboratory by downloading temperature profiles recorded with our temp-gard oven recorder. Thus, material properties, baking conditions and production ovens can be optimized for best quality and economical operation. Temperature stability up to approx. 1200 °C (2192 °F) up to approx. 200 °C (392 °F) up to approx. 180 °C (356 °F) up to approx. 180 °C (356 °F) Color Red iron oxide: Yellow iron oxide: Brown iron oxide: Black iron oxide: In the following example, two yellow iron oxide pigments with different temperature stabilities were tested in a silicone polyester system. Physical Properties Temperature Results: Pigment type A starts showing a discoloration at 210 °C, while pigment type B remains color stable up to 250 °C. At temperatures over 280 °C both pigments can no longer be used. 251 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Technical Service The gradient-oven saves you time and money because the testing is considerably shorter than using a convection oven. In addition, the high precision and tight temperature control of the individual heating elements guarantee you reliable and repeatable results – test after test. Temperature influence on silicone additives Inter-coat Adhesion In a multi-layer system, like automotive coating systems, silicone additives can diminish the inter-coat adhesion. Silicones have the tendency to migrate to the surface. As they don’ t have reactive groups, they are not integrated in the coating surface of the first layer. Consequently, they would migrate into the surface of the 2nd layer during application. This type of behavior is known as silicone migration. If the 1st coating layer is baked, reactive groups are created and the silicone additive gets embedded into the resin system of the 1st layer. The capability to migrate is gone which can result in a diminished inter-coat adhesion. The temperature stability of silicones varies depending on how they were modified. The gradientoven can test the influence of temperature on one panel. Test procedure: Two differently modified silicones were tested: Sample A: BYK®-310 – polyester modified polysiloxane Sample B: Polyether modified siloxane The application and baking occurred in two steps. For ease of testing the two layers were differently pigmented – 1st layer white and 2nd layer red. The white coating was applied first and baked in the gradient-oven using the step gradient function: 130 °C – 150 °C – 170 °C – 190 °C for 30 minutes. Then the red pigmented coating was applied and baked under the same conditions. The quality of the inter-coat adhesion can be evaluated by using a cross-cut tester with tape, or with knife & tape according to a Ford test specification. BYK®-310 used in sample A Result according to Ford Test: Sample A shows excellent inter-coat adhesion at all 4 different temperature ranges. In case of sample B the inter-coat adhesion is destroyed at baking temperatures higher than 150 °C. Ford Test Specification: The coating is marked with a knife, adhesive tape is applied to the test surface, pressed on and removed. 252 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Rewetting of 2 coat systems: At high temperatures silicones can cause wetting problems in a 2 coat application process. Test procedure: Appearance Two differently modified silicones were tested in an amino-cured alkyd topcoat: Sample A: BYK®-325 Sample B: Polyether modified polysiloxane For ease of testing the two layers were differently pigmented – 1st layer white and 2nd layer red. The 2 coats were applied wet on wet with a spray gun and each coat had a wet film thickness of 150 µm. The silicone additives were only added in the 2nd coat. Both systems were baked in the gradient-oven using the linear gradient function: 120 °C – 190 °C for 30 minutes. Color BYK®-310 used in sample A Physical Properties Temperature Sample A was perfectly wetted, while in sample B the two coats "separated” – droplet formation can be seen at higher temperatures. Therefore, sample B can only be exposed to a maximum temperature of 165 °C. 253 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Technical Service Result: Chemical etch resistance of automotive topcoat systems: Acid rain, bird droppings, fuel, antifreeze and many other environmental factors can damage automotive finishes. Especially in summertime, some substances can be very aggressive and cause severe damage. Therefore, automotive paint manufacturers as well as auto makers need to find out how different environmental phenomena will interact with a coating system. Throughout the world panels are tested on weathering sites for years to evaluate the influence on color, gloss as well as physical properties. The gradient-oven has been approved by the automotive industry as an accelerated test method. It allows prediction of how a particular coating system reacts to a specific material at increasing temperature levels. This test method is specified by several automotive companies. The gradient-oven helps to speed up R & D projects saving time and money. In QC testing of baked coating systems the gradientoven produces repeatable results many times faster than using traditional convection ovens. Test procedure: In a standard test 5 different chemicals can be tested on one panel – e.g. H2SO4 which simulates atmosphere and acid rain, NaOH for car wash detergents, pancreatine (bird dropping), brake fluid, and tree resin. The panels are coated and baked under the specified processing conditions. Using a pipette droplets (approx. 0.05 ml) of these various materials are placed about 6 mm apart vertically on the test panel. Repeat this length down the panel with spacing about every 2-3 cm. The gradient-oven is then programmed to have a linear gradient in the range of 35 °C – 80 °C. The panels are now baked at either 20, 30 and / or 60 minutes to allow for evaluation of the coating. After the baking process the panel is washed under running water, dried and visually evaluated. The evaluation should be done after approx. one hour and again after 24 hours to see if any additional etching has occurred. The temperature is documented at which the first visual changes and damages occurred. 254 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com temp-gard Oven Temperature Recorder Appearance The temp-gard temperature recorder system measures and saves object and air temperature during the cure process. Documentation and analysis of temperature profiles is made easy with the included tempchart software: all you need to control and optimize your baking process. The temp-gard data logger comes in two configurations, 12 temperature probe connections or 6 probe connections. The data logger has a new innovative design with a large color graphics display and USB memory stick connection for easy data transfer. Cat. No. 3319 3317 3309 3307 3308 3306 Description temp-gard 12p temp-gard 6p temp-gard 12p C temp-gard 6p, C temp-gard 12p, no probes* temp-gard 6p, no probes* Temperature probes for: temp-gard 6p: 5 magnetic object probes (3125), 1 magnetic air probe (3131) temp-gard 12p: 11magnetic object probes (3125), 1 magnetic air probe (3131) temp-gard 6p C: 5 clamp object probes (3122), 1 clamp air probe (3128) temp-gard 12 C: 11 clamp object probes (3122), 1 clamp air probe (3128) *Note: Probes must orderd separately for temp-gard 3306 & 3308. Accuracy Resolution No. of Channels Memory Sampling Interval Temperature Range Battery Capacity Display Interface Thermal Barrier Dimensions Weight Maximum Duration ± 0.5 °C 0.1 °C (0.18 °F) from 0 - 400°C (32 - 752 °F) 6 or 12 240,000 readings 0.1 sec up to 5 min 0 - 400 °C (32 - 752 °F) 0.5 sec interval = 25 hrs (AA Alkaline) Color, 79 x 60 mm (3.1 x 2.4 in) USB 2.0 255 x 215 x 135 mm (10.0 x 8.5 x 5.3 in) 3.56 kg (7.82 lbs) at 100 °C, 8.5 hrs; at 200 °C, 2.5 hrs; at 250 °C, 2.0 hrs Technical Service Comes complete with: temp-gard datalogger instrument temp-chart software 1 Thermal barrier 1 Set of heat sinks 1 Interface cable to PC 2 AA Alkaline batteries Operating manual Certificate Carrying case Technical Specifications Physical Properties Temperature Ordering Information Color temp-gard system ■ USB memory stick interface provides easy data transfer for in the field or in plant locations ■ Battery-powered by 2 AA Alkaline or Lithium batteries ■ Large color screen for numerical or graphical display of data ■ Robust thermal barrier made of stainless steel with safe high temperature insulation ■ High accuracy guarantees long-term reliable results ■ Light weight easy to carry thermal barrier Extended Warrenty: see pages about Technical Service Hardware Requirements: Operating system: Windows® XP or higher Excel® version: 2003 or higher VBA Memory: min. 1 GB Hard disk capacity: min. 100 MB Monitor resolution: XGA (1024 x 768) or higher Disk drive: CD-ROM or DVD Interface: USB-port 255 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com temp-gard Accessories Temperature Probes for any Application ■ High quality thermocouple type “K” with special limits of error 1.1 °C or 0.4 % (ANSI MC 96.1) ■ Magnets or clamps do not influence measurement results ■ Connection cable of 1.5 m (59 in), 3 m (118 in) and 8 m (315 in) length available (see table) ■ Response time for 100 % measuring range from 5 seconds to 2.5 minutes depending on probe style ■ Can be used as replacement probes for other datalogger brands Ordering Information Cat. No. 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134 3135 3136 3147 3137 3138 3146 3143 3144 3038 3325 3326 3320 3318 256 Description Object Probe A, 1.5m Object Probe A, 3m Object Probe A, 8m Object Probe B, 1.5m Object Probe B, 3m Object Probe B, 8m Air Probe C, 1.5m Air Probe C, 3m Air Probe C, 8m Air Probe D, 1.5m Air Probe D, 3m Air Probe D, 8m Foil Probe Open Probe F, 1.5m Open Probe F, 3m Open Probe F, 8m Special Open Probe (0.3 mm) Extension 3m Extension 5m Object Probe, G IR Probe H, 3m IR Probe I, 3m Adhesive Tape for foil probe Thermal Barrier Heat Sink temp-gard logger 12p temp-gard logger 6p Style C Style A Style B Style D Style E Style F Style G Style H Style I Accessories Style A A A B B B C C C D D D E F F F F Probe Length Attachment object 1.5 m clamp object 3m clamp object 8m clamp object 1.5 m magnet object 3m magnet object 8m magnet air 1.5 m clamp air 3m clamp air 8m clamp air 1.5 m magnet air 3m magnet air 8m magnet foil 1.5 m open junction 1.5 m open junction 3m open junction 8m open junction 3m extension 3m extension 5m G object 1.5 m eyelet 4.5 mm ø H IR 3m magnet I IR 3m clamp heat-proof adhesive tape for attachment of foil probes incl. 2 heat sinks, max duration at 250 °C, 2h 1 piece logger with 12 probe connections logger with 6 probe connections Max Temperature 509 °F (265 °C) 509 °F (265 °C) 509 °F (265 °C) 509 °F (265 °C) 509 °F (265 °C) 509 °F (265 °C) 509 °F (265 °C) 509 °F (265 °C) 509 °F (265 °C) 509 °F (265 °C) 509 °F (265 °C) 509 °F (265 °C) 509 °F (265 °C) 509 °F (265 °C) 509 °F (265 °C) 509 °F (265 °C) 509 °F (265 °C) 509 °F (265 °C) 509 °F (265 °C) 932°F (500 °C) 509 °F (265 °C) 509 °F (265 °C) BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com temp-chart Software Appearance temp-chart 2 is an easy-to-use software for documentation and analysis of the temperature profile. temp-chart was developed in close cooperation with leading automotive manufacturers. To analyse the curing data measured with temp-gard, temp-chart will merge the temperature data with oven parameters and analysis criteria to generate a temperature profile. Data will be stored in a database for professional documentation and easy access. The oven process can be optimized with means of the BYK-Gardner cure index (Porsche value). Description temp-chart 2 USB-Adaptor Comes complete with: 1 CD Rom Technical Specifications Analysis Data-Import Data-Export Languages Graphs, tolerance, range, reference curves, slopes, cure index temp-gard systems any database, Excel® English, German, French, Italian, Spanish, Japanese Note: temp-chart licence fee for more than two installations is quantity dependent. Please contact your local BYK-Gardner representative. Hardware requirements: Operating system: Windows® XP or higher Excel® version: 2003 or higher Memory: min. 1 GB Hard-disk space: min. 500 MB Monitor resolution: XGA (1024 x 768) or higher Disk drive: CD-ROM or DVD Interface: USB port 257 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Technical Service Cat. No. 3311 4401 Physical Properties Temperature Ordering Information Color The cure chart offers a visual aide to quickly determine which temperature sensors have met the cure conditions. The cure chart also provides information on over or under cure conditions of the oven. ■ Graph of temperature profile with upper / lower limits, reference curve and tolerance range ■ Temperature analysis table according to process parameters ■ Product images with location of temperature probes can be imported ■ Acquisition parameters like the number and name of probes, measuring frequency, duration time and starting modes can be easily fixed in the software and transferred to the tempgard system. ■ The analysis criteria and oven specifications- speed, zone number(s), length, and temperatures can be stored as separate files ■ Fast anaylsis of cure conditions ■ Pass/Fail alert for each temperature sensor ■ temp-chart was developed in close cooperation with leading automotive manufacturers. PosiTector DPM Dew Point Meter This new meter helps bring a new level of confidence to the painting contractor and inspector. Measure and record climatic parameters including air temperature and relative humidity to calculate dew point temperature. The difference between surface and dew point temperatures is critical for determining condensation probability. This meter is ideal for surface preparation, as required by ISO 8502-4. ■ Rugged indoor/outdoor instrument is solvent, acid, oil, water and dust resistant – take it anywhere ■ Sliding cover on the sensor protects it when not in use and the white housing reduces the effect of direct sunlight for greater precision ■ The meter has a soft rubber holster for easy handling and can be removed to accurately spot check hard-to-reach areas ■ Fast response precision sensors provide accurate, repeatable readings with high reliability and long term stability ■ Indicators to identify changing enviromental conditions ■ Universal gage body to accept film thickness sensors and surface roughness sensor ■ USB port for fast and simple PC downloads The PosiTector DPM comes in two models: Standard Model ■ Monchrome Display ■ Storage of 2500 datasets ■ Auto Log Mode automatically records all 5 parameters at user selectable time intervals Ordering Information Cat. No. 1170 1172 Description PosiTector DPM Standard PosiTector DPM Advanced Comes complete with: Humidity, air and surface temperature sensors 3 AAA batteries Rubber holster with belt clamp and wrist strap Nylon carrying case with shoulder strap Built-in infrared port for printing to a wireless IR printer NIST traceable certificate Operating instructions 2 year warranty Ordering Information Cat. No. 1175 258 Description Bluethtooth™ Printer, for DPM Advanced only Standards ASTM ISO BS D 3276 8502-4 7079-B4 Advanced Model ■ Hi Contrast reversible color LCD display ■ Storage of 20,000 datasets and 1000 batches and sub-batches ■ WiFi technology for connectivity to mobile devices ■ Auto Log Mode automatically records all 5 parameters with data streaming via USB or WiFi ■ On screen help, real time graphing , picture prompting, and batch notes ■ Data transfer via USB or Bluetooth™ to a PC or printer Technical Specifications Surface Temperature Accuracy Air Temperature Accuracy Humidity Accuracy Resolution Dimensions Weight -40 to 190 °C (-40 to 375 °F) ± 0.5 °C (1 °F) from -40 to 80 °C (-40 to 175 °F); ± 1.5 °C (3 °F) from 80 to 190 °C (175 to 375 °F) -40 to 80 °C (-40 to 175 °F) ±0.5°C (±1° F) 0 - 100 % ± 3% 0.1 °C (0.1 °F) for temperature; 0.1 % for humidity 159 x 61 x 31 mm (6.25 x 2.4 x 1.2 in) 150 g (0.33 lbs) Accessories Battery power or AC Power Kit, Protective Lens Shield BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Introduction Appearance Viscosity is a measure of the resistance of a fluid to deform under shear stress. It is commonly perceived as flow behaviour or resistance to pouring. Viscosity describes a fluids internal resistance to flow and may be thought of as a measure of fluid friction. Viscosity at final plays a key role in th processing stage! For certain liquids viscosity is a material constant that only depends on temperature and pressure. This group of materials is termed Newtonian liquids. Color Newtonian Liquids which do not follow this proportional ratio are called nonNewtonian. Physical Properties Viscosity In practice, time-dependent viscosity is called thixotropy. If a liquid is sheared at a constant velocity gradient, viscosity will slowly decrease. As soon as the shear forces are removed, viscosity will recover and return to the initial value. VISCOSITY viscosity shear stress Thixotropy Velocity Velocity viscosity shear stress Pseudoplastic (Shear-Thinning) Technical Service The viscosity of pseudoplastic materials will decrease with an increasing shear rate (shear thinning). Velocity Velocity 259 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com The viscosity of dilatant products, however, will increase when shear forces are applied. Dilatant (Shear-Thickening) Dip Cups These cups are designed for quick and approximate determination of efflux times for paints and similar fluids at paint manufacturers and paint user sites. This behavior is known as “shear thickening”. When shear forces are applied, the liquid becomes more viscous. Viscosity Measurement In the paint industry a number of measurement methods, from simple flow cup to computer controlled rotation viscometers, have been established for the determination of viscosity. BYK-Gardner offers a complete line of viscosity measurement instrumentation. Bubble Viscometers The Alphabetical Comparison Method uses 4 sets of lettered reference tubes, A5 through Z10, of known viscosity to cover a viscosity range from 0.005 to 1,000 stokes. The Direct Time Method uses a single 3-line timer tube for determining the “bubble seconds” required for an air bubble to travel a known vertical distance through a bore of known diameter. These “bubble seconds” may then be converted to stokes. Dip Cups Flow Cups Flow Cups For many applications it is not necessary to know the absolute viscosity of a paint system. A parameter permitting a relative classification and estimation is often sufficient. The efflux time, measured in seconds, has proven to be a practical measure. It is determined using flow cups of various designs following the appropriate international / national standards. These cups hold a defined volume of liquid which flows through an orifice. The reproducibility of such measurements depends on – The accuracy of the size of the cup – A constant temperature during measurement – The Newtonian flow behaviour of the liquid Rotational Viscometers Both methods are subject to variations traceable to the following variables: Temperature: ± 1° C = 10% error Vertical Control ± 5° C slant = 10% error Tube I.D. Control ± 0.1 mm = 2% error Various rotational viscometers are in use for the determination of the viscosity of non-Newtonian liquids. These types of material exhibit different viscosities depending on the applied shear rate. BYK-Gardner offers a complete line of viscometers for any application: Stormer Viscometer, Cone and Plate Viscometer as well as Brookfield Viscometers with different cylinders, tubes and other measuring accessories. New! 260 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Bubble Viscometers Appearance BYK-Gardner bubble viscometers are used to quickly determine kinematic viscosity of known liquids such as resins and varnishes. The bubble viscometer tubes are also described as Gardner-Holdt tubes. ■ The liquid standards are sealed in glass tubes ■ Shelf life is 15 years ■ Sample tubes can be cleaned quickly and easily ■ Tubes have no orifices that can be clogged to cause faulty measurements ■ Repeated readings may be taken easily once the temperature has been controlled The time required for an air bubble to rise is directly proportional to the viscosity of the liquid – the faster the bubble rises, the lower the viscosity. BYK-Gardner bubble viscometers come in lettered tubes A5 through Z10 in four different tube sets covering viscosity ranges from 0.05 to 1,000 stokes. NIST traceable standards. Ordering Information 0510 0610 0540 0640 0560 0660 Description Bubble Viscometer A5-A1 Cert. Bubble Viscometer A5-A1 Bubble Viscometer A-T Cert. Bubble Viscometer A-T Bubble Viscometer U-Z6 Cert. Bubble Viscometer U-Z6 Bubble Viscometer Z7-Z10 Cert. Bubble Viscometer Z7-Z10 Comes complete with: Bubble Viscometers: Bubble tube standards Storage case Two empty tubes Operating manual Certified Sets come with certificate AOC ASTM FTMS Method Ka 6-63 D 1131, D 1545, D 1725 141a Method 4272 Technical Specifications Stokes 0.05 - 0.31 Set of 5 bubble tube standards A5 - A1 with 2 empty tubes (Grade A) 0.5 - 5.5 Set of 20 bubble tube standards A - T with 2 empty tubes (Grade A) 6.66 - 151 Set of 12 bubble tube standards U - Z6 with 2 empty tubes (Grade A) 406- 1190 Set of 4 bubble tube standards Z7 - Z10 with 2 empty tubes (Grade A) Note: Individual replacement tubes can be ordered separately. Physical Properties Viscosity Cat. No. 0500 0600 Standards Color ed Our bubble tubes can be recertified to Certifi Bubble Viscometer A-T Technical Service 261 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Bubble Viscometer Procedure ■ Knowing the approximate viscosity, pick four standard tubes closest in viscosity to your sample ■ Fill the sample tube with liquid, insert a cork, and then using the tube holder 0577, insert the four lettered tubes and the sample tube into the holder ■ Turn over the holder and visually compare what letter best matches the rise time of the bubble in the sample ■ The rise time in seconds of the sealed tubes and samples can also be determined using a basic timer Please be aware of the following accuracies when performing the test: Temperature control: 1 °C = 10 % error Verticality control: 5° slant = 10 % error Tube I.D. control: 0.1 mm = 2 % error Ordering Information Cat. No. 0571 Description Empty Tubes Grade A 0573 Empty Tubes Grade B 0575 Empty Tubes Grade N 0576 Corks 0577 Holder for 5 Tubes Comes complete with: Empty tubes in lots of 144 per package including corks Accessories Inscription GARDNER MT in amber stain; inside diameter is checked for 10.65 ± 0.025 mm Inscription GARDNER BT in amber stain; economical tube for making routine laboratory or factory comparisons; inside diameter 10.75 mm Inscription GARDNER in amber stain; inside diameter is checked for 10.65 ± 0.025 mm; one additional marking at the bottom of the tube for establishing 73 mm bubble path; ASTM D 1545 term: Timer Tubes For use in retaining samples; used with all grades of tubes; supplied in lots of 150 per bag Standards and samples are placed parallel to each other in a true vertical position; sturdy metal frame with plastic handle; fits up to 5 tubes; the flat area allows the holder to sit in a water bath or on a lab bench; comes without tubes Note: Amber markings in permanent stain are located on the empty tubes for establishing correct bubble size. ASTM D 1545 Timer Method The tube has three amber ring marks at 27, 100 and 108 mm from the bottom. Fill the tube up to the 100 mm line, insert the cork down to the 108 mm line and turn the tube bottom up. Turn the tube around, start the stop watch when the air bubble crosses the 27 mm line and stop when the bubble crosses the 100 mm line. 262 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Bubble Viscometers Standards AOC ASTM FTMS 0646 0647 0648 0649 0650 0651 0652 0661 0662 0663 0664 Description Cert. Tube A5 Cert. Tube A4 Cert. Tube A3 Cert. Tube A2 Cert. Tube A1 Cert. Tube A Cert. Tube B Cert. Tube C Cert. Tube D Cert. Tube E Cert. Tube F Cert. Tube G Cert. Tube H Cert. Tube I Cert. Tube J Cert. Tube K Cert. Tube L Cert. Tube M Cert. Tube N Cert. Tube O Cert. Tube P Cert. Tube Q Cert. Tube R Cert. Tube S Cert. Tube T Cert. Tube U Cert. Tube V Cert. Tube W Cert. Tube X Cert. Tube Y Cert. Tube Z Cert. Tube Z1 Cert. Tube Z2 Cert. Tube Z3 Cert. Tube Z4 Cert. Tube Z5 Cert. Tube Z6 Cert. Tube Z7 Cert. Tube Z8 Cert. Tube Z9 Cert. Tube Z10 Technical Specifications Approx cSt 5.1 7.1 14.0 21.3 31.0 53.6 68.8 92.7 102.9 122.7 151.9 160.0 210.8 224.2 268.2 287.9 302.3 335.4 345.2 377.9 408.8 441.8 467.4 517.7 547.2 665.9 889.2 1073 1200 1737 2289 2909 4056 4840 7241 9917 15080 40650 73280 91500 119000 Approx Sec 0.650 0.663 0.720 0.767 0.820 0.936 1.01 1.21 1.30 1.50 1.67 1.85 2.15 2.32 2.75 3.02 3.19 3.45 3.69 3.98 4.24 4.54 4.85 5.29 6.00 6.79 8.97 11.5 14.8 18.4 23.7 30.7 40.2 48.0 72.2 105 158 422 764 955 1240 Technical Service Tube Z Tube Z1 Tube Z2 Tube Z3 Tube Z4 Tube Z5 Tube Z6 Tube Z7 Tube Z8 Tube Z9 Tube Z10 Cat. No. 0601 0602 0603 0604 0605 0611 0612 0613 0614 0615 0616 0617 0618 0619 0620 0621 0622 0623 0624 0625 0626 0627 0628 0629 0630 0641 0642 0643 0644 0645 Physical Properties Viscosity 0547 0548 0549 0550 0551 0552 0561 0562 0563 0564 Description Tube A5 Tube A4 Tube A3 Tube A2 Tube A1 Tube A Tube B Tube C Tube D Tube E Tube F Tube G Tube H Tube I Tube J Tube K Tube L Tube M Tube N Tube O Tube P Tube Q Tube R Tube S Tube T Tube U Tube V Tube W Tube X Tube Y Color Cat. No. 0501 0502 0503 0504 0505 0511 0512 0513 0514 0515 0516 0517 0518 0519 0520 0521 0522 0523 0524 0525 0526 0527 0528 0529 0530 0541 0542 0543 0544 0545 0546 D 1131, D 1545, D 1725 141a Method 4272 Appearance Ordering Information Method Ka 6-63 Note: Centistokes and Seconds values are based on 25℃ (77℉). 263 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Viscosity Cups A flow cup, sometimes called an efflux cup or viscosity cup, is a simple gravity device that measures the timed flow of a known volume of liquid passing through an orifice located at the bottom of the shaped cup. Under ideal conditions, this rate of flow would be proportional to the kinematic viscosity (expressed in stokes and centistokes) that is dependent upon the specific gravity of the liquid. For many applications it is not necessary to know the absolute viscosity. The efflux time, measured in seconds, is often sufficient for a relative classification. At least 50 types of flow cups have been developed and used over the years, mainly for production control and field inspection purposes. Most of these simple cups are of two main types — mounted on a stand for filling and draining, or dipped directly into the liquid container before draining back into the same container. No matter which type of cup is used there are several fundamental principles that should be recognized: 400 centistokes Ford Cups No. 4 300 No. 3 200 No. 2 100 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 sec Ford Cup Calibration Curves kinematic viscosity (centistokes) 700 ISO 6mm 600 500 400 DIN 4 300 200 ISO 4mm 100 0 ISO 5mm ISO 3mm 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 sec DIN and ISO Cups Calibration Curves ■ Precautions should be taken whenever thixotropic or other non-Newtonian liquids are tested for viscosity, because there is no definite rate of shear generated in a flow cup. ■ The diameter of the orifice should be selected and maintained so as to provide flow times falling within prescribed minimum and maximum limits. ■ The temperature of the draining liquid should be controlled and measured only in the efflux stream, after it passes through the undamaged bore. Procedure ■ Place flow cup in a precisely horizontal position using ring stand or temperature control jacket ■ Close orifice ■ Pour in test liquid ■ Draw a clean glass plate over the rim of the cup, removing superfluous liquid into the overflow reservoir and closing the cup ■ Remove glass plate horizontally ■ Open the orifice and start the stopwatch simultaneously ■ Stop the watch with the first break in the efflux stream ■ Repeat the measurement three times, each with a new sample of the same material 264 Tripod Stand with Efflux cups BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com DIN/ISO Dip Cups Vicosity Cups Appearance BYK-Gardner DIN Dip Cups are designed for quick, approximate determination of efflux times for paints and similar liquids in workshops, at paint manufacturers’ and customers’. ■ Simple and durable ■ Inner dimensions in accordance with DIN 53211* / ISO 2431 ■ Protected loop handle ■ Orifice of stainless steel The different models meet the requirements for standardized flow cups. A special loop handle of stainless steel mounted on the side facilitates the handling of the dip cup (protected version “GM N0. 7146399”) Cat. No. Description 0304 0334 DIN Dip Cup 4mm, Alu 0335 0314 ISO Dip Cup 4mm, Alu ISO Dip Cup 5mm, Alu DIN Dip Cup 4mm, Polyamide Technical Specifications Material of Cup Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Polyamide Material of Orifice Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Brass Diameter of Orifice 4 mm 4 mm 5 mm 4 mm Inner Dimension in acc. with DIN 53211*/ ISO 2431 DIN EN ISO 2431 DIN EN ISO 2431 DIN 53211*/ ISO 2431 *Note: DIN 53211 was withdrawn in October 1996 Physical Properties Viscosity Ordering Information Color Procedure ■ Immerse dip cup with upper rim below the surface of the liquid ■ Simultaneously with vertical withdrawal of cup, start stop-watch ■ Stop when stream of liquid under the orifice breaks ■ For evaluation purposes carry out three measurements ■ The average value of these three measurements is taken as the efflux time Technical Service 265 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Zahn-Type Dip Cups Vicosity Cups BYK-Gardner Dip Viscosity Cups (Zahn Type) may be used anywhere – in shops, factories and laboratories – for quickly checking and adjusting the viscosity of many different types of liquids. ■ Simple and durable ■ Range from about 20 to 1800 centistokes ■ Precision-drilled orifices ■ Orifice diameters adjusted at the factory for appropriate results with applicable NIST traceable Newtonian oils Each cup has a 12-inch loop handle to allow the cup to be dipped by hand into a liquid container. At the center of this handle is a finger-ring for holding the cup in a vertical position during use. Results should be reported in Zahn-Seconds at a specified temperature for a particular cup. To convert Zahn-Seconds to centistokes, refer to ASTM D 4212. Centistokes x Specific Gravity = Centipoise Centistokes = K * (efflux time - C) Cup# 1 Cup# 2 Cup# 3 Cup# 4 Conversion Factors Cup# 5 23 Ordering Information Cat. No. Description 8201 8202 8203 8204 8205 Zahn Type Cup No.1 Zahn Type Cup No.2 Zahn Type Cup No.3 Zahn Type Cup No.4 Zahn Type Cup No.5 266 K 1.1 3.5 11.7 14.8 C 29 14 7.5 Standards ASTM D 816, D 1084, D 4212 5 0 Cat. No. with Certificate 8206 8207 8208 8209 8210 Net Weight Shipping Weight Range in Centistokes Centistokes 30 - 230 150 - 830 230 - 1100 460 - 1800 0.2 kg (0.4 lbs) 0.4 kg (1 lbs) Seconds Range 20 - 84 22 - 80 20 - 80 20 - 80 20 - 78 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Zahn-Type Dip Cups BYK-Gardner offers the EZ™ and Signature™ brand zahn cups. These cups are also widely used for many industrial applications. Ordering Information Cat. No. Description 6919 2102 2103 2104 6920 S90 Signature Series Zahn Cups S90 Zahn Cup No.1 S90 Zahn Cup No.2 S90 Zahn Cup No.3 S90 Zahn Cup No.4 S90 Zahn Cup No.5 Cat. No. with Certificate Range in Centistokes Seconds Range 15 - 78 39 - 238 63 - 604 97 - 899 219 - 1627 31 - 60 19 - 60 11 - 60 10 - 60 10 - 60 8300 8301 8302 8303 8304 Note: Efflux time from the S90 cups does not meet ASTM D4212 Centistokes = K * efflux time - (C / efflux time) Conversion Factors Cup# 5 K 1.59 4.18 10.23 15.13 27.27 C 1070 760 575 Color Cup# 1 Cup# 2 Cup# 3 Cup# 4 545 540 ■ In compliance with ASTM D 4212 Cat. No. Description 2106 2107 2108 2109 6922 EZ Series Zahn Cups EZ Zahn Cup No.1 EZ Zahn Cup No.2 EZ Zahn Cup No.3 EZ Zahn Cup No.4 EZ Zahn Cup No.5 Cat. No. with Certificate Range in Centistokes Seconds Range 10 - 36 19 - 156 64 - 596 79 - 784 161 - 1401 40 - 60 20 - 60 12 - 60 10 - 60 10 - 60 8305 8306 8307 8308 8309 Technical Service Centistokes = K * efflux time - (C / efflux time) Cup# 1 Cup# 2 Cup# 3 Cup# 4 Cup# 5 Conversion Factors K 0.875 2.8 10.09 13.26 23.56 C 993 747 587 673 744 267 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Physical Properties Viscosity EZ Series Zahn Cups Ordering Information Appearance S90 Signature Cups Flow Cups Ford Viscosity Cups BYK-Gardner Ford Viscosity Cups are guaranteed to be within 3% (drain time of calibration oil) throughout the recommended use range. ■ For low viscosity liquids ■ Body made of solid bar aluminum ■ Stainless steel orifice ■ Calibrated against standard oils referenced to certified NIST oils (National Institute of Standards and Technology of United States) ■ Certified cups available on request DIN Flow Cup This cup holds 100 ml ± 1 ml, and has an integrated orifice with a diameter of 4 mm ± 0.02 mm. ■ For low viscosity liquids ■ Body made of anodized aluminum ■ Stainless steel orifice, interior polished ■ Calibrated against standard oils referenced to certified PTB oils (Federal Institute of Physics and Metrology of Germany) to be within 3% (drain time of calibration oil) Ford Cup No. 2 Ford Cup No. 3 Ford Cup No.4 K 1.24 2.31 3.7 C 770 550 400 Standards ASTM D 333, D 365, D 1200 Ford Cup No. 4 K DIN 4 mm 4.57 C 452 Standards DIN 53 211* DIN Cup 4 Certificate included ISO Flow Cup This cup has a longer orifice, less tapered body and slightly different inner dimensions than the DIN 53211* flow cup and thus provides different efflux times. The extended measurement range makes the ISO cup a useful supplement of the DIN cup. ■ Recommended for international use ■ Body made of anodized aluminum ■ Stainless steel orifice, interior polished ■ Calibrated against standard oils referenced to certified PTB oils to be within 3% (drain time of calibration oil) K ISO 3 mm ISO 4 mm ISO 5 mm ISO 6 mm 0.443 1.37 3.28 6.9 C 200 200 220 570 Standards ASTM ISO D 5125 2431 Flow Cup ISO 3 mm Certificate included Centistokes = K * efflux time - (C/ efflux time) Centipose = Centistokes x Specific Gravity 268 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Flow Cups Appearance The flow cups offer a more precise vicosity measurement compared to a dip cup. A stand is used to hold the flow cup level and allows the operator to control the start measurment time. Jacketed stands or waterbath stands are available to control the sample temperature prior to and during the measurement. The flow cups have a sturdy design to prevent damage during handling and cleaning. Ordering Information Cat. No. 7201 0172 Description Ford Viscosity Cup No. 2 Technical Specifications Standard ASTM Certificate No Yes No Yes No Yes No 0115 0213 0214 0215 0216 DIN Flow Cup, 4 mm ISO Flow Cup 3 mm ISO Flow Cup 4 mm ISO Flow Cup 5 mm ISO Flow Cup 6 mm DIN 53211* ISO 2431 ISO 2431 ISO 2431 ISO 2431 Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Comes complete with: Flow cup Operating manual Certificate (except for 7201, 0175, 0176, 0140) 25 - 120 40 - 220 40 - 220 70 - 370 70 - 370 see 0152 to 0158 100 - 500 10 - 40 25 - 130 70 - 370 130 - 700 30 - 100 25 - 105 25 - 105 20 - 105 20 - 105 20 - 110 30 - 100 25 - 100 25 - 100 25 - 100 Orifice Diameter 0.10 in 0.10 in 0.13 in 0.13 in 0.16 in 0.16 in interchangeable orifices 4 mm 3 mm 4 mm 5 mm 6 mm *Note: DIN 53211 was withdraw in October 1996 ** Note: At least one interchangeable orifice must be purchased (0152 through 0158 listed in the accessory table) with the purchase of the 0140 DIN cup. Info! Physical Properties Viscosity ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM ASTM DIN 53211* Efflux Time 30 - 100 Color 0175 0173 0176 0174 0140 Ford Viscosity Cup No. 2 Ford Viscosity Cup No. 3 Ford Viscosity Cup No. 3 Ford Viscosity Cup No. 4 Ford Viscosity Cup No. 4 DIN Flow Cup 2 - 8 mm** Range in Centistokes 25 - 120 Information on the flow cup stands please see the accessories page. Technical Service 269 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Flow Cups Glass Plate Recommended Accessories Ring Stand with Cup For consistent results temperature control of the sample and flow cup is recommended. The sample should be placed in a water bath for a sufficient time to equilibrate to the test temperature. The Flow Cup Stand with water jacket (7210) can be used to equilibrate the flow cup to the test temperature and maintain the temperature during the measurement. To check the performance of the flow cup and measurement conditions certified standard oils are available. Please refer to the Viscosity Standard Guide table to select the correct standard oil. New! Thermometer New! Tripod Stand - 0425 Flow Cup Stand with water jacket - 7210 Ordering Information Accessories Cat. No. 0152 0153 0154 0156 0158 0425 7210 Description Interchangeable Orifice 2mm Interchangeable Orifice 3mm Interchangeable Orifice 4mm Interchangeable Orifice 6mm Interchangeable Orifice 8mm Tripod Stand, for Flow Cups Flow Cup Stand with water jacket 0420 7208 Ring Stand for Flow Cups Ford Cup Accessory Kit 0480 0440 0446 Thermometer Glass Plate Spirit Level 270 For DIN cup Cat. No. PV-0140; Stainless steel; 2 mm diameter For DIN cup Cat. No. PV-0140; Stainless steel; 3 mm diameter For DIN cup Cat. No. PV-0140; Stainless steel; 4 mm diameter For DIN cup Cat. No. PV-0140; Stainless steel; 6 mm diameter For DIN cup Cat. No. PV-0140; Stainless steel; 8 mm diameter Holding device for Ford, DIN, and ISO cups For DIN, ISO, and Ford cups; Closed double wall jacket , hose connection, spirit level, polished glass plate; made of anodized aluminum. Holding device for any flow cup For Ford cups; Cover glass for removing excess sample from cup; bubble level for leveling cup and stand; stainless steel beaker; package of cleaning swabs Measuring range: -10 °C to 100 °C Spare glass plate with polished rims; Dimensions: 100 x 150 mm (3.9 x 5.9 in) Spare spirit level for leveling flow cups; for horizontal adjustment of instruments BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Certified Standard Oils BYK-Gardner offers a comprehensive line of certified standard viscosity oils. These oils are used to confirm the drain time of the flow cups are within specification. Ordering Information Cat. No. Description 4000 4001 4002 4003 4004 4005 4006 4015 Viscosity Standard C10 Viscosity Standard C20 Viscosity Standard C35 Viscosity Standard C60 Viscosity Standard C100 Viscosity Standard C200 Viscosity Standard C350 Viscosity Standard C600 Technical Specifications Viscosity Standard C10 C20 C35 C60 C100 C200 C350 C600 Zahn Cup Zahn Cup Ford Cup Ford Cup No. Drain Time No. Drain Time 1 45 sec 1 70 sec 1 60 sec 2 42 sec 2 33 sec 2 / 3 64 / 35 sec 2 48 sec 3 / 4 58 / 36 sec 3 / 4 27 / 21 sec 4 64 sec 3 / 4 47 / 36 sec 5 40 sec 4 / 5 62 / 37 sec 5 70 sec 5 70 sec - Color Comes complete with: Viscosity oil Certificate of Analysis Kinematic Viscosity 17 cST 34 cST 66 cST 120 cST 230 cST 460 cST 850 cST 1,600 cST Appearance Zahn and Ford Flow Cups Data Certified at 25°C ( 77°F ) Note: Important information about these viscosity standards: – For practical purpose, these oils are Newtonian liquids – Standard bottle size is 1 pt. (470 ml). Physical Properties Viscosity Viscosity Standard Guide The following table recommends the Viscosity Standard Oil for the DIN, ISO, Ford, and Zahn cups. The Test Certificate has the flow time values for the listed cups. For example, the Standard C100 test certificate has flow rate times for the ISO 6 mm cup, DIN 4 mm cup, Zahn #3 cup, Zahn #4 cup, and Ford #4 cup. ISO Cup 3 mm 3 mm 4 mm 4 mm 6 mm 6 mm DIN Cup 4 mm 4 mm 4 mm Zahn Cup 1 1&2 2 2 3&4 3, 4, & 5 4&5 5 Ford Cup 1 2 2&3 3&4 4 5 5 271 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Technical Service Standard C10 Standard C20 Standard C35 Standard C60 Standard C100 Standard C200 Standard C350 Standard C600 Rotational Viscometers Rotational viscometers have become a standard in virtually all industries. They measure viscosity by sensing the torque required to rotate a spindle at constant speed while immersed in fluid. The torque is proportional to the viscous drag on the spindle; thus the sample viscosity. New! Rotational viscometers offer several advantages: ■ The continuous rotation of the spindle allows measurements to be made over time, permitting analysis of time-dependent fluids ■ The rate of shear is constant, so both Newtonian and non-Newtonian fluids can be tested ■ By rotating the spindle at several different speeds, shear dependent behavior can be analyzed Rotational viscometers are the industry standard in determining absolute viscosity of all types of liquids with viscosities as high as 320 million centipoise. BYK-Gardner offers digital models for low – medium – high viscosity materials. Selecting the Proper Viscometer While various models of viscometers are recommended for high, medium, and low viscosity applications, these designations are intended only as guidelines. Multiple speeds and interchangeable spindles on each viscometer provide many viscosity ranges for flexibility in application. Selecting the correct model will ensure maximum sensitivity and accuracy in the measured viscosity range. Some of the factors to consider in selecting a viscometer are: the viscosity range of the samples, how much sample is available, do you need to monitor the temperature, do you need to record the viscosity values. Special Purpose Viscometers There are two models primarily designed for the Paint and Coatings industries. The KREBS viscosity or Stormer Viscometer that has a fixed speed motor and a paddle style spindle. The KREBS viscometer is designed to comply with ASTM method D562. For applications that require a higher shear force viscosity measurement the Cone & Plate Viscometers (CAP models) are recommended. The sample is confined between a moving cone-shaped spindle and a platen that applies a higher shear stress and shear rate. 272 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Rotational Viscometers Typical Applications Range: 20 to 2,000,000 centipoise Adhesives (solvent); Chemicals; Cosmetics; Hot Waxes; Inks (lithographic); Latex paints; Coating systems; Polymers; Rubber solutions; Solvents Appearance Low Viscosity (L) L Spindle Set Medium Viscosity (R) Range: 100 to 13,000,000 centipoise Adhesives (hot melt); Ceramic slurries; Gums; Inks (screen printing); Paints; Paper coatings; Plastisols; Surface coatings; Varnishes High Viscosity (H) Spindle Geometry Disc Spindles ■ General purpose applications for accurate and reproducible results ■ Included with the L model (spindles #2 and #3) ■ Included with the R/H models (spindle #2 through #6) T-Bar Spindles ■ For measuring non-flowing materials such as pastes, gels, and creams ■ Generally used with the Helio Stand Coaxial Cylinders ■ Provide rheological data including shear stress and shear rate values ■ Available in several accessories: Small Sample adapter, Low Viscosity adapter, and ThermoChamber Cone and Plate Geometry ■ For accurate determination at high shear rates with very small samples Technical Service Cylindrical Spindles R & H Spindle set Physical Properties Viscosity All viscometers are supplied with spindles suitable for most applications. There are situations where specified spindle geometries are necessary to achieve the best results. All spindles are made of stainless steel. In addition, quick couplings and spindle extensions are also available for select spindles; for more information please call customer service. Color Range: 200 to 104,000,000 centipoise Asphalt; Caulking compounds; Epoxies; Gels; Inks (ballpoint, offset); Pastes; Putty; Roofing compounds; Sealants; Sheet molding compounds Spindle 1 is > an option ■ For most applications involving non-Newtonian fluids such as paints ■ Provide a scientifically defined spindle geometry for calculating shear stress and shear rate values to determine viscosity ■ Applicable to any model viscometer ■ Included with the L (spindles #1 and #4) and R/H (spindle #7) models 273 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Rotational Viscometers byko-visc Basic New! The byko-visc Basic viscometer offers multi-functionality at an economical price. The easy to use controls allow for rapid incorporation into the lab. The byko-visc Basic is accurate and precise to meet the demands of today’s laboratory requirements. ■ Display information: Speed, % torque, viscosity values (cP or MPa’s.), Spindle #, % of full scale ■ Auto-Diagnostic check during startup ■ 4 Line LCD Display with key board controls ■ Audio alarm for out of range measurement values ■ Multi-language: English, German, French, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese , Dutch, Polish, Japanese byko-visc Basic EX The byko-visc Basic EX has the same features listed with the byko-visc Basic plus more: ■ Programable features: Time to torque, Time to stop, Memory – 10 locations ■ Temperature measurement with PT100 probe ■ Data Display: Absolute Viscosity, Apparent Viscosity, Kinetic Viscosity (CSt, mm²/sec), Temperature (°C or °F), Shear rate, Shear stress, Density (with user input) ■ Quick connect accessory for spindle attachment – also protects motor shaft mechanism ■ USB cable for PC interface ■ Datalogger software to transfer data to Excel® spreadsheet Ordering Information Cat. No. 8325 8326 8327 8328 8329 8330 Description byko-visc Basic L byko-visc Basic R byko-visc Basic H byko-visc Basic EX L byko-visc Basic EX R byko-visc Basic EX H Comes complete with: Viscosity head, Stand – with leveling adjustment, Boss head, Spindle set, Spindle protector, Spindle rack, Power cable, Calibration certificate, 2-year warranty, Operating manual, Carry case byko-visc Basic Standards ASTM ISO BS D2196, 2555, 1652 6075, 5350 Technical Specifications No. of Spindles 4 6 Repeatability Accuracy Speeds / rpm Voltage Dimensions Instrument Weight 6 4 6 6 Measuring Range (cP) 20 - 2,000,000 100 - 13,000,000 200 - 106,000,000 20 - 2,000,000 100 - 13,000,000 200 - 106,000,000 0.2% 1.0% of range 0.3, 0.5, 0.6, 1.0, 1.5, 2.0, 2.5, 3.0, 4.0, 5.0, 6.0, 10, 12, 20, 30, 50, 60, 100 100 - 240V/ 50-60 Hz 25 x 31 x 47 cm (9.8 x 12.2 x 18.5 in) 3.25 kg (7.2 lb) byko-visc Basic EX additional delivery content: Quick disconnect accessory, PT100 probe, USB cable, Data logger software, USB port 274 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Rotational Viscometers byko-visc Advanced New! Appearance The byko-visc Advanced offers a comprehensive level of features for QC and R&D tasks. The viscometer has an enhanced display with graphics capability. byko-visc Advanced EX byko-visc Advanced EX Standards ASTM ISO BS Physical Properties Viscosity The byko-visc Advanced EX offers the additional flexibility in speed control and programable features. The EX model has the capability to interface with the byko-visc Software to perform studies on viscosity behavior. The byko-visc Advanced EX has the same features listed with the byko-visc Advanced plus more: Color ■ Data Display: Speed, % full scale, % torque, Spindle #, viscosity values (cP or MPa’s), Sample temperature, Shear rate, Shear stress, Density (user entry) ■ Auto-Diagnostic check during startup ■ LCD Graphical Display with 6 key operation ■ 18 speed settings ■ Audio alarm for out of range measurement values ■ Programable features: Time to torque, Time to stop ■ Memory 10 locations ■ Auto range ■ USB interface ■ Datalogger software ■ Multi-language: English, German, French, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese , Dutch, Polish, Japanese D2196 2555, 1652 6075, 5350 ■ Quick disconnect accessory for spindle attachment – also protects the motor shaft mechanism ■ Enhanced 12 key LCD Display ■ 54 speed settings ■ Programmable multi-step ramp function ■ Interface with optional byko-visc Software Description 8331 8332 8333 8334 8335 8336 byko-visc Advanced L byko-visc Advanced R byko-visc Advanced H byko-visc Advanced EX L byko-visc Advanced EX R byko-visc Advanced EX H Comes complete with: Viscosity head, Stand – with leveling adjustment, Boss head, Spindle set, Spindle protector, Spindle rack, Power cable, USB cable, Datalogger software, Calibration certificate, 2-year warranty, Operating manual, Carry case Technical Specifications No. of Spindles No. of Speeds 4 6 6 4 6 6 18 18 18 54 54 54 Repeatability Accuracy Voltage Dimensions Instrument Weight Speed Range (rpm) 0.3 - 100 0.3 - 100 0.3 - 100 0.01 - 200 0.01 - 200 0.01 - 200 Measuring Range (cP) 20 - 2,000,000 100 - 13,000,000 200 - 106,000,000 20 - 6,000,000 100 - 40,000,000 200 - 106,000,000 275 Index Cat. No. Technical Service Ordering Information 0.2% 1.0% of range 100 - 240 V/ 50-60 Hz 25 x 31 x 47 cm (9.8 x 12.2 x 18.5 in) 3.25 kg (7.2 lb) byko-visc Advanced EX also includes: Quick disconnect accessory, PT100 probe BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Rotational Viscometers byko-visc Premium New! The byko-visc Premium viscometer has multi-functional capability for any requirements of Research and Quality Control laboratories. The menu driven programming makes it easy to access all the functions. The color LCD display has excellent image quality to view data. The latest communication technology is standard to transfer data to external devices. The two-way communication with byko-visc Software allows the software to program the instrument and automatically retrieve the data. ■ Data Display: Speed, % full scale, % torque, Spindle #, Viscosity values (cP or MPa’s), Sample temperature, Shear rate, Shear stress, Density (user entry) ■ Auto-Diagnostic check during startup ■ Color TFT LCD Graphical Display with 12 key operation ■ 2600 speed settings with 18 custom group sets ■ Audio alarm for out of range measurement values ■ Programmable Features: Time to torque, Time to stop, Multi-step, Ramp ■ PT100 temperature probe ■ Memory 9 locations ■ Auto range - automatically shows viscosity range with spindle and speed selection ■ USB interface, WIFI, Bluetooth ■ Datalogger software ■ byko-visc Software ■ Quick Disconnect accessory for spindle changeover ■ Multi-language: English, German, French, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese , Dutch, Polish, Japanese Ordering Information Cat. No. Description 8337 8338 byko-visc Premium L 8339 byko-visc Premium R byko-visc Premium H Comes complete with: Viscosity head, Stand – with leveling adjustment, Boss head, Spindle set, Spindle protector, Spindle rack, Power cable, USB cable, Datalogger software, byko-visc Software, Quick disconnect accessory, PT-100 probe, Calibration certificate, 2-year warranty, Operating manual, Carry case 276 byko-visc Premium Standards ASTM ISO BS D 2196 2555, 1652 6075, 5350 Technical Specifications No. of Spindles No. of Speeds 4 2600 6 6 Accuracy Repeatability Power Supply Dimension Instrument Weight 2600 2600 Speed Range (rpm) 0.01 - 250 Measuring Range (cP) 20 - 6,000,000 0.01 - 250 100 - 40,000,000 0.01 - 250 200 - 106,000,000 1.0% of range 0.2 % 100 - 240 VAC / 50/60 Hz 25 x 31 x 47 cm (9.8 x 12.2 x 18.5 in) 3.25 kg (7.2 lb) BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Viscometer Software byko-visc Software Appearance The byko-visc Software is designed to work with the byko-visc Advanced EX and the byko-visc Premium models. The software allows for controlling the viscometer from the PC. The viscosity programs can be stored on the PC and the results can be displayed as well as recorded during the operation of the viscometer. For data analysis, results can be reloaded graphically or in a text format. Besides the viscosity values, temperature, % torque, shear rate, shear stress, time, and speed are displayed. The software offers ramp, step, and multi-step programing. Color ■ Menu-driven firmware for easy operation ■ Full documentation of measurement results including viscometer settings ■ Graphical display with zoom feature ■ Storing of measurements results in separate database: QC / R&D ■ Simultaneous plotting of experiments to compare different flow curves Datalogger Software Physical Properties Viscosity The byko-visc Datalogger software allows for easy transfer of stored data in the viscometer memory to an Excel® spreadsheet. The program will generate a Microsoft Excel® compatible file for PC data storage. The Datalogger software is standard product offering for viscometer models with a PC interface. Ordering Information Cat. No. 4980 Description byko-visc Software Technical Service 277 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Viscometer Accessories Standard Spindles The standard spindles are designed for the byko-visc Basic, Advanced, and Premium viscometer lines. The appropriate spindle set comes standard with the purchase of byko-visc viscometer. All the spindles are made from 316 stainless steel. R1 Spindle is > an option Spindle set for R & H Models Ordering Information Cat. No. 4981 4982 4983 Description Spindle set L models, set of 4(L1, L2, L3, L4) Spindle L1 Technical Specifications For Viscometer type L L 4987 Spindle L2 Spindle L3 Spindle L4 Spindle Set R & H Models, set of 6(R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7) Spindle R1 4988 Spindle R2 R, H 4989 Spindle R3 R, H 4990 Spindle R4 R, H 4991 Spindle R5 R, H 4992 Spindle R6 R, H 4993 Spindle R7 R, H 4984 4985 4986 L L L R, H R, H Viscosity Range (cP) 10 - 6,000,000 10 - 60,000 20 - 300,000 70 - 1,200,000 400 - 6,000,000 R: 40 - 40,000,000 H: 50 - 320,000,000 R: 20 - 100,000 H: 50 - 800,000 R: 40 - 40,000 H: 200 - 3,200,000 R: 60 - 1,000,000 H: 500 - 8,000,000 R: 120 - 2,000,000 H: 1,000 - 16,000,000 R: 250 - 4,000,000 H: 3,200 - 32,000,000 R: 600 - 10,000,000 H: 8,000 - 80,000,000 R: 2,500 - 40,000,000 H: 32,000 - 320,000,000 Note: The viscosity range may vary based on the viscometer model speed range. Quick Disconnect Accessory The Quick Disconnect Accessory (QDA) makes the task of changing spindles fast and easy. The coupling system is built into the motor shaft. By pushing up on the coupler the spindle will attach. By releasing the coupler the spindle is firmly set in place. The QDA also protects the motor shaft. The QDA is offered as a standard item with several byko-visc models. Please review the viscometer model information to determine if the QDA is included. 278 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Viscometer Accessories Low Viscosity Adapter Appearance The Low Viscosity Adapter accessory is used to make accurate and reproducible measurements with low viscosity, Newtonian and non-Newtonian materials. This adapter is most commonly used with the L series instruments. The Low Viscosity adapter consists of a precision cylindrical spindle rotating inside a machined tube. Its rheologically correct geometry provides the highest accuracy of viscosity and shear rate. ■ For any L and R viscometer models ■ Takes measurements as low as 1 cP ■ Only 16 - 18 ml of sample needed ■ Removable stainless steel sample container easy to clean The water jacket is made of stainless steel with delrin o-rings and washers. The temperature range is -10 °C (14 °F) to 100 °C (212 °F). An optional temperature probe is an available accessory. Color Low Viscosity Adapter with water jacket - 4971 Viscosity Range with Low Viscosity Adapter Viscometer Model Low Medium byko-visc L models byko-visc R models Ordering Information Cat. No. 4971 4970 Description Low Vicosity Adapter, with water jacket Low Viscosity Adapter Viscosity Range cP (mPa X s) 1.0 - 2,000 Physical Properties Viscosity Viscosity Range 5.0 - 21,333 Technical Specifications Information Includes Water Jacket Water jacket is excluded Comes complete with: Spindle, Sample chamber, Mounting bracket, Hook fasteners, Carry case, Data sheet Water Jacket with 4971 only Cat. No. 4973 4974 4972 Description Temperature Probe, LVA Premium Temperature Probe, LVA Spindle, Low Viscosity Adapter Technical Service Ordering Information Technical Specifications Information For byko-visc Premium model only For byk-visc Basic and Advanced models 279 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Viscometer Accessories Small Sample Adapter The small sample adapter consists of a stainless steel cylindrical sample chamber and spindle that can handle sample volumes from 8 to 13 ml. The sample chamber is removable allowing for easy clean up without disturbing the set-up of the viscometer. A temperature probe to record the sample temperature is an option. ■ Accurate measurement of samples as small as 8 ml ■ Precise temperature control with flow jacket ensuring highest accuracy ■ Easy change of sample chamber; successive measurements can be made under identical conditions ■ Controlled cylindrical geometry allows extremely accurate viscosity, shear rate, and shear stress determinations Small Sample Adapter, with water jacket – 4957 Ordering Information Cat. No. 4957 4958 4959 4960 Description Small Sample Adapter, water jacket Small Small Adapter Temperature probe, for SSA/Premium Temperature probe, for SSA Technical Specifications Information Includes water jacket¹ Excludes water jacket For byko-visc Premium visometer models only For byko-visc Basic and Advanced models only Comes complete with: Carry case, Sample chamber, Mounting plate Water jacket included with 4957 only NOTE: TL spindle is not included, need to order sparately. ¹Note: Water jacket temperature range is -10 to 100°C (14 to 212°F) Ordering Information Accessories Cat. No. Description Spindle, TL5 Spindle, TL6 Spindle, TL7 Spindle, TR8 Model Type L L L R, H Sample Volume (ml) 6.7 9.0 9.4 7.1 4961 4962 4963 4964 4965 Spindle, TR9 R, H 10.4 4966 Spindle, TR10 R, H 11.0 4967 Spindle, TR11 R, H 13.5 Viscosity Range (cP) 5 - 30,000 20 - 300,000 40 - 600,000 R 40 - 400,000 H 200 - 3,200,000 R 150 - 2,500,000 H 1,200 - 20,000,000 R 300 - 5,000,000 H 2,400 - 40,000,000 R 600 - 10,000,000 H 4,800 - 80,000,000 Shear rate* (1/s) 1.32 x rpm 0.34 x rpm 0.28 x rpm 0.93 x rpm 0.34 x rpm 0.28 x rpm 0.25 x rpm *Note: Shear rate calculation is based on Newtonian liquids. 280 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Viscometer Accessories ThermoChamber Accessory Appearance The byko-visc ThermoChamber Accessory is ideal for high temperature applications involving hot melts such as asphalt, waxes, resins, and adhesives. ■ Safe, accurate viscosity measurements of hot materials up to 572 °F (300 °C) ■ Extends the versatility of the byko-visc viscometer range from 1.2 cps to 20,000,000 cps ■ Programmable temperature control with digital display ■ Small sample volume chamber ■ Precise temperature control within ± 1.5 % of temperature setting ■ Fast set-up and clean-up with disposable, aluminum sample chambers Technical Specifications 4977 4978 4979 Accessory Item Accessory Item Accessory Item Cat. No. 4975 4976 Description ThermoChamber, 110V ThermoChamber, 220V Sample Chamber, Stainless steel Disposable Chamber, 50/pack Extraction tool Color Ordering Information Physical Properties Viscosity Comes complete with: Temperature controller, Alignment bracket, Sample chamber, Tube extention, Extraction tool, Choice of Spindle (1), Heat shield, Carry case The spindle selection is based on the Model type (low, medium, high viscosity) and viscosity range. Ordering Information Description Spindle, TL5 Spindle, TL6 Spindle, TL7 Spindle, TR8 4965 Spindle, TR9 4966 Spindle, TR10 4967 Spindle, TR11 Accessories Model Type L L L R H R H R H R H Viscosity Range* (cP) 1.2 - 30,000 12 - 300,000 24 - 600,000 20 - 500,000 40 - 1,000,000 100 - 2,500,000 200 - 5,000,000 200 - 5,000,000 400 - 10,000,000 400 - 10,000,000 800 - 20,000,000 Technical Service Cat. No. 4961 4962 4963 4964 *Note: The viscosity range is based on the byko-visc Premium speed selections. Please contact your BYK-Gardner representative for the viscosity range for your viscometer. 281 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Viscometer Accessories byko-visc Helio Stand The byko-visc Helio Stand is designed to lower and raise the viscometer so that the rotating shearing element will trace a helical path through the test sample. By always cutting into fresh material the T-bar spindle remains in contact with the sample. The reversing feature of the Helipath stand allows measurements to be made over a short period of time. ■ Relative viscosity measurements of non-flowing substances such as gels, pastes, paint dyes, and inks ■ Slowly raises and lowers the viscometer to always maintain contact with sample material Model Type Viscosity Range (cP) L (Low Viscosity) R (Mid-range viscosity) 4,680 - 1,872,000 H (High Viscosity) 16,600 - 33,300,000 130,000 - 260,000,000 Ordering Information Cat. No. 4968 4969 Description Helio Stand, 110V Helio Stand, 220V Technical Specifications For use with rotational viscometers For use with rotational viscometers Comes complete with: Automated motor, Spindle connector, Set of 6 T-bar spindles, Stop rings (2), Counter-weight, Rib joint, Power cord, Fastening bolt, Carry case Circulating Bath For precise and accurate viscosity measurement controlling the sample temperature is critical. BYK-Gardner offers a refrigerated circulating bath to cool or warm the sample to the specified temperature. The sample container can be placed into the bath. The low profile design allows for the rotational viscometer to be placed next to the bath to test the sample in the bath. For viscometers with water jackets, the the bath has a pressure pump with external (closed-loop) circulation capability. There is a visual alarm when the temperature is outside the pre-set limits. The bath complies with DIN 12876-1 Cass 1 safety requirements for use with non-flammable liquids. Ordering Information Cat. No. Description 4994 Water Bath, 120V, 60Hz 4995 Water Bath, 240V, 50Hz Comes complete with: Controller with digital display, Lid, Bath, Single-speed pressure pump, Power cord 282 New! Technical Specifications Bath Capacity 7.0 Liter Temperature Maximum Range Flow Rate -20° to 135°C 12.8 L/min. -4° to 275°F 3.4 gal/min. 7.0 Liter -20° to 135°C 10.6 L/min. -4° to 275°F 2.8 gal/min. Dimensions 58.9x41.1x43.9 cm 23.2x16.2x17.3 in Temperature Stability ± 0.07°C Maximum Pressure 0.12 bar 1.80 psi 0.10 bar 1.50 psi BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com byko-visc DS Stormer Type Viscometer New! Appearance The byko-visc DS has a direct digital readout of Krebs units (KU), centipoise (cP), and grams (gm). The instrument rapidly calculates viscosity values.The digital stormer maintains the rotational speed at 200 rpms in compliance with ASTM D 562. The viscometer automatically starts and stops the motor shaft rotation by lowering or raising the instrument stand. ■ Easy to use – automatic rotational speed control ■ Automatically calculates KU, centipose, and gram units ■ Printer interface for test report output ■ Instrument base accessory to fit quart, pint, 1/2 pint containers ■ Calibrated with NIST traceable oils ■ Universal power supply – One model for global use Color Standards ASTM Ordering Information Description byko-visc DS Comes complete with: Viscometer, 1 paddle spindle, Adapter for 1 pint, 1/2 pint containers, Operation Manual Technical Specifications Range Resolution 40-141 KU; 0.1 KU 32-1090 grams; 1.0 gm 27-5274 cP* 0.7 cP Voltage Operating Temperature Dimensions Shipping Weight Accuracy within ± 1 % full scale Repeatability within ± 0.5 % full scale Spindle Speed 200 rpm ±0.1 rpm 100 - 230V/ 50-60Hz 10 - 40 °C (50 - 104 °F) 20 x 11 x 15 in 10 kg (20 lbs) *Note: Centipoise values are based on the conversion from Krebs Units as defined in the ASTM standard D562 Physical Properties Viscosity Cat. No. 8324 D 562 Technical Service 283 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Cone and Plate Viscometer The versatility of the CAP 1000+ and CAP 2000+ makes these instruments a practical tool for any QC or R&D lab requiring quick and easy testing of materials, regardless of application, at high shear rates. ■ Provides for viscosity measurements at high shear rates ■ LCD display of viscosity in Poise or Pascal-seconds ■ Uses less than 2 ml of sample to avoid excess cleaning and material costs ■ Automatic viscosity range calibration and cone gap positioning make the viscometer easy to use ■ Set the viscometer to take a reading at different timed intervals to ensure accuracy of results with thixotropic fluids CAP 1000+ ■ Two available speeds to comply with all paint industry standards worldwide (750 and 900 rpms), optional speed of 400 rpm upon request. CAP 2000+ Standards ■ Variable speed instrument with a speed range of 5 to 1,000 rpm (1 rpm increments) that allows for varying shear rates from 10 to 13,300 sec-1 ■ Bi-directional RS-232 interface that allows for PC control with the optional CAPCALC 32 software Ordering Information ASTM ISO BS Technical Specifications Temperature Viscosity Poise Range 5 - 75 °C 0.25 - 100 D 4287 2884 3900 Cat. No. Description 7552 CAP 1000+ L, 115V 7553 CAP 1000+ L, 230V 5 - 75 °C 0.25 - 100 750 or 900 7557 CAP 1000+ H, 115V 50 - 235 °C 0.25 - 100 750 or 900 7558 CAP 1000+ H, 230V 50 - 235 °C 0.25 - 100 750 or 900 7550 CAP 2000+ L, 115V 5 - 75 °C 0.2 - 15,000 5 - 1,000 7551 CAP 2000+ L, 230V 5 - 75 °C 0.2 - 15,000 5 - 1,000 7555 CAP 2000+ H, 115V 50 - 235 °C 0.2 - 15,000 5 - 1,000 7556 CAP 2000+ H, 230V 50 - 235 °C 0.2 - 15,000 5 - 1,000 Comes complete with: Cone & Plate Viscometer 1 cone – please specify Operation manual Note: Specify cone number when ordering. Will need to order the appropriate viscosity oil to calibrate the CAP viscometer. 284 Speeds rpm 750 or 900 Timed Readings Temperature Control Printer Interface Dimension Shipping Weight Accuracy Shear Rate Voltage sec-1 up to 13,300 115V/60Hz RS-232 Interface ± 2 % of full scale ± 2 % of up to 13,300 230V/50Hz full scale ± 2 % of up to 13,300 115V/60Hz full scale ± 2 % of up to 13,300 230V/50Hz full scale ± 2 % of 10 - 13,300 115V/60Hz full scale ± 2 % of 10 - 13,300 230V/50Hz full scale ± 2 % of 10 - 13,300 115V/60Hz full scale ± 2 % of 10 - 13,300 230V/50Hz full scale Digital timer with continuous running override; range 15 to 99 seconds Increments of 0.1 °C parallel centronic 26 x 18 x 19 in 20 kg (46 lbs) X X X X BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com 1/23 CAP Version Cone and Plate Viscometer ■ 1000+L version with a fixed speed of 100 rpms ■ 2000+L version with a speed range from 5 – 1000 rpms ■ The multiple speed selection provides more flexibility to modify test procedures. Ordering Information Appearance The 1/23 CAPs are for lower shear applications such as automotive clear coats and base coats. Most methods are single point pass/fail criteria using No. 10 spindle at 100 rpm; a shear rate of 500 1/sec and measurement range from 22 – 220 cP is achieved. There are two instruments available: Standards ASTM ISO D 7395 2884, 3900 Technical Specifications Description 7590 1/23 CAP 1000+ L, 115V 7591 1/23 CAP 1000+ L, 230V 5 - 75 °C 0.22 - 2.20 100 7595 1/23 CAP 2000+ L, 115V 5 - 75 °C 0.2 - 44.0 5 - 1,000 7596 1/23 CAP 2000+ L, 230V 5 - 75 °C 0.2 - 44.0 5 - 1,000 Speeds rpm 100 Accuracy ± 2 % of full scale ± 2 % of full scale ± 2 % of full scale ± 2 % of full scale Shear Rate Voltage sec-1* 500 115V/60Hz RS-232 Interface 500 230V/50Hz 25 - 5000 115V/60Hz X 25 - 5000 230V/50Hz X *Note: with the No. 10 spindle Spindles for Cone and Plate Viscometers Ordering Information Description CAP Spindle No. 1 CAP Spindle No. 2 CAP Spindle No. 3 CAP Spindle No. 4 CAP Spindle No. 5 CAP Spindle No. 6 CAP Spindle No. 7 CAP Spindle No. 8 CAP Spindle No. 9 CAP Spindle No. 10 Accessories Cap 1000+ 750rpm 0.25 - 2.5 poise 0.5 - 5 poise 1 - 10 poise 2 - 20 poise 4 - 40 poise 10 - 100 poise N/A N/A N/A N/A Cap 1000+ 900rpm 0.2 - 2 poise 0.4 - 4 poise 0.8 - 8 poise 1 - 16 poise 3 - 33 poise 8 - 83 poise N/A N/A N/A N/A Cap 2000+ 0.2 - 375 poise 0.4 - 750 poise 0.8 - 1500 poise 1 - 3000 poise 3 - 6000 poise 8 - 15000 poise 0.78 - 625 poise** 3.13 - 2500 poise** 12.5 - 10000 poise** 1.0 - 1000 poise** **Note: Maximum speed recommended with this spindle is 400 rpm. The viscosity range indicated is for operation at 400 rpm. Note: 1 Poise = 100 cP; 1 cP = 1 mPa*s 285 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Technical Service Cat. No. 7531 7532 7533 7534 7535 7536 7560 7561 7562 7563 Physical Properties Viscosity Comes complete with: 1/23 Cone & Plate viscometer No. 10 spindle Operation manual Temperature Viscosity Poise Range 5 - 75 °C 0.22 - 2.20 Color Cat. No. Software for Cone and Plate Viscometers CAPCALC 32 Software for CAP 2000+ Turn your CAP2000+ Viscometer into a sensitive, accurate rheometer. When advanced sample analysis is required, CAPCALC can control the viscometer from any PC to provide automatic data capture and graphical display to facilitate analysis of test samples. ■ Automates data collection ■ Eliminates operator error when recording data ■ Provides instantaneous viscosity flow curves (rheograms) on easy-to-read graphs ■ Creates a permanent record of each test ■ Records up to 1000 data points per test ■ Comparison data sets can be manually entered ■ Saved data in Brookfield (text), Lotus 1-2-3, or Excel® ■ Up to 6 data sets may be plotted simultaneously ■ 12 Plot Types: – % FSR vs. RPM, Shear Rate, Time, Temperature – Viscosity vs. RPM, Shear Rate, Time, Temperature – Shear Stress vs. RPM, Shear Rate, Time, Temperature ■ Yield Stress Calculations (Bingham Plastic, Casson, Chocolate Casson), Power Law Consistency Index Calculations, Paste Analysis ■ On-line help system ■ Data collection is provided via a powerful "scripting" language for creating test programs Ordering Information Cat. No. 7524 Description CAPCALC 32 Software Technical Specifications Computer Requirements Pentium PC, 500 mHz (faster PC recommended), MS-Windows NT, 2000, XP , VGA/SVGA graphics, RS-232 port for rheometer; an optional second port needed for temperature control, Parallel port/USB for printer Comes complete with: CD-ROM Connecting cable Operating manual 286 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com CAP Viscometers – Certified Standard Oils Appearance To properly calibrate the CAP 1000 and CAP 2000 viscometers a calibration oil is required. The correct oil is based on the spindle number, temperature range, and torque of the CAP model. If more than one spindle is used, each spindle needs a calibration oil. High Torque CAP – Oils Ordering Information Cat. No. Cone # Viscosity Temperature 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 89 cP 177 cP 354 cP 708 cP 1,417 cP 3,542 cP 1,328 cP 5,313 cP 21,250 cP 236 cP 25 °C 25 °C 25 °C 25 °C 25 °C 25 °C 25 °C 25 °C 25 °C 25 °C 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 89 cP 177 cP 354 cP 708 cP 1,417 cP 3,542 cP 1,328 cP 5,313 cP 21,250 cP 236 cP 60 °C 60 °C 60 °C 60 °C 60 °C 60 °C 60 °C 60 °C 60 °C 60 °C Physical Properties Viscosity 7580 7581 7582 7583 7584 7585 7586 7587 7588 7589 Technical Specifications Color 7570 7571 7572 7573 7574 7575 7576 7577 7578 7579 Description For Low Temperature CAP Viscometers (5° - 75°C) Viscosity Standard CAP1L Viscosity Standard CAP2L Viscosity Standard CAP3L Viscosity Standard CAP4L Viscosity Standard CAP5L Viscosity Standard CAP6L Viscosity Standard CAP7L Viscosity Standard CAP8L Viscosity Standard CAP9L Viscosity Standard CAP10L For High Temperature CAP Viscometers (50° - 235°C) Viscosity Standard CAP1H Viscosity Standard CAP2H Viscosity Standard CAP3H Viscosity Standard CAP4H Viscosity Standard CAP5H Viscosity Standard CAP6H Viscosity Standard CAP7H Viscosity Standard CAP8H Viscosity Standard CAP9H Viscosity Standard CAP10H Comes complete with: 4 oz bottle (125 ml); Test Report Technical Service 287 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Low Torque CAP – Oils Ordering Information Cat. No. 7592 7570 7571 7572 7573 7574 7570 7572 7574 7571 7593 7580 7581 7582 7583 7584 7580 7582 7584 7581 Description For Low Temperature CAP Viscometers (5° - 75°C) Viscosity Standard CAP0L Viscosity Standard CAP1L Viscosity Standard CAP2L Viscosity Standard CAP3L Viscosity Standard CAP4L Viscosity Standard CAP5L Viscosity Standard CAP1L Viscosity Standard CAP3L Viscosity Standard CAP5L Viscosity Standard CAP2L For High Temperature CAP Viscometers (50° - 235°C) Viscosity Standard CAP0H Viscosity Standard CAP1H Viscosity Standard CAP2H Viscosity Standard CAP3H Viscosity Standard CAP4H Viscosity Standard CAP5H Viscosity Standard CAP1H Viscosity Standard CAP3H Viscosity Standard CAP5H Viscosity Standard CAP2H Technical Specifications Cone # Viscosity Temperature 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 57 cP 89 cP 177 cP 354 cP 708 cP 1,417 cP 89 cP 354 cP 1,417 cP 177 cP 25℃ 25℃ 25℃ 25℃ 25℃ 25℃ 25℃ 25℃ 25℃ 25℃ 1 57 cP 60℃ 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 89 cP 177 cP 354 cP 708 cP 1,417 cP 89 cP 354 cP 1,417 cP 177 cP 60℃ 60℃ 60℃ 60℃ 60℃ 60℃ 60℃ 60℃ 60℃ Comes complete with: 4 oz bottle (125 ml); Test Report 288 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Rotational Viscometer Oils The certified oils are used to determine, if the viscometer is measuring within the specified performance range. These oils are for rotational-type viscometers with cylinder, disk, or rod shaped spindles. Cat. No. 4996 4040 4041 4042 4043 4044 4045 4046 4047 4048 4049 Description Viscosity Standard RT5 Viscosity Standard RT10 Viscosity Standard RT50 Viscosity Standard RT100 Viscosity Standard RT500 Viscosity Standard RT1000 Viscosity Standard RT5000 Viscosity Standard RT12500 Viscosity Standard RT30000 Viscosity Standard RT60000 Viscosity Standard RT100000 Appearance Ordering Information Technical Specifications Approx. Viscosity 25°C 4.7 cP 9.4 cP 48 cP 96 cP 480 cP 960 cP 4,800 cP 12,000 cP 29,000 cP 58,000 cP 97,000 cP Color Note: Important information about these viscosity standards: – For practical purpose, these oils are Newtonian liquids – Standard bottle size is 1 pt. (470 ml). Stormer-Type Viscometer Oils Ordering Information Cat. No. 4020 4021 4022 4023 4024 Description Viscosity Standard S200 Viscosity Standard N350 Viscosity Standard K400 Viscosity Standard S600 Viscosity Standard N1000 Data Certified at 25°C ( 77°F ) Technical Specifications Viscosity 400 cP 750 cP 940 cP 1,100 cP 2,000 cP Krebs Units 61.2 73 84 91 106 289 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Technical Service Note: Important information about these viscosity standards: – For practical purpose, these oils are Newtonian liquids – Standard bottle size is 1 pt. (470 ml). Physical Properties Viscosity The Digital Stormer (DS) certified oils are used to determine if the viscometer is measuring within the specified performance range. Quality Requirements of Transparent Sheets Light weight and high design flexibility make transparent plastic sheets attractive for use as “organic glass” in many different applications e.g. noise barriers, green houses, sport arenas, sky domes, solar panels or bus stop shelters. In addition, rigidity and impact resistance of acrylic (PMMA) and polycarbonate (PC) sheets were optimized expanding its usage for safety and architectural glazing as well as for auto motive, aircraft, yacht or caravan applications. Depending on the application, the transparency requirements will be very different and need to be objectively controlled – often within very tight specification. Influence of material properties Sheets for outdoor use need to withstand extreme weather conditions and require high rigidity over a long lifetime. As an example, PMMA typically shows increasing haze with higher temperatures and therefore, limits its use in automotive glazing where low haze is a crucial safety requirement. Material development has further allowed this behavior to improve and resulted in an optimized PMMA material with low temperature dependency ideal for automotive applications like rear windows. Automotive glazing is tested and approved in accordance to international regulations like e.g. ECE R43 or ANSI Z 26.1 in regards to mechanical, chemical and fire resistance, and last but not least transmission properties. haze-gard i see page 70 % Haze ASTM D1003 Temperature Influence on different PMMA types 30 20 10 0 30 X Type A 40 50 60 70 Temperature °C X Type B Abrasion resistance A critical behavior of plastic materials has been their limited abrasion resistance, which in many applications requires additional efforts, such as modifications of the polymer or use of appropriate coatings. A widely used method for abrasion testing is the so-called Taber test according to ASTM D1044, where the sample is turned under abrasive wheels at defined conditions. After a certain number of cycles transmission haze is measured. To guarantee repeatable and representative readings, a special holder is available, which allows placement of the scrub mark exactly in the optical path of the haze-gard i. % Haze ASTM D1044 Taber Abrasion 30 20 10 0 0 20 X Type A X Type B 40 60 80 100 Cycles The graph above shows the abrasion results of different uncoated PMMA types used for public and sport glazing. 290 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Appearance Color Physical Properties Technical Service TECHNICAL SERVICE 291 Index Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Technical Service BYK-Gardner develops and produces reliable and long-life highquality products. We want to make sure that these will still function correctly and reliably after many years in operation. For this reason we not only off er technical service, but also additional services like maintenance contracts and regular software updates. Furthermore we make sure that throughout the product’s life cycle spare parts will be available. BYK-Gardner’s well trained and experienced service technicians take care of your problems. In many countries you can directly contact our local service stations. BYK-Gardner thoroughly trains all service technicians to continually keep them up to date – so that you may always fully rely on your BYK-Gardner instrument! Service Besides the repair of your instrument we offer the following additional services: First diagnosis on the telephone or by e-mail Call us or send us an e-mail and we will try to solve your problem. If this is not successful, please send us the instrument for repair. Preventive maintenance, calibration, and recertification For precautionary reasons we recommend regular preventive maintenance. We carry out this preventive maintenance automatically when you send us your instrument for repair or recertification. We clean the optics, check all functions, test and, if required, adjust the measured values by using reference standards. You will receive a certificate, which includes the retraceability to international standards. Extended warranty Furthermore, you can request an extended warranty for additional year(s). Certification The certification of your BYK-Gardner instrument or secondary standard is accomplished at one of our worldwide calibration laboratories. All measurement standards and reference materials are traceable to the International System of Units (SI) (Système international d’unités). BYK-Gardner cooperates with the internationally recognized national standards institutions: ■ NIST (National Institute of Standards and Technology, United States of America) ■ BAM (Federal Institute for Material Research and Testing, Germany) ■ NPL (National Physical Laboratory, United Kingdom) ■ PTB (Physikalisch-Technische Bundesanstalt, Germany) The BYK-Gardner, Germany Standards Laboratory maintains reference standards for unique appearance measurements for which no national or international standard (SI unit) exists. After sales service worldwide On our website https://www.byk.com/en/support/instruments. html you will find the local service station nearest to your company. Loaners Upon request we will furnish you with a loaner during the period of repair. (Please note availability is limited and not free of charge.) Repair and maintenance on site In case the instrument cannot be sent to our company or if you operate several instruments at one location, we offer on-site service. Maintenance agreement In case you want to make sure that the necessary maintenance is being done on a regular basis and on time, we recommend a maintenance agreement. 292 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Certification Service for Standards Today’s Quality Systems all require regular calibration of measurement standards. BYK-Gardner offers traceable recertification and calibration services, ensuring accurate measurement worldwide. micro-gloss Family Certification Service for 4421 Certification Service for 4441 Certification Service for 4461 Certification Service for 4443 Certification Service for 4486 Certification Service for 4445 Certification Service for 4455 Certification Service for 4457 Certification Service for 4431 Certification Service for 4447 Certification Service for 4436 Certification Service for 4449 Certification Service for 4422 Certification Service for 4462 Certification Service for 4464 Certification Service for 4432 Certification Service for 4487 Certification Service for 4434 Certification Service for 4438 Certification Service for 4433 Certification Service for 4458 Certification Service for 4459 1 value 1 value 1 value 1 value 1 value 1 value 3 values 3 values 2 values 2 values 2 values 3 values 2 values 4 values 4 values 3 values 2 values 2 values Physical Properties 107104459 Description Color Cat. No. 107104421 107104441 107104461 107104443 107104486 107104445 107104455 107104457 107104431 107104447 107104436 107104449 107104422 107104462 107104464 107104432 107104487 107104434 107104438 107104433 107104458 Standards 100 x 100 mm (4 x 4 in) 107104058 Certification Service for 4050 Certification Service for 4051 Certification Service for 4052 Certification Service for 4053 Certification Service for 4057 Certification Service for 4056 Certification Service for 4058 3 values 1 value 1 value 1 value 1 value 3 value 1 value Technical Service 107104050 107104051 107104052 107104053 107104057 107104056 Appearance Recertification Service for Standard, includes: ■ As received test data (where appropriate) ■ Compreshensive cleaning of standard ■ Final measurement data using master standards and master instrument ■ Traceable Certificate micro-haze plus & haze-gloss 107104514 107104513 107104631 107104614 107104615 107104616 107104617 107104618 Certification Service for 4514 Certification Service for 4513 Certification Service for 4631 Certification Service for 4614 Certification Service for 4615 Certification Service for 4616 Certification Service for 4617 Certification Service for 4618 2 values 1 value 1 value 3 values 4 values 1 value 1 value 1 value 107104624 Certification Service for 4624 3 values 293 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com wave-scan Family Cat. No. 107104817 107104815 107104802 107104829 107104833 107104843 107104847 107104851 Description Certification Service for 4817 Certification Service for 4815 Certification Service for 4802 Certification Service for 4829 Certification Service for 4833 Certification Service for 4843 Certification Service for 4847 Certification Service for 4851 cloud-runner 107106353 Certification Service for 6353 haze-gard plus, haze-gard dual 107104732 107104734 107104740 107104741 107104742 107104743 107104744 107104745 107104750 107104751 107104752 107104753 107104754 107104760 107104761 107104762 107104763 107104764 Certification Service for 4732 Certification Service for 4734 Certification Service for 4740 Certification Service for 4741 Certification Service for 4742 Certification Service for 4743 Certification Service for 4744 Certification Service for 4745 Certification Service for 4750 Certification Service for 4751 Certification Service for 4752 Certification Service for 4753 Certification Service for 4754 Certification Service for 4760 Certification Service for 4761 Certification Service for 4762 Certification Service for 4763 Certification Service for 4764 Certification Service for 4765 107104765 haze-gard i 107104776 107104777 107104790 107104791 107104792 107104793 107104794 107104795 107104778 107104779 107104780 107104781 107104782 Certification Service for 4776 Certification Service for 4777 Certification Service for 4790 Certification Service for 4791 Certification Service for 4792 Certification Service for 4793 Certification Service for 4794 Certification Service for 4795 Certification Service for 4778 Certification Service for 4779 Certification Service for 4780 Certification Service for 4781 Certification Service for 4782 Certification Service for 4783 107104783 Solid Color 107106166 107106525 107106473 107106844 107106846 294 Certification Service for 6166 Certification Service for 6525 Certification Service for 6473 Certification Service for 6844 Certification Service for 6846 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Certification Service for Instruments Adhesion Color 107105134 Description Certification Service for 3424 Certification Service for 3425 Certification Service for 3426 Certification Service for 3427 Certification Service for 3428 Certification Service for 3429 Certification Service for 5120 Certification Service for 5121 Certification Service for 5122 Certification Service for 5123 Certification Service for 5124 Certification Service for 5125 Certification Service for 5126 Certification Service for 5127 Certification Service for 5128 Certification Service for 5129 Certification Service for 5132 Certification Service for 5133 Certification Service for 5134 Appearance Cat. No. 107103424 107103425 107103426 107103427 107103428 107103429 107105120 107105121 107105122 107105123 107105124 107105125 107105126 107105127 107105128 107105129 107105132 107105133 107102020 107102021 107102030 107102031 107102040 107102041 107102056 107102057 107102120 107102312 Physical Properties Application Certification Service for 2020 Certification Service for 2021 Certification Service for 2030 Certification Service for 2031 Certification Service for 2040 Certification Service for 2041 Certification Service for 2056 Certification Service for 2057 Certification Service for 2120 Certification Service for 2312 107101130 107101140 Technical Service Density Certification Service for 1130 Certification Service for 1140 295 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Certification Service for Instruments Dispersion Cat. No. 107101509 107101510 107101511 107101512 107102500 107102501 107102502 107102503 107102504 107102505 107102506 107102507 107102508 107102509 107102510 107102511 107102512 107102513 107102514 Description Certification Service for 1509 Certification Service for 1510 Certification Service for 1511 Certification Service for 1512 Certification Service for 2500 Certification Service for 2501 Certification Service for 2502 Certification Service for 2503 Certification Service for 2504 Certification Service for 2505 Certification Service for 2506 Certification Service for 2507 Certification Service for 2508 Certification Service for 2509 Certification Service for 2510 Certification Service for 2511 Certification Service for 2512 Certification Service for 2513 Certification Service for 2514 Certification Service for 2515 107102515 Film Thickness 107103430 107103603 107103604 Certification Service for 3430 Certification Service for 3603 Certification Service for 3604 Certification Service for 3646 107103646 Viscosity 107100172 107100173 107100174 107100115 107100213 107100214 107100215 107100216 107100001 107100500 107100510 107100540 107100560 296 Certification Service for 0172 Certification Service for 0173 Certification Service for 0174 Certification Service for 0115 Certification Service for 0213 Certification Service for 0214 Certification Service for 0215 Certification Service for 0216 Certification Service for single tubes Certification Service for 0500 Certification Service for 0510 Certification Service for 0540 Certification Service for 0560 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Preventive Maintenance for micro-gloss Familiy ISO 9000 requires routine control of testing equiment to ensure accurate measurement results. Appearance BYK-Gardner offers recertification and calibration services to support ISO 9000 requirements. Preventive Maintenance includes: ■ Cleaning of optics ■ Test of instrument functionality ■ Firmware and Software update ■ Control of measuring instrument with standard set ■ Control of calibration and checking standards ■ Traceable Certificate ■ Calibration sticker on the instrument ■ Premium: Check and calibration on 25 gloss standards* ■ Standard: Check on 5 gloss standards *Note: Please check availability with your local BYK-Gardner representative. micro-gloss Family Technical Service 297 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Physical Properties 107214456 Description Premium Preventive Maintenance for 4420 Premium Preventive Maintenance for 4440 Premium Preventive Maintenance for 4460 Premium Preventive Maintenance for 4442 Premium Preventive Maintenance for 4463 Premium Preventive Maintenance for 4450 Premium Preventive Maintenance for 4485 Premium Preventive Maintenance for 4444 Premium Preventive Maintenance for 4430 Premium Preventive Maintenance for 4446 Premium Preventive Maintenance for 4437 Premium Preventive Maintenance for 4452 Premium Preventive Maintenance for 4435 Premium Preventive Maintenance for 4448 Premium Preventive Maintenance for 4454 Premium Preventive Maintenance for 4456 Standard Preventive Maintenance for 4420 Standard Preventive Maintenance for 4440 Standard Preventive Maintenance for 4460 Standard Preventive Maintenance for 4442 Standard Preventive Maintenance for 4463 Standard Preventive Maintenance for 4450 Standard Preventive Maintenance for 4485 Standard Preventive Maintenance for 4444 Standard Preventive Maintenance for 4430 Standard Preventive Maintenance for 4446 Standard Preventive Maintenance for 4437 Standard Preventive Maintenance for 4452 Standard Preventive Maintenance for 4435 Standard Preventive Maintenance for 4448 Standard Preventive Maintenance for 4454 Standard Preventive Maintenance for 4456 Color Cat. No. 107204420 107204440 107204460 107204442 107204463 107204450 107204485 107204444 107204430 107204446 107204437 107204452 107204435 107204448 107204454 107204456 107214420 107214440 107214460 107214442 107214463 107214450 107214485 107214444 107214430 107214446 107214437 107214452 107214435 107214448 107214454 Preventive Maintenance for Instruments ISO 9000 requires routine control of testing equiment to ensure accurate measurement results. BYK-Gardner offers recertification and calibration services to support ISO 9000 requirements. Preventive Maintenance includes: ■ Cleaning of optics ■ Test of instrument functionality ■ Firmware and Software update ■ Control of measuring instrument with standard set ■ Control of calibration and checking standards ■ Traceable Certificate ■ Calibration sticker on the instrument micro-haze plus & haze-gloss Cat. No. 107204632 Description Preventive Maintenance for 4632 Preventive Maintenance for 4601 107204601 wave-scan Family 107204816 107204812 107204806 107204840 107204822 107204850 107204824 Preventive Maintenance for 4816 Preventive Maintenance for 4812 Preventive Maintenance for 4806 Preventive Maintenance for 4840 Preventive Maintenance for 4822 Preventive Maintenance for 4850 Preventive Maintenance for 4824 Preventive Maintenance for 4846 107204846 Mottling 107206350 Preventive Maintenance for 6350 haze-gard Family 107204725 107204726 107204727 Preventive Maintenance for 4725 Preventive Maintenance for 4726 Preventive Maintenance for 4727 Preventive Maintenance for 4775 107204775 Solid Color 107206801 107206802 107206834 107206836 107206807 107206800 107206805 107206830 107206831 107206835 107206850 107206832 107206692 107206501 107206502 107206503 107206504 298 Preventive Maintenance for 6801 Preventive Maintenance for 6802 Preventive Maintenance for 6834 Preventive Maintenance for 6836 Preventive Maintenance for 6807 Preventive Maintenance for 6800 Preventive Maintenance for 6805 Preventive Maintenance for 6830 Preventive Maintenance for 6831 Preventive Maintenance for 6835 Preventive Maintenance for 6850 Preventive Maintenance for 6832 Preventive Maintenance for 6692 Preventive Maintenance for 6501 Preventive Maintenance for 6502 Preventive Maintenance for 6503 Preventive Maintenance for 6504 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Metallic Color 279021783 Description Preventive Maintenance for 6340 Preventive Maintenance for 6345 Preventive Maintenance for 6362 Preventive Maintenance for 6363 Preventive Maintenance for 6369 Preventive Maintenance for 6395 Preventive Maintenance for 6396 Preventive Maintenance for 6397 Preventive Maintenance for 6398 Preventive Maintenance for 7030 Preventive Maintenance for 7031 Preventive Maintenance for 7034 Preventive Maintenance for 7035 Preventive Maintenance for 7032 Preventive Maintenance for 7033 Preventive Maintenance for 7036 Upgrade BYK-mac Docking Station Appearance Cat. No. 107206340 107206345 107206362 107206363 107206369 107206395 107206396 107206397 107206398 107207030 107207031 107207034 107207035 107207032 107207033 107207036 107202101 107202105 Color Application Preventive Maintenance for 2101 Preventive Maintenance for 2105 Conductivity 107201722 Preventive Maintenance for 1710 Preventive Maintenance for 1712 Preventive Maintenance for 1722 Physical Properties 107201710 107201712 Drying Time 107202710 Preventive Maintenance for 2710 Film Thickness 107203692 Preventive Maintenance for 3688 Preventive Maintenance for 3690 Preventive Maintenance for 3691 Preventive Maintenance for 3600 Preventive Maintenance for 3601 Preventive Maintenance for 3602 Preventive Maintenance for 3610 Preventive Maintenance for 3611 Preventive Maintenance for 3612 Preventive Maintenance for 3640 Preventive Maintenance for 3641 Preventive Maintenance for 3630 Preventive Maintenance for 3631 Preventive Maintenance for 3635 Preventive Maintenance for 3634 Preventive Maintenance for 3687 Preventive Maintenance for 3692 299 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Technical Service 107203688 107203690 107203691 107203600 107203601 107203602 107203610 107203611 107203612 107203640 107203641 107203630 107203631 107203635 107203634 107203687 Flexibility Cat. No. 107205512 107205400 107205330 107205710 Description Preventive Maintenance for 5512 Preventive Maintenance for 5400 Preventive Maintenance for 5330 Preventive Maintenance for 5710 Preventive Maintenance for 5750 107205750 Hardness 107205854 107205855 107205820 107205858 107205859 107205861 Preventive Maintenance for 5854 Preventive Maintenance for 5855 Preventive Maintenance for 5820 Preventive Maintenance for 5858 Preventive Maintenance for 5859 Preventive Maintenance for 5861 Preventive Maintenance for 8525 107205825 Temperature 107203300 107203333 107203225 107203302 107203317 107203319 300 Preventive Maintenance for 3300 Preventive Maintenance for 3333 Preventive Maintenance for 3225 Preventive Maintenance for 3302 Preventive Maintenance for 3317 Preventive Maintenance for 3319 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Extended Warranty Extended warranty time: The new micro-gloss Family Cat. No. 107304440 107304442 107304444 107304446 107304450 107304452 107304454 107304456 Description Extended Warranty for 4440 Extended Warranty for 4442 Extended Warranty for 4444 Extended Warranty for 4446 Extended Warranty for 4450 Extended Warranty for 4452 Extended Warranty for 4454 Extended Warranty for 4456 107304448 Extended Warranty for 4448 Appearance ■ Extended warranty to 36 months total ■ Certification Service and Preventive Maintenance not included 107304601 Color haze-gloss Extended Warranty for 4601 haze-gard i 107304775 Extended Warranty for 4775 107304822 107304850 107304824 107304846 Extended Warranty for 4822 Extended Warranty for 4850 Extended Warranty for 4824 Extended Warranty for 4846 107304840 Extended Warranty for 4840 Physical Properties wave-scan Family Mottling 107306350 Extended Warranty for 6350 Technical Service 301 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com spectro-guide Family Cat. No. 107306801 107306802 107306834 107306836 107306807 107306692 107306850 Description Extended Warranty for 6801 Extended Warranty for 6802 Extended Warranty for 6834 Extended Warranty for 6836 Extended Warranty for 6807 Extended Warranty for 6692 Extended Warranty for 6850 BYK-mac i Family 107307030 Extended Warranty for 7030 107307031 Extended Warranty for 7031 107307032 107307033 107307034 107307035 Extended Warranty for 7032 Extended Warranty for 7033 Extended Warranty for 7034 Extended Warranty for 7035 107307036 Extended Warranty for 7036 temp-gard 107303319 107303317 302 Extended Warranty for 3319 Extended Warranty for 3317 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Product Index from A–Z 303 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Technical Service 171 261 - 263 262 262 218 220 220, 242 196 235 227 - 228 201 179 132 - 133 109 - 124 114 116 - 118 114, 121 114, 121 114, 121 113, 120, 123 114, 128 - 129 114, 125 - 127 119 - 121 122 - 124 167 - 173 214 - 216 216 190 140 - 144 140 - 143 142 144 140 - 144 141 143 208 - 210 208 209 - 210 210 210 210 210 208 - 211 274 - 277, 283 274 274 275 275 276 283 95 - 97 90, 95 - 97 Physical Properties Balanced Beam Scrape Adhesion and Mar Tester 160 accessories 160 Bar Film Applicators 175 Barrier for temp-gard 255 - 256 Balances 191 - 195 Analytical 192 - 195 Entris Series 192 - 193 Sartorius Qintix Series 194 - 195 Baking ovens 246 Bend Test 223, 236 - 237 Bending testers 236 - 237 Black Glass Panel 174 Black Standard for color-guide 90 Black Standard for spectro-guide 90 Books 238 Brightenend Charts 168 Brilliance14 Brush for Abrasion Tester 152, 154 Brush for Cross-Cut Tester 158 Brushout Cards Bubble Viscometers empty tubes tube holder Buchholz Indentation Hardness Buchholz Indentation Tester precision microscope BYK LC 2 BYK-Gardner Cupping Tester BYK-Gardner DIN EN ISO Impact Tester BYK-Gardner Drying Time Recorder BYK-Gardner Film Casting Knive BYK-Gardner Liquid Color Standards BYK-mac i accessories accessories cosmetics docking station protective cap USB interface cable white calibration standard software smart-lab software smart-process BYK-mac i COLOR BYK-mac i ROBOTIC byko-charts byko-cut universal accessories byko-drive Automatic Film Applicator byko-spectra replacement lamp kit byko-spectra basic byko-spectra effect byko-spectra family byko-spectra lite byko-spectra mini byko-test byko-test 4200 / 4500 byko-test 8500 accessories calibration shims sensor software byko-test Thickness Gages byko-visc basic basic EX advanced advanced EX premium DS BYKWARE auto-QC BYKWARE auto-QC lite Color 147 - 154 147 - 154 147 - 154 151 - 152, 154 151 - 152, 154 154 151 - 152, 154 152, 154 191 - 195 155 - 163 157 - 163 138 179 179 185 131 - 136 11 - 75 165 - 190 250 251 - 254 176 188 - 190 175 - 185 46 - 48 99 188 - 190 175 - 185 95 - 97 95 - 97 Appearance Abrasers Abrasion Abrasion Scrub Tester Abrasion Tester accessories Abrasion Tester brush Abrasion Tester modification kit Abrasion Tester pad Abrasion Tester panels Acculab Balances Adhesion Adhesion testers addista color standards Adjustable drawdown bars Adjustable knives Anti-Sag Meter APHA Appearance Application Application Device for gradient-oven panels Applications, gradient-oven Applicator Frame Applicator, automatic Applicators Automatic Appearance Control auto-match III Sensor Automatic Film Applicator accessories auto-QC lite Software auto-QC Software Product Index from A–Z BYKWARE easy-link BYKWARE temp-chart 85 257 Calibration Holder for micro-gloss 28 Calibration Holder for micro-TRI-gloss 28 Calibration Holder for micro-TRI-gloss µ 212 Calibration Shims for byko-test 8500 210 Calibration Shims, Film Thickness 210, 213 Calibration Standards, Film Thickness 210, 213 Calibration tiles for color-guide 90 Calibration tiles for spectro-guide 90 CAP 1/23 285 CAP 1000+ 284 CAP 2000+ 284 CAPCALC Software for CAP 2000+ 286 Cards 167 - 173 Certification Service for Instruments 295 - 296 Certification Service for Standards 267 - 268 Cloudiness57 cloud-runner 58 - 60 Charts 167 - 173 Checkerboard Charts 170 Checking Standard for haze-gloss 34 Checking Standard for micro-gloss 28 Checking Standard for micro-TRI-gloss 28 Checking Standard for micro-TRI-gloss µ 212 Checking Tile for micro-wave-scan 48 Checking Tile for wave-scan II 45 Checking Tile for wave-scan dual 42 Checking Tile for wave-scan ROBOTIC 50 Checking Tile for wave-scan ROBOTIC dual 50 Chromolux Cards 171 CIELab81 Circulating Bath 282 Clarity Calibration Standard for haze-gard i 75 Clarity Reference Standard for haze-gard i 75 Clear Polyester Film 174 Coating Inspection gages 214 - 215 Color 77 - 144 Color and Gloss 83 Color Comparators 132 - 133 Color Control of Liquids 131 - 139 Color Control Software 95 - 97 Color Differences 81 Color instrumentation 82 Color instruments, benchtop 99 - 100 Color instruments, handheld 83 - 95, 101, 109 - 121 Color instruments, laboratory 99 - 100 Color instruments, portable 83 - 95, 101, 109 - 121 Color, liquid 131 - 139 304 Color Measurement of effect coatings 103 - 108 Color Measurement of small parts 103 - 108 Color Measurement of small parts 88, 90, 111 Color Quality Control of Liquids 131 - 139 Color Standards, liquid 132 - 133 Color system 81 color-guide 88 - 90 accessories 90 calibration tiles 90 green checking reference 90 protective stand 90 sample area locator 90 sample holder for small parts 90 software auto-QC lite 90 glass sealed aperture 89 Comb gages 205 Comparators, Color 132 - 133 Conductivity196 Conductivity Measuring Cell 196 Conductivity Meter 196 Conductivity Plate electrode 196 Conductivity Tube electrode 196 Cone and Plate Viscometers 284 - 286 Cone and Plate Viscometer Spindles 285 Conical Mandrel 237 Coverage testing 186 Coverall Bend and Impact Tester 233 Cross-Cut Test 155 - 156 Cross-Cut Tester 157 accessories 158 brush 158 Cross-Cut Tester Blade 158 magnifier 158 Cryptometer186 Cup, density 197 - 198 Cup, DIN 268 Cup, DIN EN ISO 265 Cup, Ford Viscosity 268 Cup, specific gravity 197 Cup, weight per Gallon 197 Cupping Test 224, 234 - 235 Cupping Tester 234 - 235 stereo microscope 235 Cups, accessories 270 Cups, Viscosity 264 - 271 Curing time, recorder 201 Cylindrical Mandrel 236 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Product Index from A–Z Gage, Fineness-of-Grind Gages, thickness Gardner Color Gardner Delta Color Comparator empty tubes lamp Gardner Delta Illuminator Gardner-scrub Geometry, 45/0 Geometry, sphere 199 - 200 205 - 212 131 - 136 134 134 134 134 149 - 152 82 82 305 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Technical Service 224 - 233 208 - 212 213 250 188 - 190 175 - 185 179 202 203 - 216 205 - 214 208 - 212 208 - 212 205 - 207 199 199 - 200 223 - 237 236 - 237 234 - 235 225 - 233 268 - 269 268 - 269 270 268 - 269 Physical Properties Falling Weight Test Ferrous gages Ferrous Standards, Film Thickness Film Application Device for gradient-oven panels Film Applicator, automatic Film Applicators Film Casting Knife Film Flaws Film Thickness Film Thickness Gages Film Thickness, electronic gages Film Thickness, non-destructive gages Film Thickness, wet film Fineness-of-Grind-Gage scraper Fineness-of-Grind-Gages Flexibility bending testers cupping testers impact testers Flow Cup, DIN Flow Cup, DIN EN ISO Flow Cups, accessories Ford Viscosity Cup Color easy-link85 Effect Coatings 103 Effect Control 103 - 108 Elasticity 223 - 237 Empty Tubes for Bubble Viscometers 262 Empty Tubes for Gardner Delta Color Comparator 206 Empty Tubes for liquid color standards 133 Entris Analytical Balances 192 esp-10163 impact tool 163 microscope 163 standard 163 Exhaust Tube for gradient oven 250 Extended Warranty 301 - 302 Appearance Datalogger temp-gard 255 - 256 Degree of Dispersion 32 Delta Color Comparator 134 Density 197 - 198 Density Cup 197 - 198 Destructive Film Thickness Gages 214 - 216 Destructive Film Thickness Measurement 215 Dew Point Meter 258 Dies for DIN EN ISO impact tester 228 Dies for impact testers 229, 230, 232 Digital Cone and Plate Viscometers 284 - 286 Digital Drying Time Recorders 201 Digital Pocket Microscope 240 Digital Viscometers 272 - 286 DIN EN ISO Flow Cup 268 DIN EN ISO Impact Tester 227 DIN EN ISO Impact Tester, accessories 228 DIN EN ISO Impact Tester, dies 228 DIN EN ISO Impact Tester, distance rings 228 DIN EN ISO Impact Tester, weights 228 DIN Flow Cup 268 Dip Cup 265 - 267 Dip Cup, EZ Series 267 Dip Cup, S90 Signature Series 267 Dip Cup, Zahn Type 266 - 267 Dispersion 199 - 200 Display Charts 170 Distance Rings for DIN EN ISO impact tester 228 Distinctness of Image 36 DOI 36 Dow Latex Film Applicator 182 DPM 300 Digital Pocket Microscope 240 Drawdown bars 175 - 178 Drawdown charts 167 - 173 Drawdown devices 187 - 190 Drawdown holder 172, 187 Drawdown Plate 172 Dry Film Thickness, destructive 214 - 216 Dry Film Thickness, non-destructive 208 - 212 Drying Time 201 Drying Time Recorder 201 accessories 201 DUALSCOPE MPOR 211 Dullness37 DUR-O-Test220 Product Index from A–Z Glass Filters for LCS III - IV and LCM III - IV 138 Glass Panel 174 Glass Plate for gradient-oven 250 Gloss and Color 82 - 84, 86 Gloss 15 - 30 Gloss and Thickness 19, 212 Gloss meters, laboratory 33 - 34 Gloss meters, portable 17 - 22 Gloss on films 15 Gloss Range 16 Gloss Standards 28, 34 Gloss units 15 gradient-oven249 accessories 250 applications 251 - 254 exhaust tube 250 glass plate 250 printer 250 test panel 250 test panel film application device 250 test panel marking strips 250 Graininess105 Green Checking Reference for color-guide 90 Green Checking Reference for spectro-guide 90 Grind Gages 199 - 200 Handheld color instruments 83 - 90, 109 - 121 Handheld gloss meters 17 - 29 Hardness 217 - 222 Hardness Meter 220 Hardness Testers 219 - 221 Haze 31 - 34 Haze Standard for haze-gloss 34 Haze, reflection 31, 33 Haze, transmission 67 - 68 haze-gloss33 accessories 34 checking standard 34 haze standard 34 high gloss standard 34 interface cable 34 mirror gloss standard 34 sample table 34 software 34 haze-gard i 70 - 75 accessories 74 - 75 calibration standard 75 clarity reference standard 75 306 cuvette table film holder haze standard sample holder software transmittance standard Hazen Heat Sink for temp-gard Heavy Duty Impact Tester Hiding Charts Hiding power tester High Gloss Standard for haze-gloss Hoffman Scratch Hardness Tester accessories large rider scratching tool small rider Holder for charts Humidity meter 74 74 75 74 74 75 131 - 136 256 229 168 - 173 186 34 159 159 159 159 159 172, 187 258 Illuminator for Gardner Delta Color Comparator 134 Image Forming Quality 36 Impact Test 163, 224 - 233 Impact Tester, „Coverall“ 233 Impact Tester, DIN EN ISO 227 - 228 Impact Tester, heavy duty 229 Impact Tester, light duty 226 Impact Tester, SPI Modified 230 Impact Testers 225 - 233 Impact Tool for esp-10 163 Impact Tool for Single Impact Tester 163 Imperial Cups 197 - 198 In-store color matching 98 - 101 Indentation Hardness 217 - 218, 220 Indentors220 Inmont Gages 206 - 207 Interchemical Gages 206 - 207 Interface Cable for BYK-mac i 114 Interface Cable for BYK-mac i COLOR 121 Interface Cable for haze-gloss 34 Interface Cable for micro-gloss 24 Interface Cable for micro-TRI-gloss 24 Interface Cable for micro-TRI-gloss µ 212 Interface Cable for spectro-guide 90 Inter-leaf Paper 173 Iodine Scale 135 - 136 ISO Density Cup 197 - 198 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Product Index from A–Z 179 219 283 208 - 212 158 236 - 237 236 160 160 250 104 238 196 82 234 103 103 - 130 103 - 108 Oils, viscosity Opacity Charts Opacity-Display Charts Opacity Measurement Orange Peel Orifices for Viscosity Cups Oven Oven temperature recorders Pad for Abrasion Tester Paint and Coating Testing Manual Paint Inspection Gage Paint Test Charts 287 - 289 168 - 169 170 169 35 - 54 270 246 - 254 247, 255 -256 Technical Service Magnetic thickness gages Magnifier for Cross-Cut Tester Mandrel bending testers Mandrel set Mar Resistance Test Mar Tester Marking Strips for gradient oven panels Measurement of Effect Coatings Measurement of Appearance, 2nd Edition Measuring Cell, Conductivity Measuring geometry, color Mechanical Cupping Tester Metallic Coatings Metallic Color Metallic Color Theory Physical Properties 99 - 100 33 - 34 168, 170 168 - 171 196 135 136 184 183 - 184 183 - 184 183 - 184 140 - 144 226 140 - 144 131 - 139 131 - 139 131 - 139 135 - 136 137 - 139 137 139 131 - 139 135 - 136 132 - 133 131 132 - 134 Color Laboratory color instruments Laboratory gloss meters Laminated charts Laquered charts LC 2 Conductivity Meter LCM IV LCS IV Leveling Test Blade, NYPC Leveling Tester Leveling/Sagging Tester Levelling Light Booths Light-Duty Impact Tester Lighting cabinet Liquid Color Liquid Color Control Liquid Color Measurement Liquid Color Meter accessories Liquid Color Meter sample cuvettes Liquid Color Meter Thermostat Heater Block Liquid Color, Quality Control Liquid Color Spectrophotometer Liquid Color Standards Liquid Color Theory Liquid Color, Visual Color Comparison micro-gloss 17 - 29 accessories 25 - 29 calibration holder 28 checking standard 28 interface cable 24 software 23 - 24 micro-gloss S family 20 micro-gloss standards 28 - 29 Microscope, Digital Pocket 240 Microscope for Buchholz Indentation Tester 220 Microscope for Cupping Tester 235 Microscope for esp-10 163 Microscope for Single Impact Tester 163 Microscopes 239 - 244 micro-TRI-gloss19 micro-TRI-gloss µ with thickness 19, 212 micro-TRI-gloss accessories 24, 28 - 29 micro-wave-scan 46 - 48 Milkiness31 Mirror Gloss Standard for haze-gloss 34 Modification Kit for Abrasion Tester 154 Mottling 55 - 60 Multi-Cut Tools for Cross-Cut Test 216 Multiple Clearance Applicators 176 - 179 Multiple Gap Bars 176 - 178 Multi-angle color 103 - 124 Multi-angle color and effect measurement 104 - 106 Narrow Angle Scattering 68 Non-destructive Film Thickness gages 208 - 212 Non-ferrous gages 208 - 212 Non-ferrous Standards, Film Thickness 213 NYPC Leveling Test Blade 184 Appearance Knives, film casting König Pendulum for Pendulum Hardness Tester Krebs type stormer viscometer 154 238 214 167 - 174 307 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Product Index from A–Z Panel, glass 174 Panels, paper 167 - 173 Panels for Abrasion Tester 154, 174 Parallel Grove Adhesion Test 157 - 158 Pencil Hardness Tester 221 Pencils for hardness test 221 Pendulum Hardness 217 - 219 Pendulum Hardness Tester 219 accessories 219 König Pendulum 219 Persoz Pendulum 219 Penetration Charts 169 Penopac Charts 169 Permeability Cups 202 Pfund Cryptometer 186 Plain White Charts 171 Plastic Wet Film Thickness Gage 205 Plate electrode, Conductivity 196 Plate holder 172 Pocket Goniometer PGX+ 243 Polyester film 174 Portable color instruments 83 - 90, 109 - 121 Portable gloss meters 17 - 24 POS (Point-of-Sale) Spectrophotometers 98 - 101 PosiTest161 Pull-off adhesion tester 161 PosiTector 6000 247 - 250 Precision Microscope for Buchholz Indentation Tester 220, 242 Preventive Maintenance for Instruments 297 - 300 Printer for gradient-oven 250 Probes for temp-gard 256 Protective cap for BYK-mac 113 Protective stand for color-guide 90 Protective stand for spectro-guide 90 Publications238 Pull-off Adhesion Testers 161 - 162 accessories 162 dollies 162 Pull-off gages 162 Pull-off Test 155 Pump 187 Punch for impact testers 229 - 232 Pycnometer 197 - 198 QC-software for color 308 85, 95 - 97 Rating38 Recorder, drying time 201 Reflection15 Reflectometer15 Rotational Viscometers 272 - 276 Sag and Leveling Test Charts 173 Sag and Leveling Tester 183 Sag and Leveling Meter 183 Sagging Tester 183 - 184 Sagging Test Procedure 183 Sample Area Locator for color-guide 90 Sample Area Locator for spectro-guide 90 Sample Cuvettes for LCM IV 137 Sample Cuvettes for LCS IV 137 Sample Cuvettes for Liquid Color Meter 137 Sample Cuvettes for Liquid Color Spectrophotometer 137 Sample Holder for color-guide 90 Sample Holder for spectro-guide 90 Sample Table for haze-gloss 34 Sartorius Balances 192 - 195 Scales 192 - 195 Scattering 67 - 68 Scrape Adhesion 160 Scrape Adhesion and Mar Tester 160 Scraper for Fineness-of-Grind-Gage 199 Scratch Hardness 217 - 218, 220 Scratching tool for Hoffman Scratch Hardness Tester 159 Scrub Test Panel 174 See-through Quality 68 Sharpness 36, 38 - 39 Shims 210, 213 Single Impact Test 163 Single Impact Tester 163 impact tool 163 microscope 163 Small Automatic Film Applicator 189 smart-lab 23 - 24, 128 - 129 smart-process 23 - 24, 51 - 53, 61 - 63 Software auto-QC 95 - 97 Software auto-QC lite 95 - 97 Software easy-link 85 Software for BYK-mac 125 - 129 Software for byko-test 8500 210 Software for byko-test MP0R 211 Software for color-guide 85, 95 - 97 Software for Cone and Plate Viscometers 286 Software for Digital Viscometers 286 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Product Index from A–Z 309 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Technical Service Uncoated Test Charts 172 Unlaquered Charts 172 Unsealed Charts 172 USB-adaptor257 USB-cable 24, 90, 114, 121, 212 Vacuum Plate 187 Vacuum Pump 187 Verification Kit for LCS III - IV and LCS III - IV 138 Viscometers, bubble 261 - 263 Viscometer spindles 278 - 281 Viscometer software 277 Physical Properties 155 - 156 158 temp-chart software 257 Temperature 245 - 258 temp-gard 255 - 256 temp-gard 12p 255 temp-gard 6p 255 accessories 256 datalogger 256 heat sink 256 probes 256 thermal barrier 256 Temperature, oven recorders 247, 255 Tension38 Test Charts 167 - 174 Test Charts, Sag&Leveling 173 Test Charts Uncoated 172 Test Panels for gradient-oven 250 Tester, impact 225 - 233 Testers, Hardness 219 - 222 Texture35 Thermal Barrier for temp-gard 256 Thermostat Heater Block 139 Thickness and Gloss 19, 212 Thickness calibration standards 210, 212 Thickness gages, byko-test 208 - 211 electronic 208 - 212 wet film 205 - 207 Thickness, dry film gages 208 - 216 Tolerances, color 81 Total Appearance 39 Total Transmission 67 Transmission Color 135 Transmission Haze 67 Transmittance67 Transmittance Standard for haze-gard i 75 Transparency 67 - 75 Tube electrode, Conductivity 196 Tube Holder for Bubble Viscometers 261 Tubes for byko-spectra 140 - 144 Two-Channel Wet Abrasion Scrub Tester 153 - 154 Color Tape Adhesion Test Tape for Cross Cut 100 23 23 257 85, 95 - 97 257 257 78 - 97 105 - 107 197 - 198 83 - 90 85, 90 90 83, 86 - 87 90 90 90 90 95 - 97 86 83 - 124 69 13 69 13 69 69 230 69 285 278 - 281, 285 173 170 178 287 - 289 138 90 163 28 - 29 90 270 207 182 235 283 37 Appearance Software for In-store color matching Software for micro-gloss Software for micro-TRI-gloss µ Software for oven temperature recorders Software for spectro-guide Software for temp-gard Software temp-chart Solid Color Sparkle Specific gravity cups spectro-guide accessories calibration tiles gloss green checking reference interface cable protective stand sample area locator software auto-QC spectro-guide S Spectrophotometer Specular excluded, spex Specular gloss Specular included, spin Specular reflection Spex, specular excluded Sphere geometry SPI Modified Impact Tester Spin, specular included Spindles for Cone and Plate Viscometers Spindles for viscometers Spray Monitors Spreading Rate Charts Square Drawdown Bars Standard Oils Standards addista Standards for color-guide Standards for esp 10 Standards for micro-gloss Standards for spectro-guide Stands for Viscosity Cups Step gage Step Gap Film Applicator Stereo Microscope for cupping tester Stormer Type Viscometer Structure Spectrum Product Index from A–Z Viscometers accessories Viscosity Viscosity Cup, Ford Viscosity Cups accessories orifices stands Viscosity, oils Visual Color Comparison Visual Color Comparison, liquids wave-scan II accessories wave-scan dual accessories docking station checking tile software Waviness wave-scan ROBOTIC accessories checking tile software Weighing Weight per Gallon Cups Weights, DIN EN ISO impact tester Wet Abrasion Scrub Tester Wet Abrasion Scrub Tester accessories Wet film preparation Wet Film Thickness Wet Film Thickness Gages Wet Hiding Power Testing Wet Look Wet Scrub Testers White Standard for spectro-guide White Standard for color-guide Wide Angle Scattering Wire Applicators Wire Bars Wide Angle Scattering Wire Applicators Wire Bars Wireless Sensor Wire-wound rods Wolf-Wilburn Pencil Hardness Tester Zahn Type Dip Cup 310 261 - 284 263, 270, 278 - 281, 285 259 - 289 268 264 - 269 270 270 270 287 - 289 140 - 144 132 - 134 43 - 45 45 39 - 42 42 42 42 42, 61 - 63 35 - 53 49 - 50 50 50 50, 61 - 62 191 - 195 197 - 198 228 153 153 165 203 - 208 205 - 208 186 36 153 90 90 68 180 - 181 180 - 181 68 180 - 181 180 - 181 210 180 - 181 221 266 - 267 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Standard Index from A–Z ANSI Z124.1.2 Viscosity 261, 263 ASTM D 156 Color Comparison of Liquids 135 - 136 AOC Method Ka 6-63 ASTM D 1653Permeability 202 ASTM D 1709 Impact Test 225 ASTM D 1725 Viscosity 261, 263 ASTM D 1729 Visual Color Evaluation 140 - 143 ASTM D 1737 Bend Test Viscosity 152 - 153 261, 263 AOCS Method BS 684ly/Lr Color Comparison of Liquids 136 AOCS Method Cc 13e Color Comparison of Liquids 136 Color Comparison of Liquids 237 ASTM D 1792Abrasion 148 ASTM D 1925 Color Comparison of Liquids 136 ASTM D 2196 Viscosity ASTM D 2197 Scrape Adhesion 274 - 276 160 ASTM D 2198Abrasion 132 - 134 ASTM D 2244 Color measurement 148 87, 89, 99, 101, ASTM D 2248 Scrape Adhesion 160 ASTM D 2454 Scrape Adhesion 160 ASTM D 2457 Gloss measurement 16, 21, 22, 24, 33, 87 ASTM D 2486 Abrasion ASTM D 2486 Application 174, 182 ASTM D 2794 Impact Test 228 - 231 ASTM B 499 Film Thickness 19, 208 - 212 ASTM C 346 Gloss measurement 16, 21 ASTM D 848 Color Comparison of Liquids 136 ASTM D 1003 Transparency measurement 69, 70, 73 ASTM D 1044 Transparency measurement 73 ASTM D 1045 Color Comparison of Liquids 135 - 136 ASTM D 1084Viscosity ASTM D 2805 168, 170, 174 ASTM D 2805Density 197 ASTM D 3002 Cross-Cut Test 156 - 157 214 ASTM D 3002 Film Thickness ASTM D 1186 Film Thickness 208, 209 ASTM D 3029 Impact Test 229 - 230 268 ASTM D 3206Abrasion 148 135 - 136 ASTM D 3207Abrasion 148 ASTM D 1210Dispersion 199 ASTM D 3258 ASTM D 1212 Film Thickness 206 ASTM D 3276Temperature 258 ASTM D 1316Dispersion 199 ASTM D 3281 233 ASTM D 1400 Film Thickness ASTM D 1475Density 19, 208 - 212 197 Application 175, 182 Impact Test ASTM D 333Density 199 ASTM D 333Dispersion 199 268 ASTM D 1500 Color Comparison of Liquids 135 - 136 ASTM D 333Viscosity ASTM D 1544 Color Comparison of Liquids 132 - 136 ASTM D 3359 Cross-Cut Test Technical Service 266 261, 263 Color Comparison of Liquids 183 Application Viscosity ASTM D 1209 148, 150 - 154 ASTM D 2801Application ASTM D 1131 ASTM D 1200Viscosity 113, 120, 123 Physical Properties Color AOCS Method Tdla-64T Appearance ASTM D 1545 Abrasion 156 - 157 311 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Standard Index from A–Z ASTM D 3359 Film Thickness ASTM D 3363 Hardness 221 - 222 ASTM D 823-53 (1970) ASTM D 344 Application 168, 170 Application ASTM D 3450 Abrasion 214 148, 151 - 154 ASTM D 823 Application 175, 176, 182, 188, 190 179 ASTM D 3450Application 174 ASTM E 1164 ASTM D 365Viscosity 268 113, 120, 123 22 ASTM E 2194 Color measurement 113, 120, 123 ASTM D 3730Application 185 ASTM E 308 Color measurement 87, 89, 99, 101, ASTM D 4062Application 184 ASTM D 3679 Gloss measurement Color measurement ASTM D 4212 Viscosity266 ASTM E 430 ASTM D 4213 Abrasion ASTM D 4213Application ASTM D 4226 Impact Test 148, 151 - 154 174 ASTM Z 8741 87, 89, 99, 101, 113, 120, 123, 136 Haze measurement 33 Gloss measurement 22 229 - 231 ASTM D 4287Viscosity 284 ASTM Method B Cross-Cut Test ASTM D 4366 Pendulum Hardness Test 219 ASTM D 4400 Application 173, 185 BS 3900 157 Cupping Test 234 ASTM D 4488Abrasion 148 Viscosity 284 ASTM D 4541 Pull-Off Adhesion 161 BS 3900 - E19Hardness 221 ASTM D 4828 Abrasion 148, 151 - 154 BS 3900 (C5) Film Thickness 208 - 211 ASTM D 5125Viscosity 268 BS 3900 A 19Density ASTM D 5178 Scrape Adhesion 160 BS 5350 Viscosity 274 - 276 ASTM D 522 Bend Test BS 5411 (3, 11) Film Thickness 208 - 211 ASTM D 523 Gloss measurement 16, 19, 24, 33, 87, 212 BS 6075 Viscosity 274 - 276 ASTM D 5368 Color Comparison of Liquids BS 7079-B4Temperature ASTM D 5420 Impact Test 236 - 237 136 229 - 230 197 ASTM D 562Viscosity 283 ASTM D 5682Conductivity 196 ASTM D 5895 Drying Time 201 ASTM D 5946 Surface Tension 243 Commonwealth of Pennsylvania Specification W-4 ASTM D 6736Abrasion ASTM D 7091 Film Thickness ASTM D 7234 Pull-Off Adhesion Canadian Government Specification 26-GP-3a Abrasion148 148 208 - 211 Abrasion148 161 DIN 927-3Adhesion ASTM D 7395Viscosity 285 DIN 11664 ASTM D 724 243 Surface Tension ASTM D 816Viscosity 312 258 Color measurement 157 87 266 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Standard Index from A–Z DIN 5033 Color measurement 87, 89, 99, 101, 113, DTMS 141a: Method 2012 Bend Test 236 87, 89, 99, 101, 113, Method 6051 Bend Test 236 120, 123 Method 6221 Bend Test 236 DIN 50981 Film Thickness 208 - 211 Method 6223 Bend Test 236 DIN 50984 Film Thickness 208 - 211 DIN 50986 Film Thickness 214 ECCA THardness DIN 53151 Film Thickness 214 DIN 53166 Cupping Test 234 ECE 43 DIN 5036 Color measurement DIN 53211 (withdrawn in October 1996) Abrasion 221 153 - 154 Viscosity268 Erichsen CuppingCupping Test 197 DIN 53232 234 Fed Spec: Cupping Test DIN 53778 (withdrawn in August 2007) 147, 150 - 151, 153 - 154 235 Color DIN 53217Density Abrasion PD-220AApplication 175 TT-E-508AApplication 175 220 TT-PApplication 182 DIN 55667Conductivity 196 TT-P-29Application 175 DIN 6162 Color Comparison of Liquids DIN 6174 Color measurement 135 - 136 87, 89, 99, 101, 113, FTMS 141a: 148, 160, 175, 176, 179, 183, 199, 261, 263 120, 123, 136 Method 2161 Application 176, 179 DIN 6175-2 Color measurement 113, 120, 123 Method 2162 Application 176, 179 DIN 67530 Gloss measurement 16, 19, 24, 33, 87, 212 Method 4255 Application 176, 179 Method 4272 Viscosity 261, 263 199 Method 4494Application 183 Hardness221 Method 6141Abrasion 148 Drying Time Method 6142Abrasion 148 Method 6226Application 176 Method 6266Application 179 Method 6303.1 Scrape Adhesion 160 147 - 148, 153 DIN EN 13523-4:2001-12 DIN EN 14022 DIN EN 53778 201 Abrasion 148, 153 DIN EN ISO 11664 Color measurement Technical Service Method 4411.1Dispersion Abrasion Physical Properties DIN 55656Hardness DIN EN 13300 Appearance 120, 123, 136 89, 99, 101, 113, 120, 123 DIN EN ISO 20567-2 Adhesion General Electric Company Specification F50TF7-S1 Scrape Adhesion 160 163 313 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Standard Index from A–Z GE Aircraft Engine Group Spec. E50TF61-S1 ISO 4624 Pull-Off Adhesion ISO 4630 Color Comparison of Liquids 132 - 136 ISO 6271 Color Comparison of Liquids 135 - 136 147 - 148, 150 - 154 ISO 6272-1 Impact Test 227 - 228 174 ISO 6272-2 Impact Test 229 69, 70, 73 ISO 6504-3 Application 168, 170 Scratch Hardness ISO 11998 Abrasion 159 ISO 11998Application ISO 13468 Transparency measurement ISO 13803 Haze measurement 33 ISO 6860 Bend Test ISO 14782 Transparency measurement 73 ISO 7668 Gloss measurement Impact Test 161 237 16, 19, 24, 87 ISO 15091Conductivity 196 ISO 7765-1 ISO 15184Hardness 221 ISO 7783-2Permeability 202 ISO 1519 Bend Test 236 ISO 8502-4Temperature 258 ISO 1520 Cupping Test ISO 9117-4 201 ISO 1522 Pendulum Hardness Test 234 - 235 Drying Time 225 219 ISO 1524Dispersion 199 JAN-P-630Application 175 ISO 15989 Surface Tension 243 JAN-P-700Application 175 ISO 16276-1 Pull-Off Adhesion 161 ISO 1652 Viscosity JIS B 7729 Cupping Test 234 ISO 19840 Film Thickness JIS K 5600-5-2 Cupping Test 234 ISO 2049 Color Comparison of Liquids JIS Z 8741 Gloss measurement Film Thickness 19, 208 - 212 ISO 2360 Film Thickness 19, 208 - 212 ISO 2409 Cross-Cut Test 156 - 157 ISO 2409 Film Thickness 214 Military Specification: 268 MIL-P-13341Application 175 MIL-P-7788H 160 274 - 276 209 ISO 2431Viscosity ISO 2555 Viscosity ISO 27608 Color Comparison of Liquids ISO 2808 Film Thickness ISO 2811Density 135 - 136 274 - 276 19, 206, 208 - 212 197 Gloss measurement 16, 19, 24, 33, 87, 212 ISO 2815 Film Thickness, Hardness 214, 220 ISO 2884 Viscosity 284 - 285 ISO 3668 (accessory required) Abrasion Scrape Adhesion 148, 152 Naval Lab Specification WS12858 Part 4.5.5 Scratch Hardness 159 NCCA II-13 Film Thickness 214 NCCA X-1 Film Thickness 214 Visual Color Evaluation, Lightbooth140 - 143 ISO 3900Viscosity 314 Master Painter Institute MPI 138 136 ISO 2813 16, 21, 24 285 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Standard Index from A–Z New York Society for Paint Technology Appearance “Official Digest” No. 44 Vol. 32, No. 430, p. 1435 Viscosity184 Rock Island Arsenal Specification RIX-268 Abrasion148 SAE J 1545 Color measurement Tappi T 458 Surface Tension Tappi T 480 Gloss measurement 113, 120, 123 243 16, 22 Color US Federal Specification: P-C-431a, P-D-220A, P-R-201b, P-W-155, T-1279D, TT-P-18, TT-P-22, TT-P-23a, TT-P-26a, TT-P-29B, TT-P-30, TT-P-47a, Physical Properties TT-P-51d, TT-P-88a, TT-P-508 Abrasion 148 US Military Specification: MIL-C-3004, MIL-C-46057, MIL-E-11237, MIL-P-13340A, MIL-P-15422B Abrasion 148, 152 Abrasion 148 VTLA 003 Item 9 Film Thickness 214 315 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Technical Service US Navy Specification 512C20C 316 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com General Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery of BYK-Gardner GmbH (BYK-Gardner) (AVLB 2014/E) 1.GENERAL 1.2 In the event that BYK-Gardner’s General Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery are introduced into a transaction with the Customer, such General Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery shall also apply to all further transactions between the Customer and BYK-Gardner unless agreed otherwise in writing. 1.3 BYK-Gardner’s General Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery shall apply exclusively. Any conditions of the Customer which are at variance hereto or which conflict with BYK-Gardner’s General Terms and Conditions of Sale andDelivery shall only apply if expressly accepted by BYK-Gardner in writing. 1.4 In the event that future technical developments result in changes to the goods after the conclusion of the contract, BYK-Gardner is entitled to deliver the technically altered goods. BYK-Gardner is entitled to deviate from illustrations, drawings, descriptions, colours and dimensions, weight, quality and other details, to the extent that such is reasonable for the Customer taking into account the interests of both parties. 1.5 BYK-Gardner is entitled to make partial deliveries and to claim separate payment in respect ther of. 2.2 The obligation to deliver an item only the category of which has been defined shall not encompass the assumption of a procurement risk. BYK-Gardner shall not be deemed to have granted a guaranty unless BYK-Gardner has specified a guaranteed property in writing. 2.3 In case of the electronic transmission of an order, the provisions of § 312e section 1, sentence 1, nos. 1 to 3 Civil Code (BGB) (Duties in Electronic Transactions) are hereby excluded. BYK-Gardner shall not be obliged to confirm the receipt of any order by electronic means. Any e-mails received by BYK-Gardner on business days between 0:00 and 16:00 h shall be deemed to have been received as of 16:00 h unless earlier receipt can be proven. E-mails received by BYK-Gardner between 16:01 and 23:59 h shall be deemed to have been received at 16:00 h on the next business day, unless earlier receipt can be proven. 3.1 Unless otherwise agreed, invoiced amounts are due for payment without any deductions within 30 days after the date of invoice. In case payment is received within 14 days after the date of invoice, BYK-Gardner grants a deduction of 2%. Payments shall be deemed settled as soon as the payment in Euro has been credited on one of BYK-Gardner’s bank accounts. Any further expenses shall be borne by the Customer. In case of goods being exported, any costs related from the transfer or payments of moneys shall be borne by the Customer to the extent that such arise in the country of the Customer. If payment is not made within the stipulated period, it shall be deemed to be in arrears without previous notice thereof. In the event that the prevention should continue for more than six months or should the delivery become impossible, both parties are entitled to rescind the contract. 4.3 Any claims for damages due to delays in delivery shall be limited to a maximum amount of 0.5 % of the net delivery price for the goods delayed per completed week of delay, but totalling no more than a maximum of 5 % of the net delivery price. In case such delay relates to a wilful act or gross negligence or a breach of a substantial contractual duty (for definition see section 9.1), the statutory liability shall apply, however such liability shall be limited to the foreseeable damage in the event of a negligent breach of a substantial contractual duty. 4.4 If a Customer sets a reasonable subsequent deadline after a delay in delivery and such deadline expires without performance, the Customer may withdraw from the contract; the Customer shall be entitled to claim damages due to non-performance to the amount of the foreseeable damage only if such nonperformance relates to a wilful act or gross negligence or is a breach of a substantial contractual duty (for definition see section 9.1); in all other cases any liability for damages shall be limited to 50 % of the damage incurred. 4.5 The limitations of liability in accordance with sections 4.3 and 4.4 shall not apply in so far as a commercial contract where time is of the essence is agreed; the same applies if the Customer may claim that as the result of the delay for which BYK-Gardner is responsible, an immediate claim for damages should apply instead of performance (§281, section 2 Civil Code (BGB)). 3.2 Any acceptance of an order and the performance of delivery may be made subject to requirements of security deposit or prepayment. BYK-Gardner is also entitled to demand payment concurrently with the delivery of the goods. 4.6 BYK-Gardner shall not be in default delay for as long as the Customer is in default of performance of any obligations it may have towards BYK-Gardner, even if resulting from other contracts. 3.3 In the event that there is any substantial deterioration in the financial situation of the Customer after concluding the contract, such as by way of filing for insolvency proceedings by the Customer, the commencement of insolvency proceedings, an application for a declaration of insolvency or an arrest warrant or, if there is a cessation of payment or similar, which is not based on any right of retention or other rights, BYK-Gardner may, in addition to BYK-Gardner’s rights under Art. 3.2, withdraw from the contract at any time. 4.7 Unless agreed otherwise, any loading and dispatching takes place on an uninsured basis at the risk of the Customer ex works, i.e. EXW Geretsried according to the Incoterms in the latest version. Technical Service 3. PAYMENT CONDITIONS, SECURITY 4.2 In the event that BYK-Gardner does not receive any deliveries or services from its subcontractors, or does not receive them properly or in time, for reasons beyond BYK-Gardner’s control and despite a reasonable stock being maintained, or in case of any event of force majeure, BYK-Gardner shall inform its Customers timely in writing or in text form. In such case, BYK-Gardner is entitled to delay delivery for the period of the hindrance or to withdraw from the contract in whole or in part in relation to the non-performed part provided that BYK-Gardner met its obligation to inform its Customers and BYKGardner has not assumed any risk of procurement. Force majeure includes strikes, lock-outs, actions of authorities, scarcity of energy and raw materials, legal national and international regulations regarding embargo, fight against terrorism or any other regulations, transport difficulties which are not culpably caused by BYK-Gardner, any hindrances to operations which are not culpably caused by BYK-Gardner, for example, as a result of fire, water and machine damage; and any other hindrances which in objective terms have not been culpably caused by BYK-Gardner. In the event that a delivery date or delivery deadline is agreed in a binding manner and as result of any event under this section 4.2 such agreed delivery date or delivery deadline is not met, the Customer may, after the expiry of a subsequent further reasonable deadline, withdraw from the contract with respect to the non-performed part of such contract, if it would be objectively unreasonable for the Customer to continue to be bound by such a contract. Any further rights to claim on the part of the Customer are excluded in such case. Physical Properties 2.1. BYK-Gardner’s offers are subject to change and are non-binding unless expressly stated otherwise. Such offers are merely an invitation for the Customer to submit a binding order on this basis. A contract will be formed, also in relation to ongoing business transactions, only if the Customer’s order is confirmed by BYK-Gardner in writing (including per fax or e-mail) or, if the goods are delivered. BYK-Gardner’s order confirmation shall determine the conditions of the contract. In case of immediate delivery BYK-Gardner’s order confirmation may be replaced by an invoice. 4.1 All binding delivery dates and terms shall require an express written agreemen in order to be valid. If non-binding or approximate delivery dates or terms have been specified, BYK-Gardner will use their best efforts to comply with these specifications. Any unilateral requirements stipulated by the Customer shall not be binding on BYK-Gardner unless BYK-Gardner expressly agreed to their validity in writing. Transactions for fixed delivery dates must expressly be designated as such and confirmed by BYK-Gardner in writing. Color 2.OFFERS, ORDERS, CHARACTERISTICS OF GOODS 4. DELIVERIES AND SHIPMENTS Appearance 1.1 The General Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery of BYK-Gardner shall apply only in relation to customers which are enterprises in terms of § 14 of the Civil Code (BGB) of the Federal Republic of Germany (hereinafter called “Customer”). 3.4 Any rights of retention or set-off on the part of the Customer shall only exist in relation to those counterclaims which are undisputed or have been determined by final legal judgement unless the counterclaim relates to a breach of a substantial contractual duty (for definition see section 9.1) on BYK-Gardner’s part. Any rights of retention may be exercised by the Customer, only if its counterclaim arises from the same contractual relationship. 4.8 BYK-Gardner shall determine the means of transport and the transport route. BYK-Gardner will, however, attempt to take into account the Customer’s 317 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com General Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery of BYK-Gardner GmbH (BYK-Gardner) (AVLB 2014/E) preferences in regard to means and route of transportation; however, any additional costs resulting therefrom – also in relation to agreed free freight delivery – shall be borne by the Customer. 5.PRICES 5.1 Any orders placed with BYK-Gardner shall be performed at the list prices valid on the delivery date in Euro including packaging. These prices are quoted exclusive of the statutory value-added tax, as amended. Unless agreed otherwise, the contract prices shall be quoted ex works, i.e. EXW Geretsried according to the Incoterms in the latest version. 5.2 BYK-Gardner is entitled to reasonably increase prices unilaterally (§ 315 Civil Code (BGB)) in case of any increase in material procurement or production costs, taxes, wage or salary or social security costs as well as energy costs and costs for environmental protection provided that the time between the concluding of the contract and delivery is greater than four months. Any increase in terms of the above is not possible in so far as the increase of costs of any of the above named factors is set off by a decrease in costs of any of the above factors in relation to the total cost burden for the delivery. 6. RETENTION OF TITLE 6.1 BYK-Gardner reserves the title of ownership to all goods supplied by BYKGardner (hereinafter referred to generally as “retention of title goods”), until all claims of BYK-Gardner arising from the business connection with the Customer, including any future claims from contracts concluded at a later time, have been settled. This shall also apply to any balance in favour of BYK-Gardner, if any specific individual claim or all claims by BYK-Gardner are included in a current invoice (current account) and a balance is drawn. 6.2 The Customer shall insure all retention of title goods adequately in particular against fire, water and theft. Any claims against an insurer arising out of a case of damage affecting retention of title goods shall hereby be deemed to have already been assigned to BYK-Gardner to the amount of the value of the retention of title goods. 6.3 The Customer is entitled to resell the delivered goods in the normal course of business. Any other form of disposal by the Customer, and in particular any pledging or granting of any security rights shall not be permitted. If the retention of title goods are not paid for by a third party immediately during the course of resale, the Customer shall sell such only subject to retention of title. Any entitlement to resell retention of title goods shall be extinguished automatically, if the Customer ceases to make payment or is in default with any payment in relation to BYK-Gardner. The same shall apply correspondingly if the Customer is part of a group of companies and/or if one of the circumstances described in the above sentence occurs in relation to the parent company or a holding company of the Customer. 6.4 The Customer hereby assigns to BYK-Gardner in advance all claims, including any securities and supplementary rights, which it is entitled against any final purchasers or third parties as a result of or in connection with the resale of retention of title goods. The Customer shall not enter into any agreement with its customers which exclude or limit BYK-Gardner’s rights in any manner whatsoever or which render void the advanced assignment of claims. In case of the sale of retention of title goods together with other items, the claim against the third party purchaser shall be deemed to have been assigned to BYK-Gardner to the amount of the delivery price agreed between BYK-Gardner and the Customer, to the extent that the individual amounts attributable to the relevant goods cannot be determined from the invoice. 6.5 The Customer shall remain entitled to collect any claims which have been assigned to BYK-Gardner until such right is duly revoked by BYK-Gardner to which revocation BYK-Gardner is entitled at any time. Upon request, the Customer shall provide BYK-Gardner with the information and documentation necessary to collect any assigned claims and, insofar as BYK-Gardner does not do so itself, the Customer shall inform its customers immediately about the assignment of the claims to BYK-Gardner. 6.6 If the Customer includes any claims from resale of retention of title goods in a current account relationship with its customers, it hereby assigns to BYK-Gardner in advance any recognised final balance in its favour which corresponds with the total amount of the claim from the resale of BYK-Gardner’s retention of title goods. 6.7 If the Customer has already assigned any claims from the resale of goods delivered or to be delivered by BYK-Gardner to a third party, in particular on the basis of non-recourse factoring or recourse factoring or any other agreements, on the basis of which BYK-Gardner’s current or future rights of securityin 318 in accordance with this section could be limited, it shall notify BYK-Gardner of such without undue delay. In case of recourse factoring BYK-Gardner is entitled to withdraw from the contract and to demand restitution of any goods already delivered. The same shall apply in case of non-recourse factoring, if the Customer is unable to freely dispose of the purchase price of the claim under the contract with the factor. 6.8 In case of any contractual breach, in particularly in case of default in payment, BYK-Gardner is – without BYK-Gardner having to withdraw from the contract beforehand – entitled to recover all retention of title goods; the Customer is in such case automatically obliged to release such goods to the extent that not only a breach of a minor duty has occurred. In order to be able to determine the stock of goods delivered by BYK-Gardner representatives of BYK-Gardner may at any time during the normal hours of business enter the business premises of the Customer. Recovering retention of title goods shall qualify as withdrawal from the contract only if BYK-Gardner declares such expressly in writing or if such is required by the mandatory provisions of law. The Customer shall notify BYK-Gardner without undue delay in writing of any access of third parties to the retention of title goods or claims assigned to BYK-Gardner. 6.9 If the value of the securities available to BYK-Gardner under the above provisions exceeds the secured claims in total by more than 10 %, BYK-Gardner shall, if requested by the Customer, release any security at BYK-Gardner’s choice to such extent. 6.10 From the time of cessation of payment by the Customer or in case of the issuing of an application for insolvency of the Customer, the Customer shall no longer be entitled to sell any retention of title goods. The Customer shall in such case undertake separate storage and labelling of retention of title goods without undue delay and shall further keep for BYK-Gardner on a fiduciary basis any moneys received from assigned claims arising from the delivery of goods. 6.11 If the above agreed retention of title is not recognised or is only recognised under certain preconditions under the law of the country into which the goods are delivered, the Customer shall notify BYK-Gardner of such at the latest upon the concluding of the contract. If the laws of such country do not allow for retention of title or an extended retention of title, but would allow BYK-Gardner other rights in similar manner to a retention of title for security purposes, BYK-Gardner hereby declares, that BYK-Gardner shall use such rights in relation to the delivered goods. The Customer shall assist in undertaking all necessary measures (in particular compliance with formalities). 7. RIGHTS OF USE REGARDING SOFTWARE 7.1 Any Software which is transferred to the Customer or made available by download represents a copyright work by BYK-Gardner and/or its licensers. All rights of the Software in relation to the Customer appertain exclusively to BYK-Gardner and/or its licensers. 7.2 BYK-Gardner transfers to the Customer a simple, non-exclusive, non-sublicensable, and non-transferable right to use the Software exclusively for his own purposes in his company. The Customer is entitled to use the Software as a whole or partly on a data processing instrument. The simultaneous use on several data processing instruments is excluded. 7.3 In case the Software is transferred to the Customer together with other goods purchased from BYK-Gardner, the Customer may use the Software only to the extent and for the purpose, necessary for the operation of the goods purchased from BYK-Gardner. 7.4 Especially, the Customer shall not copy the Software, except for a back-up copy for security purposes. 7.5 The Customer is not entitled to change, to disassemble or to further develop the Software. 7.6 Indications regarding the owner of the rights of the Software and of the documentation shall not be removed. 7.6. In case goods from BYK-Gardner which contain Software are resold, the above mentioned rights to use and obligations arising from this right are transferred to the buyer. 8. WARRANTY, NOTIFICATION OF DEFECT 8.1 The Customer shall immediately inspect the goods delivered upon delivery, where appropriate, for any defects regarding their quantity and quality, by a trial process, and shall notify BYK-Gardner of any defects without delay, but not later than within 7 days upon receipt of the goods; otherwise, the goods shall be deemed to have been approved. BYK-Gardner shall be notified of BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com General Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery of BYK-Gardner GmbH (BYK-Gardner) (AVLB 2014/E) The warranty period is 24 months after delivery to the Customer. 8.2 Any notice of defect under section 8.1 must be in writing. 8.3 In case the Customer returns the goods within Germany or the EU, the goods shall be sent to BYK-Gardner’s registered office in Geretsried if possible in original packaging by delivery prepaid. After completion of the order BYK-Gardner shall return the goods to the Customer by delivery prepaid. In case of return shipment by airfreight, the goods shall be sent if possible in original packaging to Munich Airport (CPT Incoterms 2010). After repair the goods shall be returned to the Customer’s nearest airport (CPT Incoterms 2010). Customs clearance in Customer’s country shall be taken over by the Customer. 8.6 BYK-Gardner warrants that the Software has been developed according to the current state of the art, has been carefully checked and substantially conforms to the applicable product documentation. The warranty does not include the confirmation that the Software answers the Customer’s requirements or is compatible with other programs selected by the Customer. 9. LILIABILITY, EXCLUSION AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY “Substantial contractual duty” is any duty which contractually protects the substantial legal position of the Customer, such being entitled to be protected in terms of the content and purpose of the contract; substantial duties also refer to those contractual duties, which must be performed in order to allow the due performance of the contract itself and the compliance with which the Customer regularly relies on, and may rely on. 9.7 The above provisions shall not constitute a reversal of the burden of proof. 10.JURISDICTION AND APPLICABLE LAW 10.1 The place of jurisdiction for any and all disputes arising out of this contract shall be Munich, Germany. 10.2 The law of the Federal Republic of Germany shall apply to the exclusion of the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods (CISG). 10.3If any of BYK-Gardner’s order confirmations contains a clause from INCOTERMS, the respective applicable provision of INCOTERMS in the latest version shall apply unless otherwise stated in BYK-Gardner’s respective order confirmation. 11.SEVERANCE CLAUSE In the event that individual provisions hereof should be invalid for any other reason than those in §§ 305 – 310 Civil Code (BGB) the remaining provisions shall not be affected. Any invalid provision shall be deemed to have been replaced by a valid substitute provision which most closely reflects the originally intended commercial purpose. Note: In accordance with the provisions of the German Federal Data Protection Act (Bundesdatenschutzgesetz) BYK-Gardner must inform the Customer that purchase orders are processed on IT-systems and that data received from the Customer on the basis of the commercial relationship will be electronically recorded and stored. BYK-Gardner does not process any inquiries or orders from persons, companies, organziations or countries that are listed on any national or international official list of sanctions and embargos and will immediatley cancel any confirmed orders. The Customer commits to use the goods exclusively according to the rules and to abide by the valid and applicable European Union regulations regarding international commercial law (dual use, embargo). All trademarks, logos, illustrations, photos and text included in the catalog are protected by copyright law. Duplication, distribution, alteration or alternative use is not permitted. Usage of any contents of the BYK-Gardner catalog shall only be allowed upon prior written consent by BYK-Gardner. The Bluetooth ® word mark and logos are registered trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks by BYK-Gardner is under license. Other trademarks and trade names are those of their respective owners. Technical Service 9.1 BYK-Gardner shall be generally liable only for any wilful act or gross negligence by BYK-Gardner or its legal representatives or vicarious agents. BYK-Gardner’s liability and that of its legal representatives and vicarious agents for minor negligence is excluded only insofar as such does not relate to (1) a breach of a substantial contractual duty, (2) breach of any duty in terms of § 241, section 2 Civil Code (BGB), if it would no longer be reasonable for the Customer to accept BYK-Gardner’s performance, (3) any injury to life, personal injury or injury to health, (4) the acceptance of any guarantee for the quality of any performance, for the successful performance or for any risk of procurement, (5) deceit, (6) initial impossibility, (7) claims in accordance with the German Product Liability Act (Produkthaftungsgesetz) or (8) any other cases of mandatory legal liability. 9.6 Any claims of the Customer for damages arising out of this contractual relationship may be made only within a period of one year from the commencement of the statutory limitation period. The same shall apply for any competing claims arising out of torts as well as any claims for consequential damage. This shall not apply in case of deceit, gross negligence or wilful acts on the part of BYK-Gardner. The limitation period in case of any recourse for delivery in accordance with §§ 478, 479 Civil Code (BGB) shall not be affected. Physical Properties 8.5 BYK-Gardner’s liability in accordance with section 9. shall not be affected hereby. 9.5 Any exclusions or limitations of a liability in terms of the above sections 9.1 to 9.4 shall apply to the same extent in favour of BYK-Gardner’s managers and non-managerial employees as well as its vicarious agents and subcontractors. Color 8.4 If justified defects have been notified in time, BYK-Gardner shall at its choice rectify the defect itself or by third parties free of charge or deliver defect-free goods (subsequent performance). In case of any delivery recourse (§§ 478, 479 Civil Code (BGB)), the Customer shall have the right of choice. Before sending back any goods, BYK-Gardner’s permission is to be obtained. Any replaced goods shall become the property of BYK-Gardner. If BYK-Gardner does not rectify any defect or does not provide a replacement delivery for the defective goods within a subsequent reasonable deadline set, or if any subsequent performance is not successful (whereby BYK-Gardner is permitted to make two attempts), or if BYK-Gardner refuses to provide subsequent performance or if such is not reasonable for BYK-Gardner, the Customer may in accordance with the provisions of law withdraw from the contract, reduce the price, claim compensation for expenses as well as damages within the terms set out in section 9. Any right to withdraw from the contract or right for a price reduction shall only apply in case of defects which are not insignificant. of a substantial contractual duty (for definition see section 9.1). 9.4 Any further liability for damages other than that set out in the above sections shall be – regardless of the legal nature of such – excluded. This shall apply in particular for any claims for damages resulting from fault at the time of the concluding of the contract, due to any other breaches of duties or any claims under torts for compensation for damage in terms of § 823 Civil Code (BGB). Appearance any defects not detectable by such an inspection immediately, however, not later than 7 days upon their discovery. Any complaints shall be filed in writing specifying the order data and the invoice and shipping numbers. A complaint not filed in time shall bar the Customer from asserting any claims of noncompliance on grounds of inferior performance. Any hidden defects shall be notified by the Customer immediately after they have become detectable, but not later than within the period of limitation indicated in Article 9.6. Complaints for defects shall always be accompanied by a reasonably detailed description of the defect. 9.2 To the extent that BYK-Gardner cannot be made liable for intentional breach of obligations and there is no case of injury to life, personal injury or injury to health or any other case of mandatory legal liability, BYK-Gardner shall be only liable for typical and foreseeable damage. 9.3 Any liability for indirect damage and consequential damage is hereby excluded insofar as such is not the result of a wilful act or gross negligence or a breach 319 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com 320 BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Appearance Color Multi-angle color BYK-mac i Physical Properties Orange Peel wave-scan dual Mottling cloud-runner Measure what you see. Technical Service Color & Appearance Control of Metallic Coatings www.byk.com/instruments 321 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Color Matching at Refinish Body Shops BYK-Gardner color instruments always hit the right color! Every year new models and new colors are introduced to meet current fashion trends. The statement “Color Sells” shows how important this design criterion is for the purchasing decision. Thus, every year approximately 1000 new colors are added to the existing hundreds of thousands of colors. This presents a real challenge for the body shop after an accident! In a car body shop it is most important to quickly find the correct color match and to be right on target. The time needed for color matching and material consumption determine the repair cost, which are closely watched by insurance companies nowadays. Not to mention customer complaints, if the color does not match! New measurement technologies make it possible to exactly match any color – in seconds: › Clean and polish the paint finish close to the damaged area. › Measure the prepared area. › Transfer the measurement data to the color search and correction software of the paint maker. The software will find the closest match in a second, adjust the paint formula and automatically transfer the formula to the mixing system. › Accurate color matching is one of the most difficult tasks when repairing a car finish. As an orientation guide in this “color jungle”car refinish paint makers support body shops with color fan decks and color look-up databases. By entering the auto maker and color code in a look-up database the right color formula could be easily found, if there were not the inevitable color deviations of car bodies made at different plants and addon parts coming from different suppliers. Therefore, a painter’s most important tool is his own “trained eye”. Yet, new metallic or pearl finishes with special sparkling effects make it more and more difficult to determine the right color even for very experienced painters, as color is not only changing under different viewing angles, but also under different lighting conditions (sunny sky – cloudy sky). In order to repaint a car cost efficiently in a short period of time leading car refinish paint makers use new technologies to improve their hit rates: Multi-angle color instruments objectively measure the color to be painted and “smart” database search and correction routines are used to find the right color in seconds. Thus, and most important, life at the body shop will be much easier for everybody. 322 Courtesy of Standox BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com Courtesy of AkzoNobel Appearance Courtesy of AkzoNobel Color Leading car refinish paint makers have selected BYK-Gardner as their preferred supplier for color instruments, as they best meet the needs of a car body repair shop: › Robust design › Ease-of-use: Just push the operate button to take a reading › › › › › Technical Service Courtesy of Spies Hecker and save the data Precise color data: Repeatable and without operator influence Long battery life: 3000 readings with regular Alkaline or rechargeable NiMH batteries No lamp change needed: the patented LED technology allows a 10 year lamp warranty Temperature stable readings regardless of the temperature in the body shop: Absolutely repeatable results between 10 °C to 40 °C (60 °F to 100 ° F) Repair costs are minimal due to the design and use of the newest technologies in electronic and optical components. Physical Properties BYK-Gardner multi-angle color systems are the ideal partner: BYK-Gardner’s solution has proven itself in real life – painters are enthusiastic about the ease-of-use and reliable readings. The benefits are most evident when trying to match difficult colors. A true “win-win” situation has developed for paint makers as well as the painters at the body shop. 323 Index BYK-Gardner GmbH, Lausitzer Str. 8, 82538 Geretsried, Tel. +49-8171-3493-0 • BYK-Gardner USA, Phone 800-343-7721 • www.byk.com THE OBJECTIVE EYE For more information please visit BYK-Gardner GmbH Lausitzer Straße 8 82538 Geretsried Germany Tel.0-800-gardner (0-800-4273637) +49-8171-3493-0 Fax.+49-8171-3493-140 www.byk.com BYK-Gardner USA 9104 Guilford Road Columbia, Maryland 21046 USA Phone+1-800-343-7721 +1-301-483-6500 Fax +1-800-394-8215 +1-301-483-6555 BYK-Gardner GmbH Shanghai Representative Office 6A Building A, Yuehong Plaza, No. 88 Hongcao Road Shanghai, 200233 P.R. China Phone+86-21-3367-6331 Fax +86-21-3367-6332
advertisement
* Your assessment is very important for improving the workof artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project